DOCUHBHT EESOBB
ED 054 708
AUTHOR
TITLE
INSTITUTION
PUB DATE
NOTE
AVAILABLE FROE
HE 002 349
Spencer, Richard E, ; Awe, .Ruth
International Educational Exchange. A
Bibliography,
Institute of International Education, New York,
N. Y.
70
158p.
Institute of International Education, 809 United
Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
EDRS PRICE MF-$0,65 HC-$6.58
DESCRIPTORS ^Bibliographies; ^Exchange Programs; ^Foreign
Students; ^International Education; International
Programs; ^Research; Student Exchange programs;
Teacher Exchange Programs
ABSTRACT
This bibliography was underta.ken to facilitate and
encourage further research in international education. Sources of the
data include library reference works. University Microfilms
containing PhD dissertations, US government agencies, foundations and
universities. Entries include publications on the International
Exchange of Students, Teachers and Specialists and cover; selection,
admissions, orientation, scholarships, grants, foreign student
advisors, attitudes, and adjustment, hospitality of host country,
community relations, academic achievement, returnees, follow-up
evaluations, brain drain, professional educators, specialists, US
nationals abroad, foreign students and visitors in the US, personnel
and program interchanges, immigration policies, international
activities of OS universities- Entries on Educational Curriculum
cover; English as a second language, linguistics and other languages,
courses of study. The last 3 sectional entries are; General works on
International Educational and Cultural Exchange; Cross-Cultural and
Psychological Studies Helevant to Educational Exchange; and
Bibliographies, (JS)
CO
o
fs.
tr\
<=3
UJ
A BIBLIOGRAPHY
by Richard. E. Spencer and Ruth Awe
The University of Illinois
o
ERIC
OTHER HE PUBLICATIONS
EnglNIi Language and Orientation Programs in the
United Stales. !969. $L00.
Graduate Study in the United States* 1967. 40 cents.
iDtematlonal Awards In the Arts; For Graduate
and Professional Stu.dy. 1969. $3.00.
Open Doors: Report on International Exchange.
Statistics and text. Annua!, $3.00.
The Two-Year College tn the United States. 1967,
reprinted in 1969 with a list of new colleges. 30 cents.
(Bulk-order discounts, are available on all of the above.)
Handbook on Internataonal Study; For Foreign Nationals.
Available in 1971. $5.00,
r
t
I
i
I
K
i
;
*.
r
i
Published by the Institute of International Education
\ 809 United Nations Plaza, New York, N. Y. 10017
Library of Congress Catalog Card No. 70-140130
' Standard Book No. 87206-042-X
RICHARD E. SPENCER
It is with deep regret that the Institute of International Education notes the
untimely death of Professor Richard E. Spencer on January 24, J970, at the age
of 42.
Dr. Spencer^ who was professor of educational psychology and head of the
Univerolty of Illinois Measurement and Research Division, received his B.S.
degree in psychology from Hobart College, his M.A, from the University of
Colorado, and his Ph.D, from the University of Illinois.
After spending two years in Kabul, Afghanistan, as a specialist in measure=
ment and evaluation, he developed a continuing interest in improving testing
and evaluation for English-speaking foreign language students and for foreign
graduate students coming to the United States, He published nine articles and
produced 27 research reports in this field. He recently served as a measurement
consultant in Bolivia, Arghanistan, and Iran. At the time of his death, he was
organizing the development of a Measurement and Research Center In Iran and
an academic intern program in a cooperative arrangement between the Uni-
versity of Illinois and the University of Tehran,
He left his wife, Mima Bloy Spencer, and seven children.
Dr, Lawrence M, Aleamoni of the University of Illinois assumed the re=
sponsibility for reading proofs and acting on Dr, Spencer's behalf in the final
stages of production of this book. Dr. Spencer completed the manuscript before
his death.
Kenneth Holland
President
Institute of International Education
111
o
CONTENTS
Page
Richard E. Spencer... iii
Introduction 1
o
ERIC
Bibliographical Methodology and Limitations 3
Descriptions of Bibliographical Divisions 4
Abbreviations 5
L InternUtionai Exchange of Students, Teachers, and Specialists 7
A. Selection / Admissions / Orientation 7
B. Scholafh' ms / Grants 14
C. Foreign Student Advisers 22
D. Attitudes / Adjustment 24
E. Hospitality of Host Country / Community Relations 38
F. Academic Achievement 42
n. Returnees / Follow-up Evaluations 47
H. Brain Drain 51
L Professional Educaiors / Specialists 53
j. U.S. Nationals Abroad 55
K. Foreign Students and Other Foreign Visitors in the
United States.. 67
L. . Personnel and Program Interchanges 81
M. Immigration Policies 115
N. International and Overseas Activities of U.S. Universities 1 16
II. Educational Curriculum... J21
A. English as a Second Language 121
B. Linguistics and Other Languages 122
C. Courses of Study 124
III. General Works on International Educational and
Cultural Exchange 133
IV. Cross=cuIturaI and Psychological Studies Relevant to
Educational Exchange. 151
V, ’bibliographies 155
6
V
INTRODUCTION
In April, 1967, Dr. Spencer was invited to present a paper on the academic
performance of foreign students to the Seminar on Research in Programs for
Foreign Students held at Michigan State University in August, 1967, The
participants spent a week on intensive review of published research in inter=
national educational exchange since 1 960. They reviews J admissions, the foreign
student’s adjustment to new environnnent, his acadeniic achievement, his role
as a cross-cultural l epresentative, and his role as a returnee or permanent resi=
dent. In the process, they investigated 262 publications. It was immediately
apparent that the body of existing research on international educational exchange
presents a number of problems for anyone attempting to use it and build on it.
(D Studies vary consk-^rably in the type of data collected on foreign
students. Few common variables (or marker variables) such as age, sex, previous
education, etc., arc to be foiiud in much of the literature.
(2) Very little research has been done relative to students’ objectives in
urdei’taking foreign study, nor to institutions’ and nations’ objectives in pro-
viding Qpportimities for study. The relationship between covert and overt
objectives, and the objectives of the foreign student in relation to those of his
native cuP.ure, country, or government as well as to those of the receiving in-
stitution, society, or government, tend to be unexpressed and unmeasured.
(3) The research designs of foreign-stiident studies leave much to be desired.
Definition of terms, application of appropriate statistical models, and selection
of appropriate or adequate population samples are at variance with accepted
research techniques and 'ophistication.
(4) Most research tends to be local, parochial, and nonlongitudinaL Little
in the way of pooled, long-term, large-sample research was found,
(5) Those research findings that do exist in theJiterature tend to end in the
literature. There is very little indication that much has been done about the
findings, or that the findings were or ever would be checked by any cross-
validation study,
(6) Most research tends to be superficial and nongeneral izable, performed
by individuals with, perhaps, a piissing interest in the problem. It is evident that
little governmental or private funding for this area of research is available. Re-
search funding for tiiis educational activity is wholly inadequate.
(7) Most studies do not refer to, or take into consideration, psychological
or cross-cultural problems or research performed on general second-culture
variables, nor do they relate to Americans abroad.
(8) There is considerable emphasis on English-language proflciency as it
relates to foreign-student achievement. However, there is a concurrent lack of
experimentation on intelligence, native-language proficiency, and aptitude
variables,
(9) Selection, admissions, and instructional programs carried out experi-
mentally as a basis for research are almost totally lacking.
The review of the research indicated a paucity of experimental studies but a
very large number of qualitative essays, ad hoc demonstratives, and variations
of practices. They were frequently based on observation in only one setting, and
with only one group of foreign students. It would appear that foreign-student
programs are developed, organized, and administered without systematic re-
search effort, and that selection and instructional programs are based largely on
unvalidated intuition and hunch.
1
V. ^
Several bibliographies have been attempted. Some have been published;
(1) The Institute of Advanced Projects at the East-West Center, Hawaii,
started to develop a comprehensive annotated bibliography in 1964.
(2) United States Department of States Bureau of Intelligence and Research,
Cross-cultural education: A bibliography of government-sponsored and private
research on foreign students and trainees in the U,S. and in other countries ^
1946-1964. Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1965,
(3) Dedijer, S, Brain drain and brain gain, A bibliography on migration of
scientists, engineers, doctors, and students. Lund, Sweden: Research Policy
Program, 1967.
(4) Crabbs, R, F„ and Holmquist, F, W. United States higher education
and world affairs. New York; Frederick A. Praeger, 1967. Published in co-
operation with the Indiana University Committee on International Affairs.
(5) National Association for Foreign Student Aflfairs and Institute of Inter-
national Education. Research in international education-- 1960-1967, New
York: NAFSA and HE, 1960=67.
Some of these bibliographies present annotated entries, which would
certainly prove useful to any reseai*cher in the field. None, however, is com-
pletely comprehensive, and none covers all of the same types of research useful
to someone investigating cross-cultural variables.
I’he preparation of this bibliography was undertaken in response to some
recommendations from the Seminar on Research in Programs for Foreign
Students, the Institute of International Education, and the National Association
for Foreign Student Affairs. The work in collecting the entries, reviewing the
literature, and preparing the manuscript was supported in full by the Measure-
ment and Research Division, Office of Instructional Resources, University of
niinois. The publication was funded by the Institute of International Education.
Our purposes were simple:
(1) to facilitate research in the field of international educational exchange;
(2) to indicate to researchers in the field the wealth of data and information
available from the fields of psychology, sociology, and anthropology;
(3) to emphasize the need for more longitudinal and large-scale research
effects across institutions and national boundaries;
(4) to inform those who are interested in what has been accomplished in
order to make the congruence between research and practice closer; and
(5) to lead researchers into new areas of investigation by outlining what has
already been done.
It should be obvious that this is not a complete bibliography. There are
many institutional mimeographed reports unknown to us, some journal articles
missed, some publications untapped. But we do feel it is as comprehensive as
staff, funds, patience, and time permit. We covered some areas other bibliog-
raphies would not. And some areas were omitted --hopefully by rational bias.
For example, we did not treat English as a second language except as it was
related to academic success. We included some articles on generalized cross-
cultural activity — from one nation to another, even if neither of the nations was
the United States— and on some so-urces for the psychology of second-culture
adventure.
To our typist, Marjorie Eisenberg, goes a debt of gratitude hardly compen-
sated for by salary, and to the Uuiv'ersity of tinnois, to Charies McIntyre, direc-
tor of the Office of Instructional Resources, and to the Institute of international
Education, our deepest appreciation for making this project possible.
Urbana, Illinois Richard E. Spencer
August, 1968 • and Ruth Awe
2
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL METHOHOLOGV ANE> LIMITATIONS
The following indicates an outline of procedures^ resources, and methods
used in developing the bibliography. An inspection of the definitions of biblio=
graphical divisions and the entries in the bibliography itself can also serve to
describe the procedure.
I. Areas of Research Included and Excluded
A. Areas of Research Included
1. Grade and high school exchanges
2. Government publications
3. Doctoral dissertations (Ed, D,, and Ph, D.)
4. Masters theses
5. Specific categories as listed in “Descriptions of Bibliographical
Divisions” (p. 4)
B. Areas of Research Excluded
1 . Peace Corps
2. English as a second language — proficiency testing
II. Where Information Was Obtained
A- Library
1. Education Index ( 1929-= 1968)
2. International Index (1907-1968)
3. Reader’s Guide (1915-1968)
4. Card catalogue. University of llUnois Library
5. BibHographies of published articles
B. Survey of Doctoral Dissertations (1928-1968), by DATRIX, University
Microfilms, Xerox Corporation, Ann Arbor, Mich.
C. United States Government Organizations Specifically Contributing
L Congress and various committees
2. Department of Agriculture
3. Department of Commerce
4. Department of Defense
5. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
6. Department of State
D. Foundations and Universities Specifically Contributing
1. Carnegie Foundation
2. Ford Foundation
3. Institute of International Education
4. National Association for Foreign Student Affairs
5. Kansas State University
6- Michigan State University
7. University of Hawaii
B. University of Illinois
9. University of Michigan
IIL Miscellaneous
A. A “Descriptions of Bibliographical Divisions” precedes th^ bibliography,
B, Some titles are repeated when the content seems to apply to more than one
area.
3
til 9
DESCRIPTIONS OF BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS
I. Interiiational Exchange nf Students, 'keachers, and Specialists
A, Selection. Procedures followed in the selection of foreign students. Ad-
mission. Practices instituted by universities in adniittlng foreign
students. Orientation. Programs initiated to help the student adapt to
American life.
B, Scholarships. Ful bright fellowships, university scholarships awarded for
exchange purposes. Grants. Financial assistance offered by national
governments, foundations, and businesses.
C, Foreign Student Advisers. Problems encountered by the advisers to foreign
students.
D- Attitudes. Pre-established opinions and attitudes, attitude changes, and
ideas about America held by foreign students. Adjustment. Problems
encountered in cross-cultural living, including social life,
E. Hospitality of Host Country. Housing facilities offered in the university
environment Community Relations. Understanding promoted by host
families and community organizations.
F. Academic Achievement. Grade-point average achieved by foreign students,
abilities tested ^ and degrees sought and received,
G. Returnees. Problems faced by the student upon returning to his own
country. Follow-up Evaluations. Perspective on the results of ex-
change, including careers pursued by students after graduation.
H. Brain Drain. Foreign specialists who remain in an industrialized nation
rather than return with their skills to their native (often underdeveloped)
country,
I. Professional Educators. Teachers who teach or continue their education
abroad. Specialists. Doctors, engineers, nurses, and other professionals
who work or continue their education in countries other than their own.
J. U.S. Nationals Abroad. U.S. students, personnel, and others who travel
abroad for educational purposes,
K. Foreign Students and Other Foreign Visitors in the United States. Foreign
students and other nonimmigrant visitors to the United States. In-
cludes titles on employment of nonimmigmnt visitors in the U.S.
L. Personnel and Program Interchanges. Government, universityj and
privately sponsored exchange of personnel and programs.
M. Immigration Policies, Laws and regulations established by the United
States Government concerning imniigration and foreign visitors.
N. Overseas Activities of U.S. Universities. Programs and extensions of U.S.
universities established In foreign countries.
II. Educational Curriculum
A. English as a Second Language. English studied as a foreign language by
the foreign student in the United States.
B. Linguistics and Other Languages. Speech, other aspects of the English
language, and other foreign languages studied by the foreign student.
C. Courses of Study. Courses (other than languages) offered to foreign
students.
4
IlL General Works on International Educational and Cultural E^schange
World stability, foreign policies, and the development of underdeveloped
countries influenced by international efforts in education. Also, general
analyses and critiques of the field as a whole,
IV. Cross^ultural and Psychological Studies Relevant to Educational Exchange
V. Bibliographies
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this book.
AAC
AACRAO
A.AJC
AAUP
AAUW
ACE
ACLS
AFME
CEEB
CIEE
CST
EIL
ETS
EWA
HE
IRA
NAFSA
NASSP
NCEA
NEA
Association of American Colleges
American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers
American Association of Junior Colleges
American Association of University Professors
American Association of University Women
American Council on Education
American Council of Learned Societies
American Friends of the Middle East
College Entrance Examination Board
Council on International Educational Exchange
Council on Student Travel (beginning 1967, CIEE)
Experiment in International Living
Educational Testing Service
Education and World Affairs
Institute of International Education
Internationa] Research Associates
National Association for Foreign Student Affairs (before 1964, National
Association of Foreign Student Advisers)
National Association of Secondary School Principals
National Catholic Education Association
National Education Association
PAU
SSRC
UN
Unesco
Pan American Union
Social Science Research Council
United Nations
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
United States Government."
AID
use
USDA
USDC
USDD
USDHEW
USDS
USGPO
USIA
USIS
USOE
Agency for International Development
United States Congress
United States Department of Agriculture
United States Department of Commerce
United States Department of Defense
United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
United States Department of State
United States General Publishing Offee
United States Information Agency
United States Information Services
United States Office of Education
I, INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE OF STUDENTS, TEACHERS,
AND SPECIALISTS
A. SELECTION / ADMISSIONS / ORIENTATION
Abel, J, F, “Evaluating school credits of foreign students." School Life 17 (November
1931). 48-49.
, “Foreign student credentials." School Life 26 (January 1941), 98-99.
Aderton, A. “Foreign student orientation program.” HE News Bulletin 26 (May 1951),
25=26.
“Admission and placement of foreign undergraduate students." College and University
40 (Summer 1965), 429=432.
“Admission of foreign students,” HE News Bulletin 7 (May 1932), 9.
“Admission of foreign students to the United States,” Higher Education 3 (Oct. 15, 1946),
12.
“Admission of students from foreign countries,” School and Society 14 (Nov. 12, 1921),
436^437.
AFME. Grading systems in Iraq, Washington, D.C.: AFME, n,d,
Alatis, J, E, “Department of State's overseas testing program,” HE News Bulletin 35
(April I960), 25=32,
Aivi, S. A. Traditional and "Culture Fair" aptitude test performance of college students
from different academic and cultural backgrounds, Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of
Michigan Microfilm, 1963.
AACRAO, World Educational Sct\c%, Afghanistan— A guide to the academic placement of
students from Afghanistan in educational institutions in the U,S,A, Washington, D,C.:
AaCRAO, 1961.
, World Educational Series, Caribbean^ A guide to the academic placement of
students from European affiliated areas of the Caribbean in educational institutions
in the U.S,A. Washington, D.C.: AACRaO, 1961.
, World Educational Series. Czechoslovakia ^ A guide to the academic placement of
students from Czechslovakia in educational institutions in the United States, Washing-
ton, D.C.- AACRAO, 1964.
, World Educational Series. Guides to the academic placement of foreign students
in U,S, educational institutions. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, n.d.
T World Educational Series. India— A study of the educational system of India and
guide to the academic placement of students from India in U,S. educational institu^
tions. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1964.
- , World Educational Serie '•’an^A guide to the academic placement of students
from Iran in educational institutions in the U,S, Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1964.
- , World Educational Series. Italy ^ A survey of Italian education and guide to the
academic placement of Italian students in educational institutions in the U.Su4.
Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1962.
, World Educational Series. Mexico^A guide to the academic placement of students
from Mexico in educational institutions in the U.S.A, Washington, D.C.: AACRAO,
1961,
, World Educational Series. The Netherlands— A guide to the academic placement
of students from the Netherlands in educational institutions in the U.S.A, Washington*
D.C,: AACRAO, 1961.
, World Educational Series. New Zealand— A guide to the academic placement of
M
1
students from New Zealand in educationa’t institutions in the U.S^. Washington,
D.C,: AACRAO, 1965.
World Educational Series Pew— A guide to the academic placernent of students
from Peru in educational institutions in the U.SA. Washington, D.C.: A AC RAO,
1965,
, World Educational Series. Rumania ^A guide to the academic placement of
students from Rumania in educational institutions in the U,S-A, Washington, D.C.'
AACRAO, 1961,
World Educational Series. The Soviet Zone of Germany^ A guide to thr academic
placement of students from the Soviet Zone of Germany in educational institutions
in the United States. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1966,
_ World Educational Series. Student records from Vietnam^Their evaluation for
placement of students in American educational institutionSy £/,5, operations mission
to Vietnanr Washington, D.C.- AACRAO, 1962.
, World Educational Series, Taiwan— A guide to the academic placement of students
from Taiwan in educational institutions in the U.S.A. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO,
1967.
, World Educational Series. Tanganyika^ A guide to the academic placement of
students from Tanganyika in educational institutions in the U.SA. Washington, D.C.:
AACRAO, 1961.
, World Educational Series, U.S.S.R.—A guide to the academic placement of
students from the U^S.S.R. in educational institutions in the United States, Washington,
D.C.: AACRAO, 1966,
, World Educational Series. United Kingdom^ A study of the educational system of
the U.K. and guide to the academic placement pf students from the U.K, in U-S,
educational institutions. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1963.
Arnold, R. Do-it-yoiirsclf evaluation of foreign student credentials, Washington, D.C.:
ACE, 1966.
Austrian Ministry of Public Instruction. Austria: A survey of Ausirian education and guide
to the academic placement of students from Austria in educational institutions in the
U.S.A. AACRAO, 1961. (Distributed in U,S. by ACE, Washington, D,C.)
Bang, K. C. ‘‘Orientation for hostesses.” HE News Bulletin 30 (Nov, 1 954), 1 4- 17.
Bedford, W. F. ‘‘Economics orientation,” HE News Bulletin 34 (March 1959), 31-34.
Bens, A,, and Bens, J. ‘‘Orientation afloat.” Overseas 3 (Feb. 1964), 20-23.
Bigge, A, E, “Selective admissions practices,” HE News Bulletin 24 (Dec. 1948), 26-28.
Bohn, R. C, “An evaluation of the educational program for students from foreign countries:
Eciiphasis upon orientation procedures, individual problems, and psychological vari-
ables,” Doctoral dissertation, Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich., 1957.
Borchardt, 1. “Role-playing in an orientation program for foreign students.” /IE News
Bulletin 32 (April 1957), 20-24.
Bosco, F, J. “Orientation institute for Latin American students.” Catholic Educational
Review 62 (April 1967), 250‘-25l.
Bowles, F. Access to higher education: The report of the international study of university
admissions. Paris: Unesco, 1963. (New York: Columbia University Press, 1963.)
nnd Pearson, R. Admission to college. New York: CEEB, 1962.
Canadian Department of External Affairs. Notes for the guidance of students considering
university study in Canada, Ottawa: Canadian Department of External Affairs, 1966.
CEEB. Workshop on admission of Indian students, held at Chicago, III,, Dec, 10- 1 1, 1964.
Chalmers, P. M. “Selective admissions practices.” HE News Bulletin 24 (October 1948),
9-11.
Chapman, E. Italy-^A survey of Italian education and guide to the academic placement of
Italian students in educational institutions in the U.SA. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO,
1962.
8
Lebanon^ A guide to the academic placement of Lebanese students in educational
institutions in the U.S. Washington, D.C\: AACRAO, 1964.
, director. Switzerland-^ A guide to the admission and placement of Swiss students in
United States educational institutions, Hastings, Neb.: Department of Special Re-
search, Hastings College, 1962.
Coan, C. “A study of initial orientation of foreign students at the University of Kansas,*’
International Student Studies Series, no. 15, Lawrence, Kan,: University of Kansas,
1965.
Comrnager, Henry Steele. Meet the U.S,A. New York: HE, 1970-
Cook, S. W., Havel, J., and Christ, J. R. The effects of an orientation program for foreign
students. New Vork: Research Center for Human Relations, New York University,
1957.
Cormack, M. L, ‘‘Three step.s to better orientation,” Overseas 3 (Seplember 1963), 1 1-15.
Davis, J. A, Research in higher education; guide to institutional decisions; papers. New
York: CEEB, 1965.
Davis, J. M, “Will the foreign student be squeezed out?” School and Society 85 (Oct, 26,
1957), 299-30 L
Dembo, M. “Pre-screening of foreign students to reduce dropouts: One oil company’s
experience with eighty Venezuelans sent to U.S. universities on scholarship.” College
and University 40 (Winter 1965), I -'’0-144.
Dremuk, R. “InternatiDnal research on foreign student selection: An appeal for prag-
matism,” Paper presented at annual meeting of AACRAO, Denver, Colo,, April 1967,
Duge, E. “Report of a selection committee chairman.” HE N ews Bulletin 23 (March 1948),
28=^30,
Ehrhard, J. “Orientation of U.S, students in Fv^ncc.'" I IE News Bulletin 25 (January 1950),
13-14.
Emmons, M. L. Orientation and English Instruction for students from other lands. Pro*
gram of the Washington Orientation Center for foreign students and trainees at Wilson
Teachers College. Washington, D.C.: USOE, 1950,
“English language and orientation programs for foreign students and trainees. Summer
1949." HE News Bulletin 24 (May 1949), 22-23.
Eriksen, E. P. “The evaluation of predictor variables used in the screening of bilingual
foreign students for admission.” Master’s thesis, Brigham Young University, Provo,
Utah, 1966.
EWA, Study Committee on Foreign Students AflFairs. The foreign student: Whom shall we
welcome? New York: EWA, 1964.
Feinberg, L, O. “A study of some seiection and admissions criteria for foreign students of
journalism in U.S. colleges and universities,” Master’s thesis, Iowa State University of
Science and TeGhnology, Ames, Iowa, 1967.
Feraru, A. Survey of how foreign students learned of the educational institution where they
are now enrolled. New York: HE, 1962,
Field, G. R. “Political involvement and political orientations of Turkish law students."
Doctoral dissertation. University of Oregon, Eugene, Ore,, 1964,
Fisher, E. J. “Institute’s foreign student orientation weekend." HE News Bulletin 2!
(October 1945), 5~6,
“Floating orientation.” HE News Bulletin 35 (November 1959), 2 1 -‘24.
Franz6n, G, F. Thailand; A guide to the academic placement of students from the Kingdom
of Thailand in U.S, educational institutions, Washington, D.C,: AACRAO, 1959.
Freeburger, A. R. Guide for the evaluation of academic credentials from Latin America.
Washington, D.C.: USOE, 1957.
Frlcke, B. G. “Prediction, selection, mortality and quality control. College and U niversity
32 (Fall 1956).
Gale, E. M. “Selective admission practices,” HE News Bulletin 24 (Jan. 1949), 39-41.
9
George, K. “Foreign credentials." College and University 25 (Summer 1950), 604-606.
Ohiselli, E, E,, and Haire, M, “The validation of selection tests in the light of the dynamic
character of criteria." Personnel Psychology 13 (1960), 225—232.
GlUett, M. Orientation of foreign students in the US. Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada: Dal-
housie University* 1961.
Gouverneur, 1. M. A guide to the evaluation of Venezuelan academic credentials. Caracas,
Venezuelai North American Association of Venezuela, 1965.
Graham, P. G. “Orientation programs held on all student ships.’’ HE News Bulletin 24
(Nov. 1948), 18.
Grimsley, G., and Summers, G. W. “Selection techniques for Pakistani postgraduate stu-
dents of business.’’ Educational and Psychological Measurement 25, no. 4 M_965),
1 133-1143.
Haugen, E.A study of the Norwegian University entrance examination or **Artium” degree
with notes on the University of Wisconsin policy for foreign students. Oslo: Royal
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Office of Cultural Relations, i 954.
HaygOod, V. “Selection process." HE News Bulletin 25 (April 1950), 1 6- 1 8.
Henry, N. B. "Orientation of foreign students attending American schools," School Re=
view 56 (Sept. 1948), 375.
Herrioti, J. H. Venezuela: A guide to tin academic placement of Venezuelan students in
educational institutions in the U.S.A. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 196 1.
Hickley, G. Foreign student admissions procedures in Kansas and Nebraska junior cob
leges, Hutchinson, Kan.: Hutchinson Community College, 1967.
Hountras, P. T. “improving our selection of foreign graduate students." North Central
Association Quarterly 3 I (October 1956), 196=198,
“The relationship between pre-admission data and achievement of foreign graduate
sludenls-i" Journal of Educational Psychology 48, no. 3 (1957), 157-163.
“How many lions? U.S. orientation course," Newsweekt Sept. 6, 1965, p. 51.
Howell, An illustrative study of foreign candidates for College Board Examinations.
Princeton, N.J.: ETS, 1962.
Hyslop, B. F, France^ A study of French education and guide to the academic placement
of Students from France in educational institutions in the U,S.A, New York:
AACRAO, 1964,
HE. “African student credentials," Overseas 1 (April 1962), 31=32,
Orientation programs Summer, 1966; final report. New York: HE, 1966.
, Committee On Educational Interchange Policy. Orientation of foreign students;
Signposts for the cultural maze. New York: HE, 1956.
Jacqz, J. W. Guidelines for the admission and placement of students from Taiwan and
Horig Kong. Report of information presented at a conference on admission of students
from Taiwan and Hong Kong. New York: HE, 1966.
. Guidelines for the admission and placement of students from the Middle East and
North Africa. New York: IIE, 1966.
U,S. college and university policies^ practices, and problems in admitting foreign
students: A report of five regional workshops on foreign^student admissions, Wash-
ington, D.C.: llEand CEEB, 1965.
Johnston, M. C. “Evaluation of foreign student credentials." Higher Education 8 (Jan. 15,
1952), 115=116.
Johnston, M . E. Report of conference on problems of admission and academic placement of
graduate students from outside the United States, Washington, D.C.: USOE, 1952.
Kandel, I. L. “Blocked marks, blocked students," and Society 49 (April 1, 1939),
421-422.
“Educational equivalents for foreign students." School and Society 65 (June 7,
1947), 420-421.
o
ERIC
10
“Selection for foreign study." Schooi and Society 71 (March 25, 1950), I8S.
Kerr. D. C. Pitfalls and red tape affecting foreign Mudents elucidated in one not-so-easy
lesson. New York: NAFSA, n.d.
von Klern,5erer, L, Austria: A survey of Austrian education and guide to the academic
placement of students from Austria in educational institutions in the U.Su4. New York:
AACRAO and HE, 1961.
Kline. J. D, “Orientation homeward," //£■ News Bulletin 29 (December 1953), 39-42.
Knapp, R. B., ed, Orieniation :o America for foreign exchangees, Washington, D.C„* ACE
1952.
Koenig, C, H. “The evaluation of credentials from foreign countries," College and Uni^
versity 27 (Fall 1951). 14=29.
The Republic of Korea: A guide to the academic placement of students from the
Republic of Korea m VS. educational institutions. New York: AACRAO and ME
1958.
Lebo, D. “Good will in replying to letters from foreign students seeking admission." Col-
lege and University 28 (Fall 1952), 80-82.
Lindergren, A. M. “Evaluation of foreign student credentials by U,S. Office of Education.”
Higher Education 3 (May I, 1947), 1=2.
- ■ “Foreign student credentials — Europe," //£■ Ba/Zeri/i 25 (May 1950), 18=19.
Lindsey, R. “Placing the foreign student^' Journal of College Placement 22 (October 1961),
33.
Long. L. M, “An image of America, changing democnu c orientations in Brazilian students."
Journal of Higher Education 29 (1958), 31-37.
Longest, J, W. Effect of orientation on foreign student ar ademw performance and cutturcl
adjustments. Ithaca, N.Y.; Cornell University, 1965.
— Effectiveness of orientation for graduate students in the colleges of agriculture and
veterinary medicine, Ithaca. N.Y.: Cornell University. 1965,
Personal adjustment and academic performance of foreign graduate students in
the college of agriculture at Cornell University, Ithaca. N.Y.: Cornell University
1966.
Lorenz, R. Problems of cast and programming of foreign visitors on the American campus,
Washington. D.C,: ACE, 1961.
Manning. W, “Research planning in admissions standards,’
on Research and Development, 1966.
Marquardt, W. F. “Can foreign Student selection be based on aptitude for learning English?"
HE News Bulletin 36 (April 1961), 2=8,
Marshall. D, N„ and Broughton, A. L. “Selective admissions practices." HE News Bulle-
tin 24 (March 1949). 23=26,
Marshall. K. N. “Evaluation of foreign credentials.” HE News Bulletin 25 (November
1949), 10=12.
McCabe. S, F. “University of Hawaii orientation center,^' Annals of American Academy of
Political and Social Science 335 (May 1961), 38-41.
McNeely, S. S.. Jr. “Academic credentials of Indian applicants." College and University
42 (Spring 1967). 365-382.
Mellor. B, The American degree: A comparative study for British student. s. New York:
Oxford University Press, 1 961.
Montana, P, J. “Placing the foreign student." Journal of College Placement 22 (October
1961),33.
Moore, F. G. “Orientation: Is it needed?" NAFSA Newsletter 12, no. 1 (1961). 14=25.
“Selective admissions practices." llE News Bulletin 24 (May 1949), 26=29.
and Chambers, C. A. “Two-week orientation center progmm.** Annals of American
Academy of Political and Social Science 335 (May 1961). 28-32.
Paper for CEEB Committee
o
ERIC
16
11
Mostert, J. The Netherlands: A guide to the academic placement of students from the
Netherlands in educational institutions in the U.Su4, New York; AACRAOand HE,
I96L
MuH'^.Ftn, A. C. “Evaluating foreign credentials.” College and U mversity 41 (Spring 1966).
. .; 7 - 313 .
NAFSA. The evaluation of Asian educational credentials: A workshop report on Indian
Japafif the Philip -'^f^es, and Taiwan, New York: NAFSA, 1966.
Guidelines— initial orientation of foreign students, Washington, D.C.: NAFSA,
1964.
■ Guidelines-^, Selection and admission of foreign students, Washington, D.C.r
NAFSA, 1966.
Port of entry services: A service of the connittee on friendly relations among
foreign students. New York: NAFSA, n,c\
National Autonomous Ur iversity of Mexico. Basis of equivalents hetween United States
and Mexican scholastic degrees, Mexico City: National Autonomous University of
Mexico, 1949.
New York University* Research Center for Human Relations. The effects of an oriental
tion program for foreign stitdents, (In 9 parts.) New York: New York University,
July 1957.
Nichols, A, C, ^Apparent factors leading to errors in audition made by foreign students.”
Speech Monographs 3! (1964), 85=91,
Nilsen* D. L. F. “EFL as part of a regional orientation center.” Langujge Learning 15,
nos. 3 and 4 ( 1 965), I 29= 131.
Norton* M- F. “Selective admission practices.” HE News Bulletin 24 (April 1949), 26“28,
“O is for orientation.” HE News Bulletin 27 (October 1951), 24-25.
Ordoubadian, R. An orientation program for foreign students, Murfreesboro, Tenn:
Middle Tennessee State Collece* 1963.
“Orientation conference for foreign fellowship students.” School and Society 34 (Oct. 10,
1931)* 500-501.
“Orientation conference of foreign exchange students.” New York State Education 20
(February 1933), 392-393.
“Orientation program for foreign students.” Higher Education 6 (Dec. 1, 1949), 81.
“The overseas selection of foreign students.” In international education: pastj present »
problems, and prospecis. Washington, D.C.: USGPO* 1966* pp. 367-371.
Owen* W. F. Academic Orieniation for Foreign Graduate Students, New York: HE, 1967.
and Colwell, J. L. “Orientation for foreign students.” international Educational
and Cultural Exchange, Winter 1968.
Parker, O. D., and Parker, G. G. Iraq: A guide to the academic placement of students
from Iraq in educational institutions in the United States. Washington, D.C.: A AC RAO,
1966.
Pearce* B. United Kingdom: A study of the educational system of the United Kingdom and
guide to the academic placement of students from the United Kingdom in U,S. educa-
tional insiitutions. New York; AACRAO and HE, 1963.
Peisch, M. The foreign graduate student at twenty^two American universities ^admissions
and financial aid. New York: CEEB and HE, March 1965,
Phelps, R. H. Germany: A guide to the academic placement of German students in U,S.
educational institutions. New York; AACRAO and HE, 1957.
“Pre-school summer orientation program, Bard College.” New York Times Magazine,
Oct. 7* 1956» p. 71.
“The present and future status of foreign medical school credentials in the United States.”
Journal of Medical Educaiion 33, no, 6 (i958).
Putman, I, J., Jr, “ Admission data and the academic performance of foreign graduate stu=
dents at Columbia University.” Doctoral dissertation^ Columbia University^, New
York, 1952,
■ “Selective admission pnictices.” HE News Bulletin 24 (June !949), 10-12.
“Research on foreign student admissions, Japan; panel discussion.” College and University
40 (Summer 1965), 433,
Rex, W, A. “Programming the whole visitor,” UE News Bulletin 33 ^November 1957),
18-23.
Sasnett, M. T. Educational systems of the world: interpretations for use in evaluation of
foreign student credentials. Los Angeles; University ofSouthern California Press, 1952,
“Foreign student and his credentials,” College and University 30 (Winter 1955),
141-145.
. “Updating foreign student admissions,” College and University 39 (Fall 1963),
13-24.
- , ed, A guide to the admission andpl^tcenient of foreign students. World Education
Scries, New York: HE in cooperation with AACRAO, 1962,
- and Sepmeyer, 1. H. Educational systems of Africa: Interpretations for use in the
evaluation of academic credentials, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif.: University of
California Press, 1966,
Sassani, A. H. K. “Foreign student credentials^ Near East and Africa.” HE News Bulle-
tin 25 (June 1950), 11-13.
Sepmeyer, I, H,, assisted by McManus, B. Argentina ^A guide to the academic places
ment of students from the Republic of Argentina in educational institutions in the
U.S,A, New York: AACRAO and HE, 1962,
Shaffer, J, The sojourner* s orientation to a new culture: A study of Scandinavians in
America. Cambridge, Mass.: Widener Library, Harvard University, 1960.
Shank, D. J. “Academic placement of Hungarian refugee students.” College and Univer-
sity 32 (Summer 1957), 453-456.
Sims, A. G. “Research related to the admission of foreign students to U.S. colleges and
universities.” Paper presented at the Seminar on Research in Programs for Foreign
Students, held at Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich., August 1967.
Sjogren, C. Predicting scholastic performance of Hong Kong students applying for ad-
mission to undergraduate colleges and universities of the United States. New York:
NAFSA or Asia Foundation, 1964.
Smith, B, “Orientation and the American community,” HE News Bulletin 21 (April 1952),
30-31,
Smythe, H, H., and Smythe, M. H. “African student selection programs.” HE News
Bulletin 36 (November I960), 34-40.
Souihwick, A, F, “Evaluating credentials of foreign American Association of
College Registrars Journal 22 (July 1947), 534-539.
Spain: A guide to the academic placement of students from Spain in educational in.stitu^
tions in the United States. Washington, D.C.: AACRAO, 1967.
Spencer, R. E. “The Christian and non-Christian symbolic orientation of Americans and
foreign students,” Paper presented at NAFSA Conference, held In Pasadena, Calif.,
April 1963.
- “Comments on overseas selection centers for foreign students.” Research Memo-
randum no. 4L Urbana, IIL: University of Illinois, n.d,
- - , “Comments on the overseas selection of foreign siudenls^-A report from Educa-
tion and World Affairs “ Office of Instructional Resources, Research Report no. 219.
Urbana, III,: Office of Instructional Resources, University of Illinois, May 1966.
Spindt, H. A. “Selective admissions practices.” HE News Bulletin 24 (February 1949),
15-18.
with the assistance of Sciobereti, S,, and Bray, M* Canada: A guide w the academic
13
placement of Canadian students in U.S. educe t tonal institutions. New York: A AC RAO
and IlEi n.d.
Strain, W. H. Dodt-yourself evaluation of foreign student credentials. Menasha. Wis.:
AACRAO, 1957.
— » “Reports of panel discussions: Techniques of evaluation of foreign credentials/’
College and University 30 (Summer 1955), 464-468.
"‘Selection and admission of foreign students.” Liberal Education 48 (March 196'?)
77-83.
“Which foreign students should U.S- institutions admit?” Phi Delta Kappan 46
(March 1965), 332=335,
Takeno, M. “A study of the effectiveness of an orientation program upon academic, social
and personal adjustment of Japanese students in an American university/' Master’s
thesis, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash., I96K
“U.S. regulations affecting foreign students,” HE News Bulletin 24 (January 1949), 35-38.
University of Hawaii, Hawnlian orientation study. Honolulu, Hawaii: University of Ha-
waii, 1954,
University of Hawaii, Department of Sociology. The evaluation of the Japanese and Thai
grantees of their orientation experiences. Part //. Honolulu, Hawaii: University of
Hawaii, June 1955.
University of Kansas. Orientation center for foreign students, July J3-September6, J966 —
Final report, Lawrence, Kan,: University of Kansas, 1966.
University of Michigan. Report of the Office of the Registrar, Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan, 1967.
Vroman, C. Japan: A guide to the academic placement of Japanese students ir United
States educational institutions. Washington, D.C,: AACRAO, 1964.
Wilcox, L. Analysis of the AS PA U selection process. Conducted under auspices of Com-
mittee on Research in Intemational Education. New York: AACRAO, 1966.
, ed. The evaluation of Asian educational credentials. A workshop report. New York:
NAFSA, 1966.
Willard, F. M. India: A study of the educational system of India and guide to the academic
placement of students from India in U.S. educational institutions. New York:
AACRAO, 1964.
Wilson, E. J. “Orientation and the impact of the foreign student on the campus and com-
munity." Paper presented at Seminar on Research in Programs for Foreign Students
held at Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich. (August 1967),
Yamamura, D. Reaction to orientation in Hawaii. Washington, D,C.: USDS, U.S. Ad-
visory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1955,
Ziprick, E. H. “Methods of orienting the foreign student to life and education in the United
States through the American university.” Master’s thesis. University of V/ashington,
Seattle, Wash.. 1952.
B, SCHOLARSHIPS / GRANTS
“About the U.S. grants for study abroad." U.S. News and World Report, March 5, 1948,
p. 60.
ACE, African Liaison Committee, Inventory of American aid to education inAfrkn. New
York: ACE, 1962.
Commission on Federal Relations. Special Report on federal programs. Washing-
ton, D.C.: ACE, n.d,
“Adlai E. Stevenson aids fund to bring more exchange students to U.S." New York Times,
Feb. 7, 1956, p. 20.
14
K-
“AID extends contraci for Guinean training pro^ nm.'* Higher Education 19 (April 1963),
12 .
“Airline angel: Sponsoring foreign students.” ^meric«/z Magazine, September 1954, p. 55.
"Ambassadors of good will: BPW funds to enable young women from other countries to
study in American colleges and universities.’’ Independent Woman 28 (April 1949),
124-125.
“AAUW international students — study grants for AAV W Journal 41 (October
1947) , 26-32.
"AAUW international students — study grants for AAUW Journal 42 (October
1948) , 35-43.
"AAUW International students — study grants for \949-5(Sy AAUW Journal 43 (October
1949) , 36-38.
American Embassy in India, The exchange of persons: An evaluation of the experiences
and training of individual grantees under Fulbright and technical cooperation pro-
grams, New Delhi; American Embassy in India, December 1953,
"American-German student exchange fellowships." School and Society 25 (June 25, 1 927),
745,
“American scholarship: Global affair." Saturday Review, July IS, 1967, p. 62.
American University, Bureau of Social Science Research, The AID participant training
program in Sudan: An evaluation study, Washington, D.C.: American University, \ 963.
Andersen, B. H. "International fellowships for social work." Social Casework 33 (July
1952), 282-287.
Andreatta, L. Fellowship and scholarship opportunities open to Vietnamese students^
academic year 1964^1963. New York: American Friends of Viet Nam, 1963.
Andrews. J. N. "Foreign study under the GI bill and related legislation." HE News Bul-
letin 23 (March 1948), 18-22. ;
"Around the world with the Fulbright program." HE News Bulletin 33 (March 1 958), 18 -35, |
"Awards to students overseas.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 2428 (December 1,
I961),p. 758. i
Bailie, J. "Henry Ford and the Chinese students," China Weekly Review 36 (May 29, 1 926),
344, I
Balk, A, “Exporting Thanksgiving, International Thanksgiving fellowship program," Sat= ]
urday Review, Nov. 4, 1967, p, 26, >
Bennington College. A study of European student grantees who have returned from United :
States. Bennington, Vt.; Bennington College, 1958, ;
Bharagava, K. P. Return grantee survey, (IRS. IN D. 127.) Washington, D.C.: USIA, Dec-
ember 1961,
Boardman, M. T. "Foreign student scholarship exchange." A AC Bulletin 22 (December
1936), 635-639,
Brickell, H., ed. "ECA aid available to Chinese students." HE News Bulletin 25 (Novem-
ber 1949), 19,
— "Educational exchange act grants,” HE News Bulletin 25 (January 1950), 3 1-33.
“British Commonwealth Fund fellows," School and Society 43 (June 6, 1936), 777-778.
British Council. Scholarships abroad 1967-68: Scholarships offered to British students by
overseas governments and universities, London: British Council, 1 966. j
"British fellows of the Commonwealth Fund.” School ’d Society 45 (May 29, 1937), 742. !
"British students to attend American universities as Commonwealth Fund feUows,^' School \
and Society 37 (May 27, 1933), 691-692. l
Callaway, E, "Missouri plan for Pan American scholarships." School and Community 31 i
(April 1945), 150-151.
Carroll, M. C.,Jr. "Fulbright walkabout.” HE News Bulletin 28 (May 1953), 16=19,
CEEB, College Scholarship Service, Financial aid manual 1962-64 edition. Princeton,
N.J.: CEEB, 1962.
o
ERIC
f
15
_ — , College Scholarship Service. Manual for financial aid officers. New York: CEEB,
1965.
Central Research Agency. Evaluation of the Fidbright program in Japan. Tokyo: Central
Research Agency, 1 957.
Central Research Services. Evaluation study of Japanese returned Fulbright grantees.
Tokyo: Central Research Services, January 1958.
“Clarance Graff fellowship for a British student at a Middle Western university orcollege.”
School and Society 1 9 (Jan. 5, 1924), 12-13.
Cluysenaer, J. L. H. “Report of the A AC RAO international fellowship holder.” College
and University 26 1950), 102^108,
"Commonwealth Fund fellowships for British students.” School and Society 22 (Sept. 12,
1925), 330.
Conference Board of Associated Research Councils. Directory of visiting scholars in the
United States awarded U,S. government grants under the Fuihright=Hays Act, 1966-
67. Washington, D.C.: Conference Board of Associated Research Councils, 1966.
Corbett, J. "Report of Fulbright scholar.” //jEiV^W5 Sw/Ze-r//? 25 (Nov. 25, 1949), 34-35.
Cotner, T. E. “Fellowship opportunities and teaching positions in other countries.” 5c/zoo/
Life 30 (Dec. 30, 1947), 3=8.
Creese, J. “Outside the universities; industrial fellows and the American industry.” .Ameri-
ca/? Scandtniivian Review 1 5 (February 1 927), 90-99.
Cullers, R. M. The Japanese Fulbright returns: What happens to hint after his return to
Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University, 1961.
Davies, A. “Fulbright trio.” HE News Bulletin 3 1 (February 1 956), 29=3 I .
Davis, J. L. Follow-up evaluation study of participants from India who received training in
the U.S. under the Teachers College, Columbia University, contract with the Agency
for International Development. New York: Teachers College, 1 965.
Davis, J. M. "Federal aid for international student exchange.” School and Society 89,
(April 8, 1961), 169.
Dawes, N. H. ^ two-way street: The Indo=American Fulbright program, 1 950-1960. New
York: Asia Publishing House, 1962.
Dilnot, F. “New British scholarships in Review of Reviews 72 (September 1925),
310-311.
DIVO. A German appraisal of the Fulbright program. Frankfurt, Germany: DIVO,
March 1961.
Donahue, F. M. Greek Fulbright research project: A study in cross-cultural education.
Washington. D.C.: USDS, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1956.
Duge, E. "Latin American scholarship students under Institute auspices for 1941-1942,”
IIE News Bulletin 1 7 (October 1 94 1 ), 9- 1 0.
Edward W. Hazen Foundation. The Hazen Foundation, 1965 and 1966. New Haven,
Conn.: Edward W. Hazen Foundation, 1966.
“Eight foreign students now studying under federation gmnts.*'* Nadonal Business Woman
37 (October 1958), 10.
Ekker, C. Increasing work^study opportunities in the U.S. and Brazil. Vitoria, Brazil*
InstitutQ Brasil-Estados Unidosde Vitoria, 1965.
Elkins, C. L. "To catch a tiger: Fulbright English tutor program.” Overseas 2 (March 1963),
6-9.
“Establishment of the Roosevelt fellowships.” HE News Bulletin 17 (October 1941), 5-S.
"Exchange fellows at Columbia University.” Sc/;oD/a«^ Society 44 (July 25, 1936), 1 12,
"Exchange of work students between Canada and Germany,” Scientific Agriculture 9
(April 1929), 548=552,
" Fellows, the pleasure was ours.” Rotarian, May 1 959, pp. 24=28.
“Fellowship appointments for Latin American librarians and students in social work.”
HE News Bulletin 1 7 ( February 1 942), 1 0- 1 1 ,
2m
16
“Fellowships tor international education/" HE News Bulletin 22 (February 1947), 3-4.
“Fellowships in Latin America/' HE News Bidletui 21 (iVIarch 1946), 9.
“Five years of the AALJW international grants.” Schnnl and Society 71 (March 4, 1950)
139.
“Foreign educational Higher Education 13 (March 1953), 145-160.
“Foreign study scholarships at the University of Delaware.” School and Society 27 (June
9, 1928), 686-687.
“Forty^seven German students are first of 1,000 to arrive in the U.S. under U.S. govern^
ment and International Educational Institute auspices,” New York Times, July 20,
1 952, p. 9.
“Fulbright exchange opportunities announced.” USDS Bulletin 21 (Oct. 31, 1949), 675-
676.
“Fulbright opportunities for 1951.” USDS Bulletin 22 (July 3 I, 1950), 193.
"Fu I bright program travel grants.” HE News Bidietin 24 (June 1 949), 25.
“Fulbrighters at home abroad.” HE News Bulletin 3 I (November 1935), 38-40.
“Fulbrighters at the Met.” HE News Bulletin 34 (April 1959), 20-29.
“Fulbrighters embark.” HE News Bulletin 28 (October 1952), 35,
“Fulbrighters from abroad.” HE News Bulletin 32 (Febamry 1 957), 22-23.
“Fulbrighters in the arts.” HE News Bulletin 29 (December 1953), 32-36.
GagliottI, A. F. “An analysis of United Slates government aid to underdeveloped countries
in relation to educational needs of such countries."’ Doctoral dissertation, New York
University, New York, 1962.
Gardner, J. W, AID and the universities, A report to the administrator of the Agency for
International Development. New York: EWA, 1964.
Gollin, A, E, AID participant training program: The transfer and use of development
skills. Washington, D.C,: Bureau of Social Science Research, American University,
1966.
“Grants for 195 \ ~52," AAUW Journal 45 (October 1951), 26-33.
“Grants-in-aid for orientation of foreign siudenlsf' Higher Education 3 (Feb, I, 1947), 10.
Gullahorn, J. T., and Gullahorn, J. E. Professional and social consequences of Fulbright
and Smith-Mundt Awards. Washington, D.C.; USDS, International Education Ex-
change Service, 1958.
Hale, L. B. “Scholarships for community inlercultural understanding/" HE News Bulletin
23 (March 1948), 24-26.
Hall, G, “Mundt Bill."" HE News Bulletin 23 (January 1 948), 3 I .
and Pierson, H. H. “IIE=U.S. government programs, 1 95 1 -52." HE News Bulletin
26(March 1951), 10-11.
Harris, M. “Well-behaved PulbrlghV" New Republic 138 (Feb. 17, 1958), 16=17.
Haussamen, C, “When foreign-student scholarships are misused.” Saturday Review , Aug.
2), 1 965, p. 48.
Haygood, V. ""Government aid to foreign students in the United States."" HE News Bulletin
22 (May 1947), 17-19,
Henry, D. D. ""Africans look at ASPAU (African Scholarship Program of American Uni-
versities).” College Board Review 56 (Spring 1 965), 7-13,
■ “The I960 Nigerian^ American scholarship program.” HE News Bulletin 36
(November I960), 17-25,
Hewlett, T., and Connely, W. Decade of international fellowships. New York: HE, 1930,
Hopkins, H. M. International enterprise fellowships. New York: Council for International
Progress in Management, n.d.
Institute for Social Research. A study of Intercuitura I contact: Norwegian Fulbright
grantees visiting the United States. Oslo: Institute for Social Research, 1954.
HE. ‘"Fulbrighters in the arts.” 3 (October 1963), 14-17.
______ Military assistance training programs of the US. government. New York: HE,
July 1964.
■ International Awards in the Arts, New York: HE, 1969.
International Education AssociatioTi. Survey of opinions of O A RIO A scholarship student
who studies in C/.5w4„ 1930-1953. Tokyo: International Education and Culture
Association, n.d.
‘‘International Educational Institute reports Italy and three Italian universities offer grants
to U.S. graduate students,’* New York Times, Feb. 19, 1956, p. 79,
“International grants, \953-S4.” AAUW Journal 47 (October 1953), 61-67.
“International grants, 1954^^55." AAUIV Journal 4B {Qclobcr 1954), 31=38.
International Public Opinion Research. Evaluation of international exchange experiences
of Brazilian grantees. New York: Internationa! Public Opinion Research, September
1953.
International Research Associates. A study of reactions to the State Department exchange
program among returned Mexican grantees. Mexico City: International Research
Associates, January 1959.
“Israel offers first fellowship to U.S. students.” New York Times, June 8, 1955, p, 60.
“Japanese and U.S. students win Everglaze exchange fellowships,” New York Times, Dec.
19, 1950,p,43.
Jenkins, S, “Hardship fund; discussions continue.” Times Educational Supplement no.
2702 (March 3, 1967), p. 714.
Johns, R. W„ Jr., Wilson, E, C., and Belden, J. A study of reactions to the IC A exchange
program among returned Mexican grantees. Washington, D.C.: International Coopera=
tion Administration, International Research Associates, February 1959.
Jones, O. A„ ed. “Scholarship students,” Education for Victory I (Nov. 2, 1942), 7.
Kline, J. D. "German exchanges before and after Fulbright.” HE News Bulletin 28 (Febru-
ary 1953), 23-27.
Lam, E. P. "How American colleges and universities can benefit from the Fulbright pro-
gram.** Educational Record 3 1 (January 1950), 39=45.
“Latin American students receive U.S. scholarships,” Science News Letter 48 (Sept. 8,
1945), 153.
Lawler, V. “Rowe Fund in action.” 3 (January 1951), 17-19.
Levy, G. M. “Bonjour Midwest; account of a young French Fulbright scholar’s year as an
American coed.'"' Mademoiselle, November 1966, p. 143,
Lillard, W. H. “International schoolboy fellowship,** UE News Bulletin 1 1 (January 1936),
7=8,
“Loans to Cuban refugee students.” School and Society 94 (Dec. 24, 1 966), 476.
"Look applauds scholarships for Arabs.” Look, May 4, 1 954, p, 14.
Lysgaard S, “Adjustment in a foreign society: Norwegian Fulbright grantees visiting the
United States,” International Social Science Bulletin 7, no. 1 ( 1955), 45=5 1 .
"A study of intercultural contact: Norwegian Fulbright grantees visiting the United
States.” Oslo: Institute for Social Research, 1954.
MacCormac, K. "Keeping in touch with returned grantees.** HE News Bulletin 34 (April
1959), 30=34.
Mayer, R. “Exchange scholarships. Transatlantic Foundation.” Nation 174 (April 5, 1952),
335.
Ministry of Education. Life and study in Japan for Mombusho scholarship students. Tokyo:
Ministry of Education, 1967,
Neal, F. W. “How to study abroad for free— Fulbright scholarships.” Saturday Evening
Post, April 4, 1953, pp. 28=29,
Nielson, W, A. Report of an evaluative study of the Eisenhower exchange fellowships.
Philadelphia, Pa.; Eisenhower Exchange Fellowships, 1966.
IS
Niyekawa, A. M. A follow-up study of Japan Society fellows. New York: Japan Society,
1962.
“Number of foreign scholarships in United Stales increases." Science 130 (July 3, 1959),
28.
Oertel, E. E. "Why not scholarships for war debt remissions?" Education 56 (April 1936),
503=518.
“Orientation conference for foreign fellowship students." School and Society 34 (Oct. 10,
1 93 1), 500-50 L
“Our Latin American A AUW Journal 36 (October 1942), 25-31.
“Our scholarships for foreign students." yoHr/ia/o / Home Economics 38 (May 1 946), 264.
“Overseas fees in the Lords." Times Educational Supplement, no, 2700 (Feb. 17, 1967),
p. 540.
“Overseas students’ fees." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2695 (Jan. 13, 1967), p.
92.
PAU. Fellowship and professorship program of the OAS, 1 960- J 961, Report of the Tech-
nical Secretariat. Washington, D.C.: PAU, 1962.
Peisch, M. The foreign graduate student at twenty^two American universities^ admissions
and financial aid. New York: CEEBand HE, March 1965.
"Persian students and American .scholarships." School and Society 16 (Sept. 23, 1922),
352.
Prybla, J, S, "Soviet aid to foreign students." Queen\s Quarierly 68 (W'lntcr 1962), 641-
650.
Rankin, R. B. “New York’s Latin American scholarships help Good Neighbor Policy."
American City 1945), 101.
Raushenbush, E. The Fulbright professor meets the American college. Report on the John
Hay Whitney Foundation program in cooperation with the Conference Board of As-
sociated Research Councils. New York, 1962.
“Reports of Institute fellowship holders." ! !E News Bulletin 8 (December 1932), 10-13.
Riepe, D. “Fulbright in retrospect." HE News Bulletin 34 (April 1 959), 55=58.
Roberts, S. C. “Fulbright reflections." HE News Bulletin 3 1 (February 1 956), 2=5.
"Roosevelt fellowships in School and Society 54 (Oct, 25, 1941), 350-35 \.
"Rules for emergency aid grants to Chinese students." USDS Bulletin 20 (April 17, 1949),
498.
“Scholarship programs bring two groups of Africans to ^he United States." Science 132
(Sept. 16, 1960), 725.
“Scholarships for Chinese at the Colorado State College of School and Society
59 (June 3, 1944), 389.
“Scholarships for international study and travel," School and Society 25 (March 12, 1927),
309.
“Scholarships in American colleges for French girls." School and Society 8 (July 6, 1918),
18-19.
Shamblin, W. A. "Latin-American exchange fellows." Higher Education 3 (Nov. 15, 1946),
5-7,
Shunk, W. R. "Successful foreign aid in education: Case of Anees Ahmed, a graduate stu-
dent from Pakistan." School and Society 93 (Nov, 13,1 965), 437=438.
"Sir Edward attacks increased fees." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2701 (Feb. 24,
1 967), p, 629,
Smith, B. "European Fulbrighters back home." HE News Bulletin 34 (April 1 959), 4-12,
Smith, G. B. "Let’s sponsor a foreign student." Virginia Journal of Education 51 (Febru-
ary 1958), 21.
Solbert, O. N. “Continuing the Rhodes scholar idea." World* s Work 52 (July 1926), 344=
346.
19
‘‘Special fund for African students/’ 17 (July 1961), 12,
“Stanford University students establish scholarship plan for foreign students/’ School and
Society 68 (July 3 1 , 1 948), 7 1 ,
“Stanford University’s student-aid program for foreign students/’ School and Society 68
(Oct. 16, 1948), 262.
Steele, M, H. “AHEA [American Home Economics Association] international scholarship
students*, these came to learn, 1 964-] 965/’ Journal of Home Economics 51 (April
1965), 275-278.
-- “AHEA’s international scholarship students encircle the v^ov\dJ“ Journal of Home
Economics 52 1 April 1 960), 245-248.
- “AHEA’s 1960^6! international scholarship students/’ Journal of Home Eco^
53 (April 1961), 277-280,
- “Broadened horizons through scholarships,” Journal of Home Economics 49
(April 1957), 269-272.
“Eight more scholarship students join the ranks of one of ours." Journal of Home
Economics 54 (April 1 962), 277-280.
“Four more international scholarship students light their candles through the
AH'EAy Journal of Home Economics 59 (April 1967), 283-286.
. “Increasing understanding through scholarships." Journal of Home Economics
40 (January 1948), 15-16.
“Scholarship students carry the hallmark/’ Journal of Home Economics 47 (April
I955),243-246,
- “Scholarship students encircle the globe/’ Journal of Home Economics 50 (April
1958), 255=257,
- “Scholarship students share their knowledge with the world/’ Journal of Home
Economics 56 (April 1 964), 239-242.
“Scholarship students today, leaders tomorrow." of Home Ecotwmics 55
(April 1963), 247=250,
“Scholarships are master keys." Journal of Home- Economics 48 (April 1956),
249=252.
“Scholarships foster international friendliness." Journal of Home Economics 41
(February 1949), 67-70.
. “Scholarships foster international good will/’ Journal of Home Economics 43
(March 1951), 186=188,
. “Scholarships mean lasting friendships” Journal of Home Economics 44 (March
1952), 181 = 183.
- “Scholarships promote mutual understanding — international scholarship program of
the American Home Economics Association.” Journal of Home Economics 42 (March
1950), 182-184.
“Ten more international scholarship students now part of AHEA/’ Journal of
Home Economics 5% 1966), 273=276,
“Straight-A Africans: African scholarship program of American universities.” TimCt Dec,
21, 1962, p.55.
Sutton, H. “Vear of the students; Eastern and Western grantees of the East*West Center,
University of Hawaii." /?ev/eu% Feb. 18, 1967.
Tatnall, E. C. “Overcoming barriers between people — ecumenical scholarship exchange/’
National Council Outlook 5 (October 1 955), 12-13.
“Ten years on Fulbnghts.” The Economist IBS (September I958)»939.
Thwing, C. F. “Record of the American Rhodes scholars." Hibbert Journal 31 (January
1933), 203=216.
Trent, W. J., Jr., “United States Negro college funds African scholarship program.”
Journal of Negro Education 3 1 , no. 2 ( 1 962), 205=209,
Tryon, R. W. Investment In creative scholarship: A history of the fellowship program of the
20
American Association of University Women^ !890^i956. Washington, D.C.: AAUW,
1957.
“Twenty-three Africans from seven countries in U.S. under first graduate fellowship pro-
gram sponsored by U.S.. African governments, and U.S- universities,” New York
Times, Sept. 8, 1 963, p, 65.
\J^. Adventure in development. United Nations Technical Aid Program to the world's
less-developed nations. New York: UN, 1962.
Unesco. Study abroad, Paris: Unesco, bienniaL
“United States graduate students offered study and teaching gnmts by France.” New York
Times, }vlx\, 20, I957,p. 1 1.
University of Hawaii, Department of Sociology, The evaluation of the Japanese and Thai
grantees of their orientation experiences. Part II. Honolulu, Hawaii: University of
Huwaji, June 1955.
Reactions of Asiatic gratitees to orientation in Hawaii, Part I, Honolulu, Hawaii:
University of Hawaii, November 1954.
- - - , East-West Center. Academic adjustment of EashWest Center grantees. Honolulu,
Hawaii, University of Hawaii, 1962,
University of Helsinki, Evaluation of returned Finnish grantees, Helsinki: University of
Helsinki, September i960.
Institute of Sociology. Finnish fellowship students in the United States: A panel
study. Helsinki: University of Helsinki, 1964,
University of Michigan, International Center, Reports to the Board of Regents on foreign
student tuition practices of other schools, Ann Arbor, Mich,: University of Michigan,
1965.
“UNRRA fellowships ended,” School and Society 65 (March 29, 1947), 223.
use. Senate, Committee on Foreign Relations. Hearings on the Foreign Assistance Act
o//Pd5. Washington, D.C.: USGPO,June I 963-
USD HEW, Office of Education. Oranis~in-aid and other financial assistance programs
administered by the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Washington,
D,C,: USDHEW, 1963.
, Public Health Service, Public Health Service grants and awards, fi.s€al year 1963
funds. Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, 1963,
USDS, Bureau of International Organization Affairs. Inventory of grants for science and
technology by U.S. government agencies, UN Technical Assistance, UN Special
Fund, Ford, Keilogg and RockefeUer to Latin American countries during 1960-1962.
Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1963.
USDS, “Library exchange with India from interest of food loan.” USDS Bulletin S2 (heb.
21, 1955). 307.
U.S. Educational Commission in Japan. Ten years of educational exchange; the Fulbright
programs In Japan in I95I-I96J, Tokyo: U.S. Educational Commission in Japan,
1961,
U.S. Educational Commission in United Kingdom, The second five years: A report on the
Fulbright programme in the United Kingdom and dependent territories, J 954-! 959,
London: U.S. Educational Commission in United Kingdom, i960.
U.S. Educational Foundation in Australia. Fulbright programme in Australia, 1958.
USIS of Taiwan, Office of Research and Evaluation, Reactions of returned Chinese
grantees to the educational exchange program. Taiwan: USiS of Taiwan, June 1961,
U,S, International Educational Exchange Service, The program of emergency aid to
Chinese students, 1949-1955. Washington, D.C,: U.S. International Educational Ex-
change Service, 1956.
Van Schaik, T. “Scholarship student writes from the Netherlands.” Jo tfm a/ of Horne Eco^
nomics 44 (January 1 952), 47“48.
Ward, A. T. “One :>cholarship is worth a thousand Journal of Higher Education 12
(1941), 347^352.
Ward, D. S. "Lefs discriminate!^ Awarding scholarships to Latin Americans.” Phi Delta
Kappan 47 (January 1966), 269—270.
White, H, W. “The African scholarship program of American universities.” Journal of
Association of College Admissions Counselors 8, no. 1 (1962), 5-6.
Wilson, E. C., Dinerman, H., and Christ, J. R. The Rotary Foundation fellowship program
as evaluated by its participants. New York: International Research Associates, 1963.
“Work-study programs for foreign students at New York City College School of Business.”
School and Society 6B {Sept. 18, 1948), 182.
Wright, L. “Tucson teachers local hosts to Fulbright fellows,” /I r/^ona Teacher 53 (March
1965),21.
C, FOREIGN STUDENT ADVISERS
“Attitudes and adjustment in cross-cultural contact,” Journal of Social Issues 12, no. 1
(1956), entire issue.
British Council and Association of Commonwealth Universities, Higher education in the
United Kingdom: A handbook for students from overseas and their advisers. London:
Longmans, for the British Council and Associstion of Commonwealth Universities,
1964.
Chalmers, P. M. “The founding and growth of NAFSA.” HE News Bulletin 26 (April
1951)|32-33.
“Chinese students need help.” Christian Century 69 (May 28, 1952), 635,
Chow, J. Y. C. “Factors related to the establishment of the position, foreign student ad-
. visor.” Doctoral (Ed, D,) dissertation, University of Tennesee, Knoxville, Tenn., 1963.
“Conference of foreign student advisers, April 28-30, 1947.” HE News Bulletin 22 (June
1 947), 3-43.
Cooper, L. H., Moore, F. G., and Mousolite, P. S. Immigration regulations for foreign stU‘
dent advisers. Series 7. New York: N AFSA, 1955.
Crawford, W. R. “Foreign student advising at Pennsylvania,” HE News Bulletin 25
(November 1949), 13=14.
“Cross-cultural studies in the Arab Mid=East and United States^- studies of young adults.”
Journal of Social Issues 1 5, no. 3 (1959), 1 -5.
Davis, J. M. “Advisers* problems in the larger colleges.’* In Report of the Conference on
International Educational Exchanges and Annual Meeting. New York: NAFSA,
1952. pp. 50-56.
“Fifty thousand foreign students to advise.’* Overseas I (September 1961), 17-19.
- “Foreign student advisor: A new profession?** Annals of the American Academy of
Political and Social Science 335 ( 1961), 910.
- “NAFSA news notes.*’ HE News Bulletin 28 (October 1 952), 36-38.
“What is a foreign student advisor? , , . An editorial.” NAFSA Newsletter 4^ no. 2
(1952), 3.
Ellinghaus, K. Report for A FME and NAFSA. New York: NAFSA, 1966.
Faubel, E. J. Foreign student adviser programs. New York: NAFSA, 1966.
Guthrie, G. M. Cor\fiicts of culture and the military advisor. Research paper No. P-300.
Washington, D.C.: USDD, Research and Engineering Support Division, Institute for
Defense Analyses, 1966.
Higbee, H, D, The status of foreign student advising in United States universities and
colleges. East Lansing, Mich.: Institute of Research on Overseas Programs, Michigan
State University, 1961.
-important conference of advisers to foreign students." School and Society 56 (Sept. 12,
1942), 205.
Ingemann, F., and Ross, J., eds. ‘/?epor/ of the National Association of Foreign Student
Advisers Conference on Southeast Asia, Held at Yale University. New York: NAFSA,
1962.
Irvine, J. B., and Morrison, R. Foreign student adviser position in some institutions outside
California. Sacramento, Calif,: Sacramento State College, n.d.
Kimball, J. E. “A proposed gmduate program of studies for foreign student advisers."
Doctoral dissertation, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla., 1964.
Klehr, H., and Kirstein, L. A formal group therapy program for heterogeneous foreign
students as conducted by a foreign student adviser and a clinical psychologist. New
York: NAFSA, 1961.
Klinger, M. R. B. “The development of the National Association for Foreign Student
Affairs from Mdea to institution.'" In Government policy and international education.
New York: Wiley, 1965, pp. 89-106.
Manual of immigration regulations and procedures affecting non-immigrants for
foreign student advisers. Washington, D,C,: NAFSA, 1966.
Linton, C. “Foreign student adviser." HE News Bulletin 29 (April 1954), 42-44.
McCann, C. J. “Major issues in advising foreign students: A review." National Associa-
tion of Women Deans and Counselors 21 (Summer 1964), 172-178.
Minor, E. H. “The African student on the American campus: His relationship to the Ameri-
can Negro student, the American white student, and the foreign student adviser."
Master’s thesis, University of Chicago^ Chicago, 111., 1966.
Moore, F. G. “Trends in counseling the foreign student." In E. G. Williamson, ed.. Trends
in student personnel work, Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota Press, 1949,
pp. 183-190.
Mousolite, P. “Advisers’ problems in the smaller college." In Report of the Conference on
international Educational Exchanges and Annual Meeting, New York: NAFSA,
I952,pp. 58^61.
NAFSA. The foreign student adviser's relations with foreign government offices. New
York: NAFSA, 1953.
— Handbook for foreign student advisers. New York: NAFSA, n.d.
Neal, J. W. “Office of the foreign student adviser." HE News Bulletin 27 (February 1952),
37-38.
Peet, L. J. “Foreign student advisers meet." Journal of Home Economics 41 (October
1949), 471-472.
“Pioneer foreign student counselor." HE News Bulletin 24 (January 1949), 45=46.
Putman, 1. J., Jr. The foreign student adviser and his institution in international student
exchange. New York: NAFSA, 1964 and 1965.
— “Open letter from a foreign student adviser to students from abroad." HE News
Bulletin 36 (September 1960), 5-8,
Quigley, T. E. “Fm a foreign student adviser^ University of Michigan." America 106
(February 3, 1962), 592=594.
Ross, J., and Ingemann, F,, eds. “Report of the NAFSA Conference on Southeast Asia,"
NAFSA Publications, General Series no. 7, November 1962.
Simerville, C. L. “The foreign student counselor: A cloth tnama.,*' Journal of CoHege Stu^
dent Personnel 2 (March 1961), 35-37.
Skinner, M. C. “The foreign student adviser's office practices, problems and procedures in
selected colleges and universities." Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation. University of
Colorado, Boulder, Colo,, 1963.
“U.S, grant for Chinese students." HE News Bulletin 24 (May 1 949), 30.
Yates, G. F. “Foreign student advising on the Catholic campus." NCEA Bulletin 61
(August 1964), 200-205.
28
23
D. ATTITUDES / ADJUSTMENT
^‘African students in U.S.S,R, denounce discrinnination, deceits brutality.” v4FL-C/0 Free
Trade Union News 15 (December I960), 4-6.
“Agencies for fostering the social life of foreign students.” Bulletin 18 (February
1932), 122-124,
Ahmed, M. A. E. “Educational and social adjustment of foreign students at Washington
University.” Master’s thesis, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo,, 1953.
A it ken, N, D, “A comparative study of foreign student adjustment at American uni=
versities.” Doctoral dissertation. University of Massachusetts, Aniher.st, Mass., 1966,
Allaway, W. H. “Development of international understanding in foreign students at the
University of Kansas.” Doctoral dissertation. University of Denver, Denver, Colo.,
1957.
ACE. Counseling foreign students, Washington, D.C.: ACE, 1950.
Application of psychiatric insigftis to cross-cultural communication^ Symposium New
York: Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, i 96 1.
Aridi, B. “Attitudes of the Asiatic students attending the Utah State Agricultural College
toward the U.S., Logan, and the U.S.A.C.” Master’s thesis, Utah State Agricultural
College, Logan, Utah, 1953.
Arjona, A. Q. “An experimental study of the adjustment problems of a group of foreign
graduate students and a group of American graduate students at Indiana University,”
Doctoral (Ed, D,) dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind,, 1956.
Arkoff, A., Thaver, F,, and Leonard, E. “Mental health and counseling ideas of Asian and
American students.” Journal of Counseling Psychology 13, no. 2 ( 1 966), 2 1 9-=223,
“As our student visitors see us.” HE News Bulletin 25 (January 1 950), 8-9.
Asar, P, G, “Images of India and America held by student5 from India at Michigan State
College.” Master's thesis, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich., 1952,
Asthana, G. P. “Shedding our prejudices.” HE News Bulletin 28 (October 1 952), 27-28.
“Attitude of large companies toward Chinese students.” Far Eastern Review 24 (April
1928), 164-165.
Attitudes on mternational affairs among African students in Britain. London: Social Sur=
veys,July 1963.
Bailyn, L., and Kelman, H, C, “The effects of a year's experience in America On the self-
image of Scandinavians.” 1 8, no. I (1962), 30-40,
Bardls, P. D. “Attitudes toward dating among foreign students in America.” Marriage and
Family Living 18 (November 1956), 339-344,
. “Dating attitudes and patterns among foreign students at Purdue University.”
Doctoral dissertation, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind., 1955.
■ “Social distance among foreign students,” Sociology and Social Research 41
(November 1956), I 12=1 14,
Barnes, D. L, “An international study of student judgments regarding social problems.”
Midwest Sociological Quarterly, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, 111., 1966.
“The unpredictable mind of youth.” Social Education 28, no. 3 (1964), 147=148,
160,
“Barriers to exchange of scholars.” v4wer/ca 93 (May 28, 1 955), 227,
Beals, R, L. “Mexican student views the United Annals of American Academy of
Political and Social Science 295 ( 1 954), 108= 1 1 5.
Becker, B. “Breaking the language barrier.” Overseas 1 , no. 6 (1962), 11=13,
Becker, T. S. “Perceptions and attitudinal changes among foreign students on the UCLA
campus.” Doctoral dissertation. University of California at Los Angeles, 1966,
Bell, R. “Unsnarling our race prejudices.” World Tomorrow 14 (March 193 I), 8 1=82.
Bennett, j. W. “Cross-cultural education research and the study of national accultuiatiori,”
A nnals of the A merican Academy of Political and Social Science 1957, 198.
24
McKnii^ht, R. K. “Liberation or alienation: The Japanese woman student in
/America.” HE News Bulletin 31 (1 956), 38-47.
“Misunderstandings in communication between Japanese students and Americans.”
Social Problems 3 (April 1 956), 243*256.
Bennett, W. C. “Research in crcas-cultural education.” Items, Social Science Research
Council, no. 6, 1952, pp. 3=6.
Bertrand, A. L. Social life in the U.S.: An introductory \folume for foreign students. Baton
Rouge, La.! Division of Latin American Relations, Louisiana State University, 1953,
“Better understanding is predominant,” School Activities Magazine. October 1956, p. 71.
Bharatiya, A. “The role of the international center in the adjustment of foreign students at
the University of Michigan.” Master’s thesis. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich., 1947.
Bigman, S, Foreign journalists see the United States: An analysis of articles published as
the result of a tour arranged in conjunction with TWA. Washington, D.C.: Bureau of
Social Science Research, American University, 1953.
Bjerstedt, A. Infornnational and non-inforniationai determinants of nationality stereotypes.”
Journal of Social Issues 18, no. 1 (1962), 24-29.
Blair, R. L, “Counseling the foreign student.'" I IE News Bulletin 25 (October 1949), I 1=12.
Blegen, T. C.. ei af Counseling foreign students. Student Personnel Work, no. 15. Wash-
ington, D,C,: ACE, 1950.
Blood, R. O., Jr., and Nicholson, S. O. “Attitudes of American men and women students
toward international dating.” Marriage and Family Living 24 (February 1962), 35-41.
“International dating experiences of American women students.” Marriage and
Family Living 24 (May 1962), 1 29- 132.
Boas, ¥. RaceUanguage, and culture. Boston: Heath, 1938.
“Bonds of friendship.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1332 (November 9, 1940), p.
435.
Borges, C, “A sentence-completion test used to study foreign student reactions while at-
tending American universities.” International Student Studies Series, no. 6. Lawrence,
Kan.: University of Kansas, 1963,
Bower, R. T., MeKenzie, B,, and WinOgrad, B, An analysis of attitude change among
German exchangees. Washington, D.C.: Institute for Research in Human Relations,
August 1951.
Brad field, L. Academic and social experiences of international students at the PennsyL
vania Siaie University. University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania State University, 1965.
“Branded by prejudice: Students who became black.” Times Educational Supplement, no.
2614 (June 25, 1965), p, I99l.
Breen, J. P. “Perceptions of cross-cultural exchange teachers.” Doctoral dissertation.
University of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn., 1 965.
Brodbeck, A., and Perlmutter, H. “Self=dislike as a determinant of marked in-group=out-
group preferences.” Journal of Psychology 38 ( 1 954), 27 1*280.
Burke, J. D. “The status and problems of foreign students in the United States.” Presented
as address at the Schoolmen’s Week program of Greater Philadelphia, March 17, 1966.
Burns, D. G., ed. Travelling scholars: An inquiry into the adjustment afid attitudes of
overseas students holding commonwealth harsaties in England and Wales. Slough,
England: National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales, 1965.
Busch, R. C. “The Iranian student in Logan: An exploratory study of the foreign student
social experience and adjustment.” Master’s thesis, Utah State Agricultural College,
Logan, Utah, 1955,
Cady, H. M. Japanese students’ views of American family life. New York: NAFSA, 1964,
Cajoleas, L, P, “The academic record, professionai development, and return adjustments of
doctoral students from other lands: A study of Teachers College alumni, 1946-1955.”
Doctoral dissertation, (Microfilm no. 58-261 1) Columbia University, New York, 1958.
3(*t; ■
25
"Counseling overseas students/’ Jeurm// of Higher Education 29 (1958), 209-212.
Campbell, J. Testing of culiurally different groups. RB-64-34, Princeton. N J.t ETS, 1964.
Carry!, T. H. V. “A study of opinions of intemalional graduates and graduate students of
their academic and social experiences at Kent State University. Master s thesis, Kent
State University, Kent, Ohio, 1966.
Catholic University. A study of the attitude of Indian students toward American higher
education, Washington, D,C,: Catholic University, 1964.
Cattelh R. B., and Warburton, F. W. ‘'A crosscultural comparison of patterns of extraver-
sion and anxiety.” British Journal of Psychology 52, no. 1 ( 196 1), 3 - 1 5.
Caudill , W. ‘‘Japanese American personaliiy and acculturation.” Genetic Psychology
Monographs 35 {1952), 3-102.
Chen. T, H. "America in the eyes of Chinese students.” Educational Forum 13 (March
1949), 293-300.
"Guidance of foreign students.” Journal of Higher Etiucation 2 1 (1950), 1 26- 131.
Cheng, L. S, “The preference for the music of foreign countries by American and foreign
university students.” International Student Studies Series, no. 5. Lawrence, Kan.;
Universityof Kansas, 1963.
Cheo, Y. "Tha cultural and social aclfyities of the Chinese students in the state of Cali-
fornia.” Master’s thesis, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., 1929.
Chin, E, L. T. "Leisure time activities of the Chinese students at the University of Michi-
gan.” Master’s thesis. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1937.
Christ, J. R,. Cook, S. W., Havel, J„ and Selltiz, C, Attitudes and social relations of foreign
Students in the United Jitates. Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota Press,
1963.
Clark, T. P. America, their America. London: Andre Deutsch, 1964.
Clubine, E. L. "The foreign student’s knowledge and use of staff in problem situations.”
Master’s thesis, Iowa State University of Science and Technology, Ames, Iowa, 1966.
Coan, C. ”A study of European alumni of the Universityof Kansas (1953-4— 1960-1) con-
cerning some selective opinions, information, and attitudes about the United States, its
educational system, and particularly that of the attended institutions. International
Student Studies Series, no. 8. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1964.
study of Internalionui students attending the University of Kansas concerning
some selected opinions and attitudes about the United States, its educational system,
and particularly that of the attended institution.” International Student Studies Series,
no. 7. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1963.
study of opinions and attitudes of inteniational students attending the University
of Kansas, 1961-62. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1 963.
Collins, L. E. Why da people misperceive? A study of ethnic attitudes and perception,
Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1963,
"Conference on foreign student problems and policies.” HE News BuUetin 21 (May 1946),
1 9-20.
Cook, S. W., and Selltiz, C. "Some factors which influence the atliludinal outcomes of
personal contact.” International Social Science Bulletin 8 ( 1 956), 5 1—58.
Copplestone, F. A study of international student relations, 1945^47. Philadelphia, Pa,'
U,S. National Student Association, 1957,
Cuyugan, E, A, "Jottings from a foreign student’s experiences and observations,” Mis-
sionary Review of the World 51 (June 1934), 303-304.
Davidsen, O. and Sewell, W. H. "The adjustment of Scandinavian students,” Jo«r«a/ of
Social Issues 12, no. I (1956), 11,
Davis, J, M., Hanson. R. G„ and Burner, D, R. HE survey of the African student: His
achievements and his problems. New York: HE, 1961.
Dawson, H, G., Jr. "Originai and changed attitudes, impressions, and preconceptions as
26
related to the mass media experiences of new foreign students at the State University
of Iowa,” Doctoral dissertation. State University of Iowa, Iowa City, 1961.
Dean, J. W. Adjustment of international students to the yirftinta Polytechnic Institute
Campus. Blacksburg, Va.: Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1961.
Deni, V. “Foreign students' perception of the educational, political and economic aspects of
the culture of the U.S.” Master’s thesis. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
1952.
Deutsch, S. E., and Won, G, Y. M. “Some factors in the adjustment of foreign nacionals in
the United States .” of Social Issues 19, no. 3 (1963), 1 15=122.
Dc Vos, G- “A quantitative Rorschach assessment of maladjustment and rigidity in ac-
culturatlng Japanese Americans.” Genetic Psychology Monographs no. 55 ( 1 955).
Diab, L. N. “Authoritarianism and prejudice In Near-Eiistern students attending American
universities/' Doctoral dissertation. University of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla., 1957.
Diaz, A. L. “Adjustment of Latin American student wives at Michigan State University.”
Master's thesis, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich., 1964.
Donovan, G. F. A study of the attitude of Indian students toward American higher ediica^
tion. Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America, 1 965.
Dremuk, R. “How foreign monetary exchange affects foreign students." Financial Aid
News! {Mwh 1967), 2=5.
D'Souza, H. J. “The adjustment problems of Indian graduate students in American uni-
versities." Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University, New York, 1956.
Duggan, S., ed. “Agencies for fostering the social life of foreign students.” AAUP BuF
lethi 18 (February 1932), 122-124.
Ehle, E. L-, ct al. Change of attitudes in German exchangees. Part I Preliminary Report.
Washington, D.C.: Institute for Research in Human Relations, November 1950.
Elovanio, L. The adjustment and re-adJustment €if Finnish Asia grantees. Helsinki: Insti-
tute of Sociology, University of Helsinki, 1 963.
Evicta, (Sister) C. “A comparative study of the academic adjustment of foreign and Ameri-
can students at Immaculate Heart College.” Master's thesis. Immaculate Heart
College, Los Angeles, Calif,, 1964,
Farnum, H. B. “Adjustments of guest (foreign) students at the Pennsylvania State College."
Master's thesis, Pennsylvania Slate College, University Park, Pa., 1948.
Feslinger, L,, and Kelly, H, Changing attitudes through social contact, Ann Arbor, Mich,:
University of Michigan, 1951.
Fifer, F. Social class and cultural group differences in diverse mental abilities. 1964 In-
vitational Conference on Testing Problems. Piinceton, N J.: ETS, 1 964.
Fisher, E. J. “Conference of the committee on the adjustment of foreign students.” IIE
Neivs Bulletin 16 (November 1940), 4-6.
— — “Meeting of the advisory committee on the adjustment of foreign students/' IIE
News Bulletin 18 (January 1943), 16-18.
Fishman, J. R. Emotional problems in African students studying in the United States.
Washington, D.C.: Medical College, Howard University, 1963.
Flores, C, M. “The study of the problems of the Filipino students in the United States.”
Master's thesis, Marywood College, Scranton, Pa., 1962.
Foa, V. G. “Cross-cultural similarity and differences in interpersonal behavior,”
of A bnormal and Social Psychology 68 ( 1 964), 5 1 7-522.
Forstat, R. “Adjustment problems of international students." Sociology and Social Re^
search 36, no. I (1951), 25-30.
_ — — “Problems of foreign students at Purdue University/' Master’s thesis, Purdue UnL
versity, Lafayette, Ind., 1950.
Forsythe, J,, Karp, S., and Heidelmeyer, D. International dating survey of American girls
and foreign boys. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan, 1 958.
27
Foster, R. J. Traditional cultures and the unpact of technological change. New York:
Harper, 1962,
Fraser, S- E. “Residential academic centers for international education: A proposal for
their establishment in the United States.” Peabody Journal of Education 43 (1966),
265-270.
French, J, R, P,, Jr,, and ZixJonc, R. B. “An expel imental cross-cultural norm conflict,”
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 54 ( 1957), 2 1 B-224.
Gaiichia, S. “The factors influencing an adequate social adjustment of a foreign national to
the United States.” International Student Studies Series, no, 19. Lawience, Kan,;
University of Kansas, 1966.
Garrison, K. C. "Worldminded attitudes of college students in a Southern university.”
Journal of Social Psychology 54-( 1 96 1 ), 1 47- 153.
Geaga, (Sister) M. C. “Adjustment problems of foreign students at Immaculate Heart
College.” Master’s thesis, immaculate Heart College, Los Angeles, Calif,, 1964,
Gerber, A. S, “Helping the visiting student use his educational opportunities. Social Service
Review 27 (December 1953), 385-393.
Geslak, E. C. “A study of administration and guidance practices for students from abroad in
repre.sentative collegiate institutions of the U.S.” Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation,
Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich., 1953.
Gezi, K. I. The acculiurettion of Middle Eastern Arab students in selected American col-
leges and universities. New York: AFME, 1959.
“Factors associated with student adjustment in cross-cultural contact,” California
Journal of Educational Research 16 (May 1955), 129-136.
Ghani, C, The alien and V,S. laws, with particular reference to foreign students. New York:
Iranian Students Association, 1958.
Gilbert, G. M. “Stereotype persistence and change among college students.” Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology 46 ( 1 95 I ), 245=254.
“Girl trouble,” New Republic, January I 1, 1964, p. 9.
Goldsen, R, K. “International friendships.” UE News Bulletin 3 1, no, 7 (1956), 54-56-
— , Suchman, E., and Williams, R. M. “Factors associated with the development of
cross=CLilturaI interaction.” Jowrvm/ of Social issues, 1 2, no, 1 ( 1 956), 26-32.
OonEalez, T, F, “Personality and academic adjustment of foreign students to Ohio Uni=
versity campus.” Master’s thesis, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, 1 95 L
Gowen, J. W., and Gooch, M, “Age, sex, and the interrelations of mental attainments of
Journal of Educational Psychology 17 (March 1926), 195=207.
Graham, G., and Zwingmann, C. “Guidance of students from abroad.” School and So-
ciety 76 (September 6, 1 952), 1 48- 1 49.
Green, D. G. “An analysis of the characteristics and satisfactions of foreign alumni while
in residence at Cornell University, 1935-1959.” Doctoral dissertation, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca. N.Y., 1962.
Green, E. K. “A study of the ptructure and interaction of a group of Turkish students at
the University of Florida, October 1952 to June 1953.” Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation.
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla., 1956.
Griffin, W. H. “Cross-cultural problems,” NAFSA Newsletter 14, no. 9 (1963), 2-6.
Gruen, W. “Attitudes of German exchange students during a year in the United States.”
Public Opinion Quarterly 23 (Spring 1959), 43-54,
Gukich, D, “A survey of the adjustments of graduate international students in education
at Ohio State University.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State Universitv, Columbus, Ohio,
1948.
Guilahorn, J. T., and Gullahorn, J. E, Professional and social consequences of Fidbright
and Smith-Mundt Awards. Washington, D.C.: USDS, Internal Education Exchange
Service, 1958.
28
Cjunther. G, “Guidance for European transfers.” New York State Education 43 (Decem=
bcr 1955), 195-196.
Haag, C., De Yard, J, M., and Thomas, C. D. Attitudes of University of Michigan males
toward American coeds dating foreign students. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of
Michigan, 1957.
Hadwen, C. T, M. “The early stages of foreign student adjustment.” Doctoral dissertation,
Yale University, New Haven, Conn., 1964,
Hal bers tarn, J. L. Cidntral and personality factors affecting the adequacy of the graduaie
medical training of foreign physicians in the £/.5. Washington, D.C.: USD HEW, 1965.
Haller, A. O., and Bray, B, “Attitudes of American students differentially liked by Latin
American students.” American Personnel and Guidance Journal 38, no. 3 (1959),
2I7-22I.
Hao, P. T. “An analysis of certain learning difficulties of Chinese students in New York
City.” Doctond dissertation. New York University, 1953,
Harmeling, D. E. “Cross-cultural analysis using autobiographies written by foreign stu-
den ts.” Master’s thesis, University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla., January 1966.
Harvey, H. “Bridges of friendship.” Readers Digest, March 1948, pp. 123-125.
Hassan, A, B. “Social interaction between foreign students and Americans in a Mid=
western community.” Doctoral dissertation, Purdue Universiiy, LatViyette, Ind.,
1961.
Hattari, P. M. The p erf (jrnm nee of foreign students and American students on a Q^sort of
statement on interpersonal relationship in the university community. Columbia, Mo.:
University of Missouri, 1967.
Heft, D, “Foreign student: His problems, his impact: Latin American students.”
16 (February 1964), 17-21.
Helson, H. “Adaptation-level as frame of reference for prediction of psychophysical
data.” American Journal of Psychology 60 (1947), 1-29.
Herman, S. N., and Schild, E. O. “The stranger-group in a cross-cultural situation.”
Sociometty 24, no. 2 (1961), 165-^6.
Hertz, R, N. “Foreign students and the merican coed.” Phylon 25 (Spring 1964), 65-71.
Hickey, M. “Building international friendships,” July 1954, p. 23.
Ho, G. P., et al. “Adaptation to American dietary patterns by students from oriental coun«
tries.” Joarncii of Home Economics 58 (April 1966), 277=280.
Ho, P. Y. “A comparative study of the ingenuity of American and Chinese students.”
Doctoral dissertation, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, Calif., 1926.
Hochwald, H, L. “Teaching the principle of selEdeterrnination to foreign students.”
Social Casework 38 (July 1957), 362=365.
Hodgkin, M. C. “Role of kinship and authority patterns in the cross-cultural education
of Asian students.” Sociology of Education 3fl (Fall 1963), 71=89.
Hoffman, G. “Problems of the young singer.” I IE News Bulletin 30 (February 1955),
20=23.
Hohn, E. “Sociometric studies on the adjustment process of displaced persons.” Inier^
natiofud Social Science Bulletin 7 (1955), 22-29.
Hsu, F. L. K. Psychological anihropology^approctches to culture and personality. Home-
wood, III.: Dorsey Preas, 1961.
Huang, L. “Dating and courtship innovations of Chinese students in America.” Doctoral
dibsertation. University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL, 1954.
Hudson, B. B., Barakat, M, K., and LaForge, R. “Prcblcmsand methods of cross-cultural
TQm’Atch'' Journal of Social Issues IJ, no, 3 (1959), 5-19.
Hurrey, C. D. “Problem of Asiatics in ‘America.” Missionary Review of the World. 42
(December 1 9 1 9), 920-923.
Hutchins, B. C. “Counseling programs as related to foreign students in ten institutions in
29
higher education in New York; An exploratory survey.*" Doctoral dissertation.
Teachers College, Columbia University, New York, 1955.
Hutton, G. K. “Attitudes of international students.” Master’s thesis, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla., 1962.
lisager, H. “An evaluation of an attempt to form international attitudes,” ofSocUil
Psychology 30 ( 1 949), 207=2 1 7,
Internationa! Education and Cultural Assneiation. Survey of opinions ojG A RIO A scholar-
's hip students who stiidy in in 1 95 1^52, Tokyo: International Education and
Culture Association, n.d.
International Public Opinion Research, German exchangees: A study in attiude change.
New York; International Public Opinion Research, August 1953.
IRA, Italiitn exchangees: A study in attitude change and diffusion. New York; IRA,
March 1955.
Opinions and attitudes of Mexicans who have participated in the educational ex-
change program (I ES) since 1952. Me-xicoCityi IRA, 1959.
Jacobson, E., et al. “Cross-cultural contributions of attitudes resea rch.*‘ Piihlic Opinion
Quarterly 24 ( 1 960), 205=223.
Jarkham, J. W., and Maner, W, W. A survey of attitudes and attitude shift among newly
arrived foreign students at the State University of Iowa. Iowa City, Iowa: State Uni=
versity of Iowa, 1965.
Jarrahi, A. Middle Eastern students* adjustments and related factors. Chapel Hili, N.C.i
University of North Carolina, 1967.
Jayasinghe, P. “Experience in America: Ceylonese girl as an exchange student,” National
Business Woman 37 (February 1958), 9= 10.
Jensen, M. D. The individual and learning prohlems in an unfaniiliar culture. A report of
the Sixteenth Annual National Association of Foreign Student Advisers Conference.
New York: NAFSA, 1964.
Kaplan, B., ed. Studying personality cross-culturally. New York; Harper, 1961.
Kaplan, H. “Race relations in cojlege.” Religious Education 59 (January 1964), 111 = 113.
Karlsen, B. “Attitudes of foreign students at the University of Nebraska toward personnel
and practices at the university.” Master’s thesis. University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Neb., 1951.
Katz, D., and Brajy, K, W. “Racial stereotypes of 100 cqllege students.” Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology 28 (1933), 280=290.
Kazem, M. L “Prominent values of Egyptian and American students as determined by an
analysis of their autobiographies with educational implications.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)
dissertation. University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan., 1957.
Keats, D. “A cross-cultural study of the development of cognitive structures in university
students with special reference to Asian students in the University of Queensland.”
Doctoral dissertation. University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia, 1965.
Kelman, H. C. “Changing attitudes through international activities.” Journal of Social
Lssues 18, no. I ( 1 962), 68=87.
^nd Bailyn, L. “Effects of cross-cultural experience on national images: A study .of
Scandinavian students in America.” Journal of Conflict Resolution 6, no. 4 (December
1962), 3 19-334.
, ed. International behavior: A social-psychological analysis. New York: Holt,
Rinehart & Winston, 1 965.
Kerr, D. C. “Foreign student counseling at Cornell,” UE News Bulletin 25 (December
1949), 25=26,
Khalil, R. A. A study of needs, attitudes, and problems of foreign students at George Wash-
ington University, Spring 1963. Washington, D.C.: George Washington University,
1963.
30
Kiell, N. T. “Altitudes of foreign students/’ Journal of Higher Education 22 ( 1951), !SS-
194.
.. “A study of attitudes of Indian and Pakistani students in the U.S. toward America
and American democracy and the responsibility of American educational institutions
toward exchange students.” Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, New York,
1949.
Kincaid, H. A prelimin^iry study of the goals and problems of the foreign student in the
United States, Washington, D.C.: USDS, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs,
December 1 96 1 .
Kirk-Gree, A. U. M. “African students and campus fraternities.” Universities Quarterly
14, no. I (1959), 27 54,
Klehr, H., and Kirstcin, L. A formal group therapy program for heterogeneous foreign
students as conducted by a foreign student adviser and a clinical psychologist. New
York: NAFSA. 1961.
Klineberg, O. Tensions affecting international understanding. New York: SSRC, 1950.
Klinger, M. R. B. “A comparison between American and foreign student groups on certain
moral values,” Doctoral dissertalic;i, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1961.
A factor analysis of cross-cultural moral values, Ann Arbor, Mich,: UiHvcr >y of
Michigan. 1962.
■ Foreign student opinion survey. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan, 1966.
- - - “Looking homeward.” HE News Bulletin 30 (May 1955), 44-45.
. “Moral values across cultures.” y4/ner/cYi« Personnel and Guidance Journal 41, no,
2(1962), 139^143.
and Veroff, J. “Cross=cu!tural dimensions in expressed moral as." American
Personnel and G uidance Journal 42, no. 9 (1964), 899-903.
Kluckhohn, C. “Values and value orientation on the theory of actio.i.” In Toward a general
theory of action. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, ?951,
Kluckhohn, F. R., and Strodbeck, F. L. Variations itt value orientation, Evanston, III.:
Row, Peterson, 1961.
Knapp, R. H. “Comments on the modal culture problem.” Personal comniunication,
Wesleyan Univer.sity, Middleton, Conn., 1962,
Knudson. R. B. “Altitudes of international sfudents toward their experiences at Iowa State
College.” Master’s thesis, Iowa State College of Agricultural and Mechanical Arts,
Ames, la., 1956.
Ko, H. “What you Americans did to me.” Saturday Evening Post 20 (December 1952),
p.21.
Koo, M. “American students’ contacts with and attitudes toward foreign students.'* Doctor-
al dissertation, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich., 1962.
Krueger, A. B, Analysis of pro grams ^ attitudes, and reactions to the American experience of
124 German youth and community leaders. New York* Education- Recreation Divi-
sion, National Social Welfare Assembly, 1952,
Krystal, H., and Petty, T. A, “The dynamics of adjustment in migmtion.” Psychiatric QuarF
erly Supplement 37 (1 963), 1 19=133,
Kuhn, D., and Kuhn, F, “Why foreign students become cases.” New York Ti,i^.es Magazine,
21 (August |960),p. 19,
Kumata, H., and Schramm, W. “A pilot study of cross-cultural meaning.” Public Opinion
Quarterly 20 ( 1 956), 229-238,
Kurani, H, A, “Near Eastern student and his problems on transfer to American univer-
siiim,*' American Association of College Registrars Journal 15 (July 1940), 372=382,
La Pine, H. J, “The special adjustments of foreign students in American universities.”
Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., 1949.
Lentz, T. F. “The attitudes of world citizenship.” of Social Psychology 32 (1950),
207=214.
Lenz, F, B. “Amerleanized Chinese student, " Overland Monthly 69 (April 1917), 284-291,
Li, P. C. "’A study of the heterosexual social life of single male Chinese college students in
New York City.” Doctoral dissertation, TeaGhers College, Columbia University, New
York, 1955.
Linton, C. ‘‘Counseling students from overseas,” Educational and Psycholo^tical Measure-
men t 8, no, 3 ( 1 948), 501=52 1 .
. “Foreign student counseling at Teachers College/’ I IE Ne^vs Bulletin 25 (Feb-
ruary 1950), 26.
l^ogke, A. L,, and Stern, B. J. eds. When peoples meet: A study in race and culture cou^
tacts. New York: Hinds, Hayden, & Eldiidge, 1946,
Long, L. M. “The Brazilian student in the United Stales* A study of psychological change/’
Doctoral dissertation. Harvard University, Cambridge^ Mass., 1956.
Longest, J, W, Effect of orientation on foreign student academic perfornuince and cultural
adjustments, IthaGu, N,Y.: Cornell University, 1965,
Personal adjustment and aeademic p ft forma nee oj foreign graduate students in
College of Agriculture at Cornell University, Ithaca, N,Y.: Cornell University, 1966.
Loomis, C. P., and Schuler, E. A, “Acculturation of foreign students in the United States/’
Applied Anthropology 1 iSpT\t\g 1948), 17—34,
Lougheed, V. R, “A study of administrative, counseling and social practices afFecting
foreign students at an urban university/’ Doctoral (Ed,DJ dissertation/Wayne State
University, Detroit, Mich,, 1956.
Lundstedt, S., ed, “Human factors in cross-cultural Journal of Social fssites
I9,no, 3 (1963), 1 = 10,
Luther, R. K, ^‘Altitudes and opinions of foreign students of the American character.^
Musler’s ihesiSj Wayne Slule University, Detroit, Mich,, 1967,
Lysgaard, S. “Adjustment in a foreign society: Norwegian Fulbright grantees visiting the
United Stales,” International Social Science Bnlleiin 1 ( 1 955), 45=5 I ,
Markham, J. W. A survey of attitudes and attitude shift among newly arrived foreign stu^
dents at the State University of Iowa. Iowa City, Iowa; State University of Iowa, 1965.
Marsh, G, G., and Halberstam, J. L. “Personality stereotypes of U.S= and foreign medical
residents. Journal of Social Psychology 68 ( 1 966), 1 87= 1 96.
Martin, R. P. “The adjustment of Latin-American male students in selected private second-
ary schools in the U.S.“ Doctoral dissertation, Northwestern University, Evanston,
III., 1954.
Masse, J. C. “The Influence of nationality, time and propinquity on levels of dyadic rela-
tionships/' Doctoral dissertation. University of Chicago, Chicago, III., 1965.
- — “Social relations and cultural differences: Student friendships in an international
house.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, Chicago, III., 1962.
McGuigan, F. J. “Psychological changes related to intcrcultural experience/’ Psychological
Reports. Southern Universities Press, 1958,pp. 55-60.
McKnight, R, K, “The adjustment of Japanese students to American university life.”
Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, Columbus^ Ohio, 1954-
Melikian, L. H. “Selt-disclosure among Middle Eastern university students.” Journal of
Social Psychology 57(1 962), 257-262,
Mendelsohn, H., and Niefield, S, J. “Attitudes of college officials on certain aspects of the
U.S. educational exchange program.” zJzIC Bulletin 39, no, 4 ( 1953), 589=597.
Menter, L, “Attitudinal change in foreign students while in the United States.” Master’s
thesis, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IIL, 1967,
Merntt, R. Foreign contacts and attitude change among modernizing leaders. New Haven,
Conn,: Yale University, 1966,
Messick, S. J. “The perception of social mtitudeH/' Journal ofAhnormaf and Social Psy-
c/ro/o^y 52 (1956), 57^66,
32
Meter, H. D. V. “Factors relution to the referenGe group behavior of foreign students in
America.” Master’s thesis. University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky., 1962,
Mierzmru D. R. “A study of some of the problems of adjustment experienced in non-
academic areas by the internaitional students in Teachers College.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)
dtsseruition. Teachers College, Columbia University, New York, 1958.
Mills, R, C, Cultural forces affectint^ the emotional adjustment of students from Southeast
Asia to the American campus community, Los Angeles, Calif,: International Student
Center, 1962,
Minor, E. H. “The African student on the American campus: His relationship to the Ameri-
can Negro student, the American white student and the foreign student adviser.”
Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, Chicago, 111,, 1966,
Moore, F, G, The coiie^iate environment: The experience and reactions of foreign siu=
denis ... A conference paper. Washington, D.C,: Bureau of Social Science Research,
October 1965,
Morgan, CL D. “The adjustment of Nigerian students ’ American colleges.” Doctoral dis-
sertation, Washington State University, Pullman, Wash., 1964.
- “Exploratory study of problems of academic adjustment of Nigerian students In
America. Bibliography." JoarAm/ of Negro Education 32 (1963), 208*217,
Morris, R. C, Cuitu ml forces tiffccting the emotional adjustment of stiidents Jrom South-
east Asia to the Atnerlcan campus community, Los Angeles, Calif.i International
Student Center, 1962.
M orris, R. T. "National status and attitudes of foreign students.” of Social Issues
12, no. 1 (1956), 21-25.
and David sen, O, M. The two-way mirror: National status in foreign students^
adjustment, Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota Press, 1960.
Mothershcad, A., and Crawford. M. Social customs and manners in the U.S,: A guide for
Jhreign students, Pasadena, Calif.: Pasadena Community Project for International
Students and Visitors, Pasadena City College, 1 963.
Mulliyan, E. E. “Foieign student counseling at Wisconsin.” HE News Bulletin 25 (June
1950), 19-20.
Nash. (Sister) M. L. Study of adjustment problems of Sister students from Kerakh India,
attending liberal arts colleges in the United States, Ann ArLor, Mich.: University
Microfilms, 1964,
NAFSA. The individual and his learning prohiems in an tinfamiHar culture: The contrh
hutions of psychology. Report of the Sixteenth Annual Conference, CR-5, Minneapolis,
Minn.: NAFSA, 1964.
NEA, “Francis, what are the real values? Interview with F, W, Gana,” Audiovisual In-
stmciion 9 (September 1 964), 460*461.
Nelson, R. L. “The psychiatric needs of foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 33 (1958),
13*17.
The use of psychiatric facilities in a university setting by foreign students, Cam=
bridge, Mass.: University Health Services, Harvard University, 1956.
Neumeyer, M. H.,and Peterson. J. A. “Problems of foreign Sociology and Social
Research 32 ( 1 948), 787-792,
Niyekawa, A. M. “Adjustment problems of male students from Japan in Hawaii.” Under-
graduate research paper (on file at Romanzo Adam Social Research Laboratory), UnL
versity of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, 1952.
Oberg, K. Culture shock and the problem of adjustment to a new ciilUiral environment.
Washington, D.C.: USDS, Foreign Service Institute, 1958.
Olsen, L. R., and Kunhart, W. E. “Foreign students* reactions to American college life.”
Journal of Educatioiutl Psychology 3 1 (April 1 958), 277=280.
0*Neill, R. C. “Attitudes and experiences of high school students living in Turkey.**
can Personnel and Otildance Journal 45 (September 1966), 43-46.
33
o
ERIC
Orme, K. “Clothing practices and problems of foreign women at Oregon State University/’
Master’s thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Ore,, 1 96 1 .
Ostlund, L. “Adjustments of students from abroad.” Master^s thesis, Ohio University,
Athens, Ohio, 1966.
Otis, J. "Psychatherapy with foreign students in a university,” Mental Hygiene 39, no. 4
(1955), 581=597,
“Overseas student welfare.” Times Editcatlonal Supplement, no, 2405 (June 23, 1961), p.
1307.
Palmer, E. K., and Ziinmarman, G. L. “Helping foreign students to adjust.” Overseas 3
(September 1963), 20=24.
Patrick, J. G. “Interracial friendship circies/’ Sociology and Social Research 18 (May
1934), 462=469,
Pedram, M. “An analysis of the reactions of foreign students attending the University of
Kansas concerning the Amencan educational process and procedures.” International
Student Studies Series no. 2, Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas^ 1 962.
■ Kansas U niversity foreign students' reactions to U nited States educational prac^
tices, Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1960.
Perlniuiier, H. “Relations between the self-iniuge, the image of the foreigner, and the de-
sire to live abroad.” Journal of Psychology 38(1 954), I 3 1= j 37.
peters, W. E. Passport to friendship: The story of the experiment in international living,
Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1957.
Peterson, J, A., and Neumeyer, M, H. “Problems of foreign students.” Sociology and Social
Research 32 (1 948), 787-792.
Philbrook, C. S. Nature of foreign student absence and lateness to class. Washington^ D.C.:
institute of Modern Languages, 1 963,
Pifer.T. “What young Germans think of us.“ Farm Journal 7H (.lanuary 1954), 68=70.
PooU I. “Effects of cross-national contact on national and international images/’ In H.
Helmann. International Behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston., 1965,
pp, 106-^129.
- and Prasad, K. “Indian student images of foreign people.” Public Opinion Quarterly
22 (Fall 1958), 292-304.
Porter, J. W, “The development of an inventory to determine the problems of foreign stu-
dents,” Doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich., 1962.
“Post-admission adjustment problems of foreign students.” College and University 37
(Summer 1962), 414=443.
Pott, J. H. “Measurements of attitudes of Chinese students at the University of Michigan
towards Americans/’ Master’s thesis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1953.
Prasad, V. D. Foreign students at IVaytte State University^ their adjustment to American
living on the campus and off the campus. Detroit, Mich.: Foreign Student Office^
Wayne State University, 1963,
Pratt, D. “Adjusting the foreign student — to what?” HE News Bulleiin 30 (January 1955),
6 - 8 .
- “Helping the foreign student in New York City: An experiment in brief psycho-
therapy and cultural research/’ Bulletin of the World Federation of Mental Health
4,no.4(!952), 172-176,
, “The relation of culture goals to the mental health of students abroad.” Inter^
natimal Social Science B idle tin 7, no, 4, n,d,
Preludice begins at home/’ Times Educational Supplemeht, no. 2216 (Nov. 8, 1957),
p. 1438.
“Prejudice inevitable, say Rhodesians.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2649 (Feb.
25, 1966), p. 560.
Rathore, N. G, The Pakistan student: His desire to study in and preconceptions of the
34
U.S>, his pro hie ms and evaluatioti of his experience in the V and upon re turn to
Pakistan. New York: AFME, 1957,
Reigrotski, E., and Anderson, N, “National stereotypes and foreign contacts.” Public Opin-
ion Quarterly 23 (1959), 515^528.
“Report of the Committee on Problems of Foreign Students. Journal of Proceedings and
Addresses.” The 57 th Annua! Conference of the Association of American Universities
and the 8th Annual Conference of the Association of Graduate Schools, Chicago,
Uh, 1956.
Rettig, S. “Invariance of factor structure of ethical Judgments by Indian and American
college students.” Sociometry 27 (March 1964), 96-1 13.
The risk hypothesis in predictive Judgment of ur ethical behavior by American
and Indian students. Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State U'.iiversiiy, 1962.
and Pasamanick, B. “Moral codes of American and foreign academic intellectuals
in an American university.” Journal of Social Psychology (I960), 229-243.
“Moral codes of American and Korean college students.” Jowrau/ of Social Psy-
chology 50 (1959), 65-73.
Rettig, S., and Singh, P. N. “Cross-cultural differences in habitual response preferences
as an index of anxiety.” Journal of Social F.sychology 58 (1962), 9=15,
Riegel, O. W. “Residual effects of exchange of persons.” Public Opinion Quarterly 17, no. 3
(1953), 319=327,
Robinson, S. International interests directory questionnaire survey. Buffalo, N.Y.: State
University of New York at Buffalo, 1967.
Ronquillo, B. P. “Counseling of international students in the selected group of institutions
of higher education: A study of some of the problems perceived by international stu=
dents and of the counseling and guidance experienced by them in their institutions.”
Doctoml (Ed.D.) dissertation. Teachers College, Columbia University, New York,
1955.
Roose, B. “Needs of international families.” Master’s thesis. University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich., 1964.
Rose, A. M. “Some consequences of brief cultural contact,” P/i>7o;i 13 (1953), 125=132.
Rosen, E. “A cross-cultural study of semantic profiles and attitude differences: Italy.”
Journal oj’ Social Psychology 49 (1959), 137-144.
Rotch, W., Edelmann, S., and Major, R. T., ir. Case studies for use in orientation. Putney,
Vt.: EIL, 1964.
Ruscoe, G. C. problems of Latin American students in U.S. institutions. New York:
NAFSA, 1967.
Rusk, H. A. Cultural and personality factors ajfecting the adequacy of the graduate med-
ical training of foreign physicians in the L/.5. Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, 1965.
Russell, G. “The impact of new settings on foreign student attitudes.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)
dissertation. University of Oklahoma, Norman, Ok!a., 1964.
Russell J. G. Reference groups of foreign students in the United Slates and the priority
of their problems, Norman, Okla.: Institute of Group Relations, University of Okla-
homa, 1966.
Rycklak, J. F. “Personality correlates of the social adjustment of Japanese students m
America. Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, 1954.
Sampson, D. L., and Smith, H. P. “A scale to measure \vorld=minded attitudes,” Journal
of Social Psychology i 45 (1957), 99-106.
Sanmann, M. S. “A study of the experiences of selected Oriental students in colleges and
universities in the U.S. and implications for higher educ^don.” DoctomI dissertation,
Northwestern University, Evanston, III., 1948.
Santos, A. P. “A study of the problems faced by foreign students at Indiana University
with implications for action.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)^ dissertation, Indiana University,
Bioomington, Ind., 1959.
35
Sargent, S, S,, and Smith M. W. Culture urid perxonaliiy. New York: Wenner-Gren Ftiun-
dation for Anthropological Research, !949.
Sasnett, M, T., ed. Foreign students look at the U,S. Los Angeles, CaliL: Cole-Holmquist
Press, 1960.
Saunders, M. G. The adjustment oj' foreign students in U nivevsity of Hawaii. Honolulu,
Hawaii: East-West Center, University of Hawaii, I96L
Scarangello, A., ed. American education through foreign eyes. New York; Hobbs, Dor-
man, 1967.
Schild, E. O. “The foreign student, as stranger, learning the norms of the Western cul-
ture.” yoivrn«/ of Social Issues 18, no. I (1962), 41-54.
Schloss, H. H. “Three problems of international student exchange programs,” AAUP
Bulletin 41 (September 1955), 370-574.
Schmidt, R, “Some guidelines to a better understanding of American culture by the foreign
student,” international Student Studies Series, no. 12. Lawrence, Kan,: University of
Kansas, 1965.
Scott, F. D. “Swedish students’ image of the United Annals oj'American Academy
of Political and Social Science 295 ( ! 954), 136=145.
Seggev, E., and Rosenbrum, R. A. Survey on attitudes and opinions of foreign students
on University of Michigan campus. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan, 1965.
“Segregation in Sofia.” Newsweek, February 25, 1963, p, 42.
Selltiz, C. “As others see us: Factors influencing the image of the United States held by
nationals of other countries.” Master’s thesis. New York University, 1956.
- . “An investigation of judgmental processes in perception and evaluation of a foreign
country.” Doctoral dissertation. New York University, 1961.
and Cook, S. W. “Factors influencing attitudes of foreign studentr. toward the host
country,” Joz/rna/ of Social Issues IB, no. 1 (1962)* 7=23.
_ — Chri.st, .J. R., Havel, J., and Cook, S. W. Attitudes and social relations of foreign
students in the United States. Minneapolis, Minn.: University ofMinnesQta Press, 1963,
Sewell, W. H., and Davidsen, O. M. “The adjustment of Scrindinavian students.”
of Social Issues 12, no. 1 (1956), 9-19,
- Morris, R. T., and Davidsen, O. M. “Scandinavian students’ images of the United
States: A study in cross-cultural education.” of American Academy of Political
and Social Science 295 (1954), 126-135.
Shattuck, G. M. Between two cultures: A study of the social aiiaptation of foreign students
to an American academic community. Ithaca, N.Y,: Cornell University, 1965.
“The social adjustment of Latin American graduate students at Cornell Univer-
sity." Master’s thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., 1962.
Shearer, R, “A compafative study of American graduate student triends of foreign stu-
dents.” Doctoral (Ed. D.) dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind., 1965.
Sheely, L. L„ and Burck, L. “Operation, adjustment.” Clearing House 38 (October 1963),
80^82.
Shofstull, W. P. Opinion of foreign students. Flagstaff, Ariz.: Arizona State College, 1951.
Shope, J. H. The experience and the response of foreign students studying at the Inter-
American University. San Gemian, Puerto Rico: Inter American University of Puerto
Rico, 1963.
Silber, G. R. “Foreign student counseling at Union College.” HE News Bulletin 25 (March
1950), 28=29.
Simerville, C, L., and Parkinson, M, Social satisfactions for foreign students at university
residence halls at Oregon State University. Eugene, Ore.: Oregon State University,
1964.
Simsenson, W., and Geis, G, “Courtship patterns of Norwegian and American university
students.” Marriage and Family Living 18 (November 1956), 334=338.
36
Singhs A. K. "The impaet of foreign study: The Indian experience.” Minerva I (Autumn
1962), 43-53.
Singh, P. N., Huang, S,, and Thompson, G. "A comparative study of selected attitudes,
values, and personality charaeteristies of American, Chinese, and Indian students.”
Journal of Social Psychology 57 (1962), 123-132.
Smith, B. Why u-e behave like Americans. Philadelphia, Pa.: Lippincott, 1957,
Smith, H, P. "Changes in attitude resulting from experiences in foreign countries.” Doc-
toral disscriaiion. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., 1955.
- . “Do interculturai experiences affect attitudes?” Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology 51 ( 1 955), 469^477.
- - ■ “Psychological changes related to interculturai experiences.” In Changes in attb
tude resulting from experiences in foreign countries. Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass., 1955.
Smith, M. B. "Some features of foreign student adjustment.” Jowr/jo/ of Higher Educaiion
26 (1955), 231-241.
Spencer, R, E. "Attitudes in cross-cultural contexts.” Office of Instructional Resources,
Research Report no. 256, Urbana, III.: Office of Instructional Resources, University of
Illinois, July 1967.
“Comments on cross-cultural attitudes; A study in ethnocentrism.” Research
Report no. 51. University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania State University, 1964.
- “Factors aifecting successful performance of foreign students: Possible future
research — a working paper.” Office of Instructional Resources, Research Report no.
258. Urbana, III.: Office of Instnictional Resources, University of Illinois, July 1967,
Stanford University. Survey on the use of the internatioiml center. Stanford, Calif.: Stan-
ford University, 1962.
Stanford Research Institute. A preliminary study of the goals and problems of the
foreign student in the U.S. Menlo Park, Calif.; Stanford University, December 1961.
Stephenson, W. "Influence of cultural background on test performance,” Proceedings 1949
Invitational Conference on testing problems. Princeton, N.J.: ETS, 1950, pp. 23-28.
Stern, G. C. “Student ecology and college environment.” Papers delivered at the Invita-
tional Conference on Educational Research, Research in Higher Education, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass., June 1964.
Stevens, A. C. "Foreign student counseling’ at Mount Holyoke.” HE News Bulletin 25
(April 1950), 29-30,
Stoddard, P. H. Proposals for a University of Illinois international center. Urbana, 111.:
University of Illinois, 1950.
Tanenhaus, J., and Roth, S. G. "Non-immigrant foreign students: A survey of their needs
and interests.” Journal of Experimental Education 31 (December 1962), 173-176.
Taylor, M. “Foreign students, to date or marry?” Mademoiselle, November 1959, pp.
60-61.
Turner, R. H. "Preoccupation with competitiveness and social acceptance among American
and English college students.” Sodometry 23 (1960), 307-325.
USDS. Counseling and guidance for the foreign student. Publication no. 2097. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, 1944.
A preliminary study of goals and problems of the foreign student in the U.S. Menlo
Park, Calif.: Stanford Research Institute, 1961.
, Research and Reference Service, student attitudes toward the U.S, versus the
U.S.S.R. Washington, D.C,: USIA, 1958.
Attitudes and aspirations of African students in Britain. Washington, D.C.: USIA,
1964,
Attitudes and aspirations t^f African students in France. Washington, D,C.: USIA,
1963.
37
^Altitudes and aspivaiiuns oj African students in West Germany. Washington, D C •
USIA, 1963,
- — • Basic attitudes and aspirations and reactions to U.S. experiences* Washington
D.C,: USIA, 1963.
— Sources of information about America and attitudes towards the mass media.
Washington, D.C.: USIA, 1964.
— j Intsrnatlonai Information Administration. Development of attitude scales for the
international exchange service* Washington, D,C.: USIA,n.d.
University of Hawaii, Department of Sociology. Reaction of Asiatic grantees to orientation
in Hawaii, Part /, Honolulu, Hawaii; University of Hawaii, November 1954.
Van VIeck, J. J. “Personal problems of foreign students in America.” Missionary Review
of the World 51 (June 1934), 304.
VaswanI, H. V. “A study of the problems of foreign students at the Berkeley campus of the
University of California.” Doctoral dissertation. University of California, Berkeley,
Calif., 1950.
Veroff, J, Attitude change in African students in the United States* Ann Arbor, Mich.:
University of Michigan, 1962.
Westcott, N. “Significant changes that may or may not take place in the traditional values
of Indian students due to their experiences in the United States.” Master's thesis,
De Paul University, Chicago, III,, 1962.
Wheeler, D. K. “Western Au.stralian results on an educational attitudes scale.” Journal
of Social Psychology 51(1 960), I 13-121.
Wilkening, W. T, Factors associated with adjustment of foreign students studying exten-
sion education of selected land-grant institutions.'’ Doctoral dissertation. University
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis,, 1965.
Williams, C. H, “A study of the adjustment of students from Latin America at the Univer-
sity of Texas,” Master’s thesis. University of Texas, Austin, Tex,, 1956,
Wilson, J. H., and Sandoval, D. "No race discrimination here,” Nation's Schools 41 (May
1948), 31.
Working abroad ' A discussion of psychological attitudes and adaptations in new situations.
Report no. 41. New York; Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, 1958,
World University Service, Problems of foreign students, Geneva, Switzerland: World
University Service, 1962,
Yieh, T, K. Adjustment problems of Chinese graduate students in American universities.'’
Doctoral dissertation. University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., 1934.
Zachariah, G. "Factors related to attitude change in students from abroad towards America
from their own perception of such changes,'’ Master's thesis, University of Buffalo,
Buffalo, N.Y., 1961.
Zajonc, R. B, Aggressive attitudes of the 'stranger’ as a function of conformiiy pressures.”
Human Relations 5 ( 1 952), 205-2 1 6.
and Wahl, N. K. "Conformity and need^achievement under cross-cultural norm
conflict,” Human Relations 14 (1961), 241-250,
E. HOSPITALITY OF HOST COUNTRY / COMMUNITY RELATIONS
An’*sws, B. R, “Introducing forcjgn students to the American home f Journa! of Home
Economics 23 (May 1931), 437-438.
Artau, D. "Georgia takes care of her foreign students." HE News Bulletin 25 (November
1949), 2 1-22,
Barnes, P, "An evaluative study of home hospitality programs for foreign graduate students
in New York City.” Master's thesis. New York University, 1 963,
38
jfc-
o
ERIC
Barney, L. “Connecticut welcomes the foreign student,’’ II E N e\vs Bulletin 27 (November
1951), I 1 = 12=
“Be nice to foreign students,” Kulturni Ti^orbUf November 14, 1963,
Beckett, A. “People to people,” yowr/za/ oE Business Education 40 (February 1965), 2 18.
Bennc, M. E, “The influence of foreign visitors on the interest of certain adult members of
a hosting community in participating in internationally oriented activities,” Doctoral
(Ed. D.) dissertation. Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Mich,, 1966.
Bischotf, H, “Helping foreign students,” /4/ner/cfl 109 (November 9, 1 963), 566=568.
Blanchard, G. “Getting ready for company.” Clearing H mse 23 (May 1949), 533=555,
Broadhurst, M, J. “Knowing our exchange visitors,” Nursing Outlook 6, no, 4 (1958),
198-202.
Brown, A, T,, Roberts, I. Z., and Wheeler, M. K., eds. Directory of organizations serving
international visitors in the nation* s capital. Washington, D,C,i Meridian House Foun-
dation, ! 964,
Carey, A. T. “London landladies and colored students.” Fortnightly ^ no. 2180 October
1953, 235=242.
Carr, W, A. “Center for foreign students.” Overseas 7 (December 1963), 16-18.
“Charity begins at home.” Times Educational Snpplementi no. 2426 (November 17, 1961),
p. 684.
Coan, C. “A survey of the housing of foreign students at the University of Kansas.” Inter-
national Student Studies Series, no. 20. Lawrence, Kan.; University of Kansas, 1966.
“Cold-shouldering foreign Eitcrary Digest ^ October 15, 1932, p. 20.
Committee on Friendly Relations Among Foreign Students. Students from other countries,
in institidtions of higher education in the United States^ 1952^1953. New 5‘ork; Com=
mittee on Friendly Relations Among Foreign Students, 1953.
Unofficial amhassadors, 194F New York; Committee on Friendly Relations
Among Foreign Students, 1941.
_. The unofficial ambassadors, 1953. New York: Committee on Friendly Relations
Among Foreign Students, 1953.
“The community opens its doors* Reports from IIE regional offices.” HE News Bulletin
28 (March 1953), 6-13.
Coombs, P. H, “Are we doing enough for the foreign student? A ten point agenda.” Over^
seas I (February 1962), 2-5.
Council for Community Services to International Visitors. International visitors to the
United States. Washington, D.C.; Interagency Committee for Community Participa*
tion, 1959.
Davis, J. L. “A survey of foreign students regarding the effects of their residence in Inter*
natiDnal House, New York City.” Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation, Columbia University,
New York, 1964.
Davis, J. M., Govindaraj, B. V., and Ketjaiaksana, M, Housing of foreign students at the
University of Michigan. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Intemational Center, University of MichF
gan, 1955.
Do Cambaliza, N., Faltemicr, J., Ferlic, F., and Fields, E. The foreign students* expert
ences and interpretations of living arrangements. Lincoln, Neb.* University of Ne=
braska, 1965.
Djrfferis, S. P. “Town-gown and the foreign student.” HE News Bulletin 26 (May 1951), 29.
Draper, L. H., and McCullough, M. G. “Housing of foreign students.” of Higher
Education 24 (1953), 35=38.
Duggan, S. “Agencies for fostering the social life of foreign students.” C/F Bulletin 18
(February 1932), 122-124.
Fisher, E. J. “Welcoming our foreign students.” IIE News Bulletin 1 3 (October 1937), 8=9,
Foreign Student Service Council. Directory of organizations and agencies offering services
39
to foreign visitors in O renter Washliigton. Washington, D-C-' Foreign Student Service
Cuuncil, I960.
Fredericks, M, ‘'Some aspects of culture contact between foreign students and Chicago
Christian family movement/' Master's thesis, Loyola University, Chicago, HI., 1961.
Fretts, M. H. '‘Delaware has open house,” HE Nc^vs Bulletin 30 (March 1955), 44-45.
Froehlich, H. D. “Supervision of the foreign student.” Social Casework 34 (May 1953),
216^221.
Goldman, P, ‘'Africa house,” Negro Historical Bulletin 21 (April 1958), 157,
I IE. Twenty years of United States government programs in cultural relations. New York:
HE, September 1 959,
” International houses.” HE News Bulletin 8 (April 1933), 7-8.
Jain, P. C. “Friendly Americans.” Saturday Evening Po.v/, July 23, I960, p. 24.
Jenkins, H. M., ed. Report of the first world conference of international houses and centers.
N ew York: International House Association, 1961,
Kil bourn, D. W. “Entertaining our visitors.” Michigan Education Journal 43 (May 1966)*
26-27.
Klinger, M. R. B. The housing oj‘ foreign students in Ann Arbor. Ann Arbor, Mich,: UnU
versity of Michigan, 1966.
Kwochka, V, F, “A survey of the opinions of continental United States residents regarding
the effects of living in the International House of New York.” Doctoral (Ed.D.) dis-
sertation, New York University, 1962,
Leach, R, H, “Church and the guest students.” Christian Education 17 (December 1933),
93=99.
Loescher, F. S. Pathways to understanding : Overcoming commnnity harriers to inter-
natioiuil cultural cooperation, Haddam, Conn,: Edward W, Hazen Foundation, 1946.
Major* R. T-* Jr. The Indian experimenter in the United States: Discussion materials for
host families. Putney, Vt,: EIL, 1964,
“Making friends where the tall corn grows,” Rotarianf April 1 952, pp. 34-35.
McClearjy, E. “Georgia* making a world of friends.” February I960, pp. 34-37.
McCullough, M, G,,and Mestenhauser, J, A. “Housing of foreign students — An educational
experience?” Jo//r««/ of College Student Personnel 5, no. 1 (1963)* 2=8.
Mott, C. G. “Northern hospitality,” HE News Bulletin 26 (April 1951), 9—10.
NAFSA, Guidelines — Housing of foreign stutJents, Washington, D,C,: NAFSA* 1967.
Survey of community organizations in the U.S, servicing international students.
New York; NAFSA* 1963,
“New life for Nash Crescent: International students house/’ Times Educational Stipple^
ment, no. 2607 (May 7, 1965), p. 14 1 I.
■‘Overseas students hardest to house,” Times Educational Supplementi no, 2736 (Oct. 27,
1967),p. 931.
“Overseas students: More invitations needed.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1016
(Oct. 20* 1934), p, 353.
Quigley* T. B, “Community and the foreign studerPs.” NCEA Bulletin 61 (August 1964),
207=210,
Reichard, J. F. “Boston^s welcome to visitors from abroad.” HE News Bulletin 35 (May
1960), 25=30.
Reyes, J. “Filipino students in the United States: A survey of conditions in the states of
Oregon, California, Washington* Idaho, Montana* and Wyoming-” Master’s ihesis,
Reed College* Portland, Ore., 1930.
Roberts, R, B* Sur\^ey of hospitality commiitees serving foreign students— / 964. New York:
NAFSA* 1965.
Robins, A, J, Housing of foreign students. Columbia, Mo.: University of Missouri* 1965.
40
‘•Room at the top.” The Economist 191 (June 27, 1 9?9). I 145-1 147,
“Room in your inn?” /4/M^ric^7 104 (December 24. 1 960), 4 1 9.
Sarcey, Y. *'Hospitalite,” Les Annales Politiques et Litibraires 85 (November 15, 1925),
506.
Schaffer, R. H.,and Dowl ing, L. R, Foreign swdenis and then American student friends,
2 vols, (Vol. I includes tables, Vol. 2 includes summary), Blooiningdale, Ind.: Indiana
University, .March 1966,
Schmokar, J. B. “Beyond roast beef on Sunday: The church's responsiblity for studenls
from abroad.” Nationai Council Outlook 1 (January 1 957), 4,
— “Church and foreign students," International Journal of Religious Education 29
(July 1953), 12=14,
Selltiz, C. "Social contacts of foreign students vs'ith Americans,” School and Society 91
(Summer i 963), 26 i =266,
Shearer, M, “Cultural exchange can begin at home, your home,” House Beautiful 102
(October 1 960), 200-20 1 .
Shearer, R, ”A comparative sti, u> of American graduate student friends of foreign students.”
Doctoral ( l"d,D,) dissertation, Indiana University. Bloomington, Ind,, 1 965,
Snnth, S. “Montgomery; Making memories,” February, I960, pp, 38=40.
Spector, P, Social interface beh\>een change agents and local peoples, Washington, D.C,:
American Institutes for Research, n,d.
Stanford University, Snrvey on participation in family hospitality by Stanford foreign stu-
dents, Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University, 1964.
Survey on the use of the international center, Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University,
1962.
Stelten, D. Survey of hospitality for the foreign student in the New York area. New
York: International Hospitality Committee, National Council of Women of the U.S-,
1961,
Surmelian, L. “California’s international house.” Holiday, June 1957, p, 34.
Trehan, S, K, “Foreign students and community relations.” Master’s thesis. Teachers
College, Columbia University, New York, 1 962,
USDS, Advisory Commission on International Education and Cultural Affairs. Open
hearts, open minds: How America welcomes foreign visitors, A report from the U.S.
Advisory Commission on International Education and Cultural Aftairs. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, 1966.
‘■University of Wisconsin developing' relations with foreign students.” AAUP Bulletin
19(Mai'ch 1 933), 2 1 9=22 1.
Vaswani, R. “Christmas holiday center.” HE News Bulletin 30 (March 1 955), 53, 55,
Wallast, G, V. influence of the experiment program on host families. Putney, Vt, EIL,
1964.
Warmbrunn, W, Student use of international center and community hospitality of Stanford,
Stanford i Calif,: Stanford University, 1962.
Survey on participation in family hospitality by Stanford foreign studenls, Stanford,
Calif,: Bechtel International Student Center, Stanford University, 1965.
Wilner, D. M., Walkley, R, P,^ and Cook, S. W, Human relcitiotis in interracial housing,
Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota Press, 1955.
Woodhouse, C. G,, ed. Conversing with our international visitors, Hartford, Conn.: Service
Bureau for Women’s Organizations, 1967,
Woodyatt, P. C, ”We are so kind. . . International House Quarterly 19, no, I (1955), 10-
15.
Wright, L. L, ”Community and the exchange program.” HE News Bulletin 27 (February
1952), 10=1 1.
%
41
F. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
Ainsworth, L. L., Jr. “An exploratory study of the academi': achievement of Arab students/'
Doctoral dissertation. University of Texas, Austin, Tex,, 1957,
AFME, Grading systems in Iraq. Washington, D,C,‘ AFME, n.d.
Angell, M. A descriptive atuilysis of the academic achievement of selected samples of
foreign students from non-English spetiking countries at F-f*sno State College. Fresno,
Calif.: Fresno State College, 1960.
Bennett, J. W. “Innovative potential of American-educated Japanese/’ Human Organiza-
tion 2 1 (Winter 1 962- 1 963), 246-25 1 .
Blauch, L. E- AccreditatU)n in higher education (OE-Ac2/2). Washington, D C.: USOE,
USGPO. 1959.
Boozer, H. R, External examinations a.s predictors of competence. Reprinted from Journal
of Teacher Education, 16, no. 2 (1965).
Bradfield, E. Academic and social experiences of international students at the Pennsylvania
State University. University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania State University, 1965.
Brengelman, F. Academic achievement and foreign students at Fresno State College.
Fresno, Calif.: FreSno State College, 1965-
Butcher, T, W. “Success and failure of college students.” In Studies in education, Kansas
State Teachers College. Emporia, Kan.; Kansas State Teachers College, 1931, p. 103.
Catlin, L. C. “Comparison of the achievement of tbreign and non=fqreign college students/’
Journal of College Student Personnel, October 1 962, pp. 28-32.
Chu, J, P. "'Chinese students in America: Qu-^lities associated with their success.” Doctoral
dissertation, Columbia University, New York, 1 922,
Clark, V. W. “Cross-cultural academic experience of Ghanai^ri students in the United
States, 1959-1960/’ Doctoral dissertation. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
J963.
Coffman, W. E. “Evidence of cultural factors in responses of African students to items in an
American test of scholastic aptitude.” Twentieth Yearhoe'e, National Council on
Measurement in Education, 1963, pp, 27*37,
Cook, W. W. “Predicting succe.ss of graduate students in a college of education/’ School
and Society 56 (] 942), 192-195.
Cooper, R. L. “Potential usefulness of the Puebla de Aptitud Academica in North Ameri-
can colleges and universities,” Report to CEEB, April 1966.
Davis, J. M. Foreign alumni trainees in American industry. Ann Arb,?., Mich.; University
of Michigan, n.d,
Dizney, H. F,, and Roskens, R, W, “Comparative aptitude and achievement of American
and foreign students in an American university.” Jowrna/ of College Student Personne!
5, no, 3(1964), 146=151.
Dwyer, P. S. “The correlation between age at entrance and success in college.” Jowr/m/ of
Educational Psychology 30 ( 1 939), 25 1—263.
Eel Is, W-C.,and Has well, H. A. Academic degrees: Earned and honorary degrees conferred
by mstitutions of higher education in the U nited States (OE^54008). Washington, D,C,:
USOE,USGPO, I960.
Eurich, A, “College fmXurcEp School and Society 37 (1933), 692*696
Ferguson, G. O. “Some factors in predicting college success/’ School and Society 37
(1933)» 566-568.
Fujita, G. Y, “Prediction of academic achievement of foreign students.” Master’s thesis.
University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, 1966,
Gallon, A. K. “International differences in academic achievement.” Education and Psy-
chology Review 6, no. 2 (1966), 68-73.
Gowen, J. W,, and Gooch, M. ’’Age, sex, and the interrelations of mental attainments of
college Journal of Educational Psychology 17 (March 1926), 195-207.
42
Gray, W. A siudy of academic success of international students at the Pennsylvcuda State
University, University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania State University, 1964.
Guthrie, G. M, ucture of abilities in a non-wc tern culture.'’ Journal of Educational
Psychology 54 < April 1963), 94-103.
Hanson, R. G. “Academic achievement of African students enrolled in institutions of higher
education in the United States.” Doctoral dissertation. University or Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Mich., n.d.
Harding, M. B. S. “Grading our foreign students.” Junior College Jourred 25 (January
1955), 283-285.
Hattari, P. M. *‘The relationship of selected personal and social factors to academic achieve-
ment of foreign students.” Doctoral dissertation. University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Neb., 1965.
Hawkins, D. The academic success of new Chinese graduate studetits. New York: N A FSA,
1964.
Heaton, K., and Weeden, V. The failing student. Chicago, 111.: University of Chicago
Press, 1939.
Hiphee, H. D. “Academic needs of foreign students: Some unresolved dilemmas facing
American higher education."’ In Papers in International and World Affairs, East Lan-
sing, Mich,: Michigan State University, 1965.
Report on a three term survey of the academic performance of foreign students at
Micfiigati State University, East Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University, Feburary
1965.
Hope, L. “A study of national and international students of Texa^ A&M University: Per-
formance on the Graduate Record Examination.” Manuscript, Texas A&M University,
College Station, Tex., 1965.
Holz, H. G,, and Trice, J, A. “The relation of an abnormal weekly schedule to grade-point
average.” School and Society 39(1 934), 422-424.
Hountras, P, T. “Academic probation among foreign students.” School and Society 84
(1 956), 75-77.
- “Factors nssdOiated with the academic achievement to foreign graduate students at
the University of Michigan from 1947 to 1949.” Doctoral dissertation. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich,, 1 955.
- _ “Factors related to academic probation among foreign graduate students.” School
and Socieiy 85 (October 26, 1 957), 31 1-312
“Factors related to ucademic success,” School and Society 85 (1957), 31 1-312.
- “The relationship between pre-admission data and achievement of foreign graduate
students.” yoMrwfl/ o/ Educational Psychology 48, no. 3 ( 1 957), 157-163.
Howell, J. J, Prediction of freshman grade point averages of foreign students at U.S. in-
stitutions oj higher learning: A pilot study. Prepared forCEEB by New Jersey Educa-
tional Research, April 1, 1966. Pennington, N.J.: New Jersey Educational Research,
1966.
Hoyt, K. B. How is counseling used to help students improve their learning skills? Speech
given at Annual Conference of NAFSA in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on April 30, 1964.
New York: NAFSA, 1964.
Jennings, A, K. “Potentialities of a foreign education.” IIB News Bulletin 6^ (April 1931),
6~7,
Jenson, R. N. “Predicting scholastic achievement of first year graduate students.” Doctoral
dissertation, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa., 1949.
Kao, L. “Academic and professional attainments of native Chinese students graduating from
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1909-1950.” Doctoral dissertation. Teachers
College, Columbia University, New York, 1952,
Kaplan, R, B., and Jones, R. A. “Evaluation of relative foreign student success.”
Learning 14(1964), 161- 166.
4P
43
Kim, P. S. Academic and financial survey on Korean students in U.S. Washingiont D.C.r
Korean Research and Information Office, 1962.
Kirstcin, L. The foreign student as an auditor. Chicago, III.: University of Illinois, 1962.
Kitano, H. H. “Changing achievement patterns of the Japanese in the United Stales.”
JoHrnal of Social Psychology 58(1 962), 257-264.
Klehr, H., and Kirstein, L, The Caitell culture-free test as a predictor of cnllege perform-
ance of foreign stndents.Ch\Qi\gQ, IlL: University of Ulinois, 1962.
Koenig, C. H. “The scholastic performance of foreign students in the United States.”
College and U niversity 28 (Winter 1953). 189-197,
Lara, E. V. “The effect iff previous study of English on the academic performance of forty
foreign students at the University of Kansas.” International Student Studies Series,
no. 17- Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1966,
Lavin, D, E. The prediction of academic performance: A theoretical analysis and review of
research. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1965.
Lesser, G, S„ Fifer, G-, and Clark, D. H, Mental ahilities of children in differcfU social and
cultural groups. Cooperative Research Project no, 1635, Washington, D,C.! USOE,
1964.
Lin, V, S. Academic achievement of Chinese gaduate students at the University of
Michigan. Ann Arbor, Mich,: University of Michigan Microfilms, 1956.
Lins, L. J., and Milligan, E. E. “Grades of U.S. and foreign students.” HE News Bulletin
25 (March 1950), 16-17.
Littrell, R, T,, Opsiad, P, E„ and Hara, T. The effectiveness of native language achieve-
ment tests in predicting relative academic success. Long Beach, Calif,: California State
College at Long Beach, 1966.
Longest, J. W. Effect of orientation on foreign student academic performance and cuiturai
adjustments, Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University, 1965.
Louisiana State University. Grade point €iverages of international students in History 55
and History 56, Baton Rouge, La.: International Student Office, Louisiana State Uni-
versity, 1966.
Lowe, G. A. “Education, occupation of fathers and parental contributions to educational
expenses as factors in career aspiration among male-Jamaican students at Howard Uni-
versity. of Negro Education 35 (Slimmer 1 966), 230=236.
Maberly, N. C. “The validity of the Graduate Recoid Examinations as used with English-
speaking foreign students, “ Edneationai and Psyciiological Measurement 23, no. 4
(1963), 785-788.
Mahmoudi, H. “A study of validity of the R. B. Cattell cullureTree intelligence test.”
Master’s thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah, 1962,
Mellor, B. The American degree: A comparative study for British students. New York:
Oxford University Press, 1961,
Miles, E. M. Study of the academic success of foreign students. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana
University, 1 965,
Miliman, J. Testwiseness in taking objective achievement and aptitude examinations: Its
nature and importance, Ithaca, N,Y.: Cornell University, 1966.
Milstein, E., Chunn, A, F., and Dole, A. A. Why they came to [..raduate schooi:A comparh
son of foreign and American students Honolulu* Hawaii: University of Hawaii, 1963.
Moghrabi, K, M. “An analysis of factors that influence the degree of success and failure
among foreign students at Texas A&M University,” Doctoral dissertation, Texas
A&M University, College Station, Tex,, 1966.
Mohsenin, N. “Lost student: Cause and cure.” Overseas 2 (November 1 962), 2—6.
Moore, F, G, “Factors affecting the academic success of foreign students in American
univer.sities.” Doctoral dissertation, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.,
1953.
44
Morgan, G. D. Exploratory sludy of problems of academic adjustment of Nigerian stu-
dents in America, Bibliography/' Jpurnai of Nc^ro Ediicafion 32 ( I963)» 208—217.
NAFSA. Gutdeluie,'i— Academic and personnel advising. Washington, D.C.: NAFSA,
1966,
- Predicting scholastic performance of Hong Kong students applying for admission
to undergraduate colleges and universities of the United States. New York: NAFSA.
1 964.
National Autonomous University of Mexico. Basis of equivalents between United States
and Mexicitn scholastic degrees, Mexico City: National Autonomous University of
Mexico, 1949,
Nelson, M. O., and Edel stein, G. “Raven Progressive Matrices, Non-Language Multi-
Mental Test, and California Test of Mental Maturity: Inte.xorrelations,”
Reports 13 (1963), 46.
“Oberlin certificates for foreign students.” Higher Ediwaiion 6 (October 15, 1 949), 45.
Paraharn, S, “A study of the academic achievement of foreign students at Kansas State Uni-
versity.” Research in international Education. New York: NAFSA and I IE, 1966.
Pavri, D. M. ”A study of the scholastic achievement and related problems of the foieign
graduate students at the Llniversity of Virginia, 1957-1961.” Doctoral (Ed,D.) dis-
sertatsoa. University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va., 1963.
Peter, H. W,,and Henry, E. R. ”Measuring successful performance overseas.” International
Development Review 3, no, 3 ( ! 96 I ), 8- 1 2, i
Peterson, S. C, ”The measurement and prediction of schf^lastic achievement on the graduate
level.” Doctoral dissertatic . University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1943.
Pierson, R, **Age versus acndemic success in collei*e students.” School and Society 68
(1948), 94-95.
Pitcher, B., and Harvey, P. R. “The relationship of Graduate Record Examinations apti-
tude test scores and graduate school performance of foreign students at four American
graduate schools.” Graduate Record Examinations Special Report 63-1. Princeton,
N,J.: ETS, 1963,
Putman, I. J., Jr. “The academic performance of foreign students.” Annals of the American
Academy of Political and Social Science 335 (1961), 42—53.
- “Admission data and academic performance of foreign gmdunte students at Colum-
bia University.” Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, New York, 1952.
Sasnetl, M. T., and Sepmeyer, L H. Educational systems of Africa: Interpretations for use
in the evaluation of academic credentials. Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif.: University
of California Press, 1966.
Schnitzen, J. P. Average grades of international stadents, Houston, Tex,: University of
Houston, 1966,
“Schools and careers in Soho,” Times Educational Supplement no. 1901, (October 5,
1951), p. 778.
Schwartz, P, A. Aptitude tests for use in the developing m nns. American Institute for
Research, Monograph no. LJune 1961.
Scott, F. D. “Academic Vikings.” Amerlcan-Scandinavian Review 47 (Spring 195>;,
54-60,
Selden, W. K, Accreditation: The struggle for standards in higher education. New > ork:
Harper, 1959,
Simerville, C, L, glossary of education terminology for the consideration of the academic
records of foreign students. Corvallis, Ore,! Oregon State College, I960.
Snider, J, G., and Coladarci, A, P, “Intelligence test performance of accultu rated Indian
children,” California Journal of Educational Research 1 1 , no. I (I960), 34-36.
Spalter, C. An exploratory study of the distribution of academic failuie of foreign students
at Stanford University, 1952-'1956. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University, July 1957.
45
S 1967“ w'tl ‘"v, and
Instructional Resources, Research Repor,;^ Urlkn" hi
Resources, University of Illinois, July 1967 ' of Instructional
Inurucilonal Re.oaree,. R„eLh ^.s].o^nV^!7''^J^b-?^,“,'‘"
Resources, University of Illinois, July ^^967. ' ' ' ^ Instructional
annual meeting of the National Counc^ on before the
StevI^rA^"?' -ement ,« EducTtlon.^^T""’
1949), 44/ ° W'Pficate for foreign students.” //£ ,4 (January
high school."^/„^Wca,i "“""®
1964. e'-^'ty of Hawaii, Master -s thesis. Franklin College, Fninklin. Ind.,
Thompson,2R^ B3 "Academie ^mdenu.” Co//ege and University 27 (Fall
n .Monal researeh project 1 95^ gsT^.tt h ^
ny: institute for'^Ed’ucalii^aL ute^co ^^
Turner’ '33 (May 19, 1961). ,557.
. Academic achievement of Korean .scholar.,.” Korean Report 1. „o. 5 (1961).
States and exchanges between the United
~p.n ,„ ,rs"„,rt'r n™ vS'",b':
Horace H. Rackham School of Graduafe SmiHiW
sign Students. Report on foreign Committee on Problems of
Foreign Students. Report on foreign student^Derf Problems o
versity of Michigan, 1953 . Ann Arbor, Mich.: Uni
''’"St ?,;5S t'''r ^ “”«• «"dy
( 1 959). 257-304. York Academy of Sciences 79
46
— ■ - - and S halter, C. An exploratory study of the distribution of academic failure of
foreign students at Stanford Univershy, 1952-56. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University,
July 1957.
Wilcox, L. The performance of Japanese graduate students at five U.S. universities. Con-
ducted under auspices of Committee on Research in International Education,
AACRAO. New York: AACRAO, 1966.
A prediction study of African students selected through A SPA U. Study under au-
spices of Committee on Research in International Education, AACRAO. New York:
AACRAO, 1966.
Williams. D. B. Development of effective academic prog*’ams for foreign students. Ithaca,
N.Y.: Office oi hiternational Agricultural Development, New York Slate College of
Agriculture, 1964.
Wing. C. W., Jr,, and Ktsanes, V, The effect of certain cultural background factors on the
prediction of student grades in college. New York: CEEB, August 1 960.
Wirth, N. Academic persistence of international students. Platteville, Wis.: Wisconsin
State University, 1 966.
Yun, A. “China, biggest customer of America’s Ph.D. degrees,’’ China Weekly Review
57 (June 27, 1931), 144-145,
Zain, E. K, “A study of the academic and personal-social difficulties encountered by a
selected group of foreign students at the University of Oregon.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)
dissertation. University of Oregon, Eugene, Ore,, 1965.
G. RETURNEES / FOLLOW=UP EVALUATIONS
Allarett, E. Evaluation of retiirned Finnish grantees. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1964.
American Embassy in Bonn. Study of impressions and disseminations by information
specialists and students from the exchange of persons program, Bonn: American
Embassy, December 1955,
American Embassy in India. The exchange of persons: An evaiuation of the experiences
and training of individual grantees under Fulhright and technical cooperation pro^
grams. New Delhi: American Embassy, December 1953.
American Embassy in Vienna, Report on a survey of the Departrnent of Exchange of
Persons program inAustria, Vienna: American Embassy, March 1955,
American Orthopsychiatric Association. Evaluaiion survey of the participant training
program of the Agency for international Development. Paper prepared for the annual
meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association, March 1963, Washington,
D.C,: American Orthopsychiatric Association, 1963.
American University, Bureau of Social Science Research, analysis of first reports from
foreign e,rchange students, academic year 1951-52, Part /. Washington, D.C.: Ameri-
can UniverMty, 1953.
- Foreign exchange students review their sia_ in the United States: Analysis of
second semester reports, academic year 1951-52, Part 11. Washington, D.C.: Ameri-
can University, 1953-
— =— Foreign leaders* reactions to the United States an interview study. \VashingtODf
D.C.: American University, November 1934.
— _=. Overseas evaluation of the participant training program, Washington, D.C.i Ameri-
can University, 1962.
— Plan for evaluation concurrent with participant trainings Washington, D.C,: Ameri-
can University, n.d,
Report on evaluation survey of participant training (Brazil). Washington, D.C.:
American University, 1963.
47
The participant training program in Costa Rica, Washington D.C.: American \ Ini-
versity, 1963.
Beebe. A. The foreign student in the Nesv York City area: A final report of one year of
study. New York: Greater New York Council of Foreign Students, 1956.
Bennington College. >1// incjuiry into the effects of European student exchange. Bennington,
Vt.: Bennington College, May 1958,
A study of European student grantees who have returned from the United States.
Bennington, Vt,: Bennington College, 1958,
Berte, N, R. ^^Analytical study of the foreign student program at University of Cincinnati.”
Doctoral (EcLD.) dissertation. University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1966,
Bharagava, K, P. Return grantee survey. (IRS, IND. 127.) Washington, D,C,: USIA,
December 1961.
Bolivian Institute of Public Opinion Survey, A study of former Bolivian grantees in the
United States. La Piizi Bolivian institute of Public Opinion Survey, March 1959,
Bonilla, F., and Wilson, E. C. ‘‘Evaluating exchange of persons programs.” Opinion
Quarterly 19 ( 1955), 20-30,
Bremseth, C, F, An evaluation of the participant program in Taiwan. Taipei: Mutual Se-
curity Mission to China, 1957,
Cajoieas, L. P, The academic record, professional development, and return adjustments of
doctoral students from other lands: A study of Teachers College alumni, 1946-^1955 ,
(Microfilm No. 58-261 I.) Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, New York,
1958.
“American-educated foreign student returns home,” Teachers College Record 60
(January 1959), 191-197.
Central Research Services. Evaluation study of .Japanese returned Fulhright grantees.
Tokyo: Central Research Services, January 1958.
Clark, T. P. America, their America. London: Andre Deutsch, 1964,
Cullers, R. M, The Japanese Fulhright retttrns: What happens to him after his return to
Japan? Syracuse, N.Y,: Syracuse University, 1961.
- “Return to Japan.” Overseas 2 (November 1962), 20*24,
Davis, J. L. Follow-up evaluation study of Agency for international Development particF
pants from India. New YorkiColumbia University, 1965.
Follow-up evaluation study of participants from India who received training in the
- U.S. under the Teachers College, Cohimbia Universiiy, contract with the Agency for
International Development, New York: Teachers College, Columbia University, 1965,
Dinerman, H., and Wilson, E, =C, Evaluation of Agency for International Development
(AID) participants in Peru. New York: International Research Associates, 1965.
Dugan, R. D., Bristol, J, F„ and Miller, H. O, A pilot study of participant training in the
United States, Washington, D.C,: Institute for International Services, 1963.
Duge, E. “Internalional alumni groups.” Overseas 3 (December 1963), 9-11.
Durfee, H. Impact of the experiment experience of German participants three years after
their visit to the US- Putney, Vt.: EIL, 1964,
Eidsaether, L “A Helen Atwater fellow reports on her year in U.S.” Journal of Home
Economics 42 (December 1 950), 8 1 7-8 1 8,
“Going home.” HE News Bulletin 32 (May 1 957)^ 2-3.
Orimwood, B. “Burns, Kansas: At home,” //.E News Bulletin 34 (May 1959), 10-15.
Halasz:, Sari C. “University of California at Los Angeles study of graduate students from
India, Japan, the Philippines and Taiwan: Fall 1959 through Spring 1965.” College
and University A3 (Fall 1967), 90-103.
Hayes, N, S. Some conclusions from the report, "Trai dng foreign nationals in the U.S.”
New York: NAFSA, April 1959.
“Impacts of studying abroad.” /oH/7i«/ of Social Issues 18, no. I (1962), entire issue.
"Indiuna and elsewhere; A returning Fulbrighter reports." Times Ediicalional Supplement,
no, 2267 (Oct. 31, 1958), p, 1595,
HE, Effectiveness of the educational and cultuml exchange program of the U.S. Depart-
ment of State,’ - Overseers 2 (April 1 963), 22-25,
Committee on Educational Interchange Policy. H inigarian refugee students and
US. colleges and univefsities: One year later. New York: I IE, June 1958.
International Public Opinion and Market Research. Impressions of State Department
grantees from Burma. Bielefeld, Germany; International Public Opinion and Market
Research, April 1961.
International Public Opinion Research, Cooperative action teams: A .study of effective-
ness. New York; Imernational Public Opinion Research, January 1954,
A follow-up study of German teenager exchangees. New York; International Public
Opinion Research, February 1954.
.interviews with six Brazilians who came lo the United States under the internationai
exchange program. New York: International Public Opinion Research, February 19o2,
Interviews with twenty Mexican teachers to help evaluate the tetwher exchange
program. New York: International Public Opinion Research, June 1953,
\KA. Appraisal of the effective wss of the past educational and cidtural exchange program.
New York: IRA, 1962,
‘ effectiveness of the exchange program: A stffdy in twenty countries in all
regions of the world. 2 vols. New York; I R A, November 1 962,
™ ^ .study of reactions to the State Department exchange program among returned
M exican grantees . M ex ic o C i ty : I R A , J a riu ary 1 9 5 9,
1 he Thai student exchangee: Att evaluation report. New ^ ork: IRA, August 1955
Johns, R. W., Jr„ Wilson, E. C,. and Belden, J, A study of reactions to the ICA exc hange
program imong returned Mexican grantees. Washington, D,C.: IRA, February 1959.
Jones. T. F, “Should the foreign engineering student return to his native land to practice
his profession?” In International edttcatiou: past, present, problems, and prospects.
Washington, D.C.; USGPO, 1966, pp. 364-367,
Kerwin, H, “An analysis and evaluation of the program of technical assistance to education
in Inin by the government of the United States from 1952 to 1962.” Doctoral disserta-
tion, American University, Washington, D.C., 1964.
Kizilbash, M, “Employment of returning U.S. educated \nd\?sn^.'^ Comparative Education
Review 4€^ (March 1966), 332-335.
Laing, A. “My study tour in retrospect.” NAFSA Newsletter 15, no. 8 (1964), 4-6.
Levy, G, M. “Bonjour Midwest: Account of a young French Fulbright scholar’s year as an
American coed,” November 1966, p. 143.
Lun-en, T. China’s returned students.” China Weekly Review 31 (February 7, 1925) 28'^
Lynch, F. X., and Maretzki, T, Philippines Peace Corps survey; Final report. Honolulu,
Hav aii: University of Hawaii, 1966.
MacCormack, K, “Keeping in touch with returned grantees.” HE News Bulletin 34 (Aoril
1959), 20-34. VP
Malik, C. H. “Foreign alumnus,*’ 4AC Bidletin 39 (December 1953), 6 1 1-6 17.
Mehnert, K, “Departing guest.” Indepenc u Education 2 (June I 929), 3 1-32.
Meng, P. C. “American returned students of China,” Pacific Affairs 4 (January 1931),
1 — 16 ,
Moore, F. G., and Forman, R. E, “University alumni overseas; A study of the views of
foreign alumni and university personnel on the feasibility and desirability of the follow^
up of the overseas alumnus.” (Typescript.) New York; Carnegie Corporation, 1961.
— — - • The university and its foreign alumni: Maintaining overseas contacts. Minn apolis,
Minn,; University of Minnesota Press, 1 964.
National Institute of Psychology, Educational Services and Research Center. An evalua-
d4
49
tion of USIS sponsored piogranimes in the United States of America for Iranian
participants, Teheran, Iran. National Institute of Psychology, May 1963.
Peter, H., and Schlesinger, L. E, Using U.S. training in the Phiiippines^ A follow-up survey
of participants, 2 vols. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Institute for Social Research, University of
Michigan, 1959.
Policy Review and Research Stuff. Summaries of evaluation studies of the educational and
cultural exchange program sponsored hy the Department of State, 1960^1962.
(CA-7533.) Washington, D.C.: USDS, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs,
December, 1 962,
Ratliore. N, G. The Pakistan student: tlis desire to study in ind preconceptions of the U.S.,
his problems and evaluation of his experience in the U.S. and upon return to Pakistan.
New York: AFME, 1957.
Roberts, S. C. “Fulbright reflections.” //£ 3 1 (February 1956), 2-5.
Ruedisili. C. H., and Sharp, H. Survey of foreign students at the University of Wisconsin
and also of foreign alumni who have returned to their home countries. Madison, Wis.:
University of Wisconsin, 1963.
Scott, F. D. The American e.xpericnce of Swedish students: Retrospect and aftermath,
Minneapolis, Minn.' University of Minnesota Press, 1956.
Smith, B. "European Fulbrighters back home.'* HE News Buiietin 34 (April 1959), 4-12.
Smith: H. P. “The effects of intercultural experience: A follow-up investigation.”
ofAhnormai and Social Psychology 54, no, 2 ( 1 957), 266.
Stevens, T. C. The construction of a questionnaire for international alumni follow-up. Ann
Arbor, Mich.: University of M ichigan Microfilms, 1963.
Su-sskind, C., and Schell, L. Exporting Technical Education. A Survey and Case Study of
Foreign Professionals with U,S. Graduate Degrees. New York: I lE, 1 968.
Unesco. The role of Eastern students as culture carriers after completing their education
in the West. Paris: Department of Social Sciences, Unesco, 1963.
Studies on the role as culture carriers of Eastern students who rec eived their unh
versity education in Western countries: Reports from India and the UA R, New York:
Unesco, August I -'64.
Studies on the role as culture carriers of former students from India, Iran, and the
United Arab Republic who received their university educations in the German Federal
Republic, the United Kingdom and the United States. Paris, France: Unesco, 1 964.
USDS. “Regulations on return of Chinese students.” USDS Bulletin 32 (April 1 1, 1955),
627,
- , Agency for International Development.^ two-way street: Benefits accruing from
the international training programs of AID. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1963.
, Bolivian Institute of Public Opinion Surveys, A study of former Bolivian grantees
in the U.S. La Pav:: USDS, March 1959.
USIS of Taiwan, Office of Research and Evaluation. Reactions of returned Chinese
grantees to the educational exchange program. Taiwan: USIS of Taiwan, June 1961.
University of Helsinki. Evaluation of returned Finnish grantees. Helsinki: University of
Helsinki, September I960.
University of Michigan, Horace H. Rackham School of Graduate Studies. Career patterns
of foreign students who received the Pli.D. from the University of Michigan, 1941—
1961, Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan, 1962,
Valipour, I. “A comparison of returning and nonreturning Iranian students in the U.S.”
Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation. Teachers College, Columbia University, New York,
I96L
Wilson, E. C. “Evaluating the exchange experience.” HE News Bulletin 31 (October
1955), 12-15.
o
ERIC
50
i-1.
nn
nnd Bonilla, F. ‘‘Evaluating exchange of persons programs/’ Public Opinion Quart-
erly 51 (Spring 1955), 469*479,
Young, A. A. “When oriental students return home/’ M issionary Review of the World 58
(July 1935), 356.
H, BRAIN DRAIN
(See also Section O. Heturneesj Follow-up Evaluatiotts and Section 1, Professional Edu-
ca torsi Special is ts )
Awasthi, S. P. “An experiment in voluntary repatriation of high level technical manpower —
the scientists pool.” Economic Weekly 17, nO- 38 (1965), 1447-1452.
“Brain drain from developing countries- An exercise in problem formulation/’
Manpower Journal (New Delhi, India: InsilUite of Applied Manpower Research),
2, no, I (1966), 80-98.
The brain drain into the United States of scientisis, ent^ineers^ and physicians. A staff study
for the Research and Technical Programs Subcommittee of the House Committee on
Government Operations. Wasi'*i‘ngtor, House Committee on Government Opera-
tions, 1 967.
Detlijer, S. “Migra.tion of scientists: A world-wide phenomenon and problem/’ Nature
964*967 201 (4923), (London),
“Why did Daedalus leave?” 5c/eir/-e 133 (June 1961), 2047-2052,
Frankel, C,, chairman. Some facts and figures on the migration of talent and skills. Pre-
pared by the staff of the Council on International Educational and Cultural Affairs.
Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1967,
Gollin, A. E. International migration of talent and skills. Washington, D,C,: USDS,
Council on International Educational and Cultural Affairi, 1966.
Grubel, H. G. N onreturning fore.ign students and the cost of student e.xchange. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs,
Spring, 1966,pp. 20-29.
^ and Scott, A, “The international flow ofhuman capital,” American Economic Re-
view 56 ( 1 966), 268-2 74.
Halpern, B. M. “New Exodus: Israel’s talent drain.” The Nation 200 (May 10, 1965),
497-499,
Haniotis, G, V, “An exercise in voluntary repatriation/’ International Development Re-
view 6, no. 4 ( 1 964), 2 1 *22.
Howland, H. E. “Brain drain from the Philippines/’ USDS, international Educational and
Cultural Exchange^ Fall 1 967, pp- 23-29.
Hunt, G, H. “The brain drain in medicine.” Federation Bulletin. Fulton, Mo.: Federation
of State Medical Boards of the U.S., April 1966.
“India’s brain drain/* Sc/ioo/ and Society 95 (January 2 I, 1967), 57*58.
“lute: ’ ational migration of intellectual talent: The American academic community and the
/ r-"ir* vij i:in/* Bulletin on International Education 4, no, 10(1 966), 1 -8.
O. “The economics of the brain drain: The Canadian case/’ Minerva 3 (Spring
Jowmu T. r. “Should the foreign engineermg student return to his native land to practice
his profession?** In International education: past, present, problems and prospects.
Washington, D.C.: USGPO, 1 966, pp. 364-367,
Kidd, C. V. “The growth of science and the distribution of scientists among nations,” Im^
pact of Science on Society 14, no. I (1964), 5“ 18.
- “The loss of scientists from the less to the more developed countries,’- Paper pre-
pared for the U.N. Conference on the Application of Science and Technology for the
Benefit of the Less Developed Areas. In Scientific and Technological Policy: Planning
and Organization 9, 18-26 as U.S. government paper before the conference.
Lovell, B. “A British ‘brain’ explains the 'brain drain/ “ New York Times Magazine^ March
15, 1964, p. 13.
Mondale, W. F, “The brain drain from developing countries/’ Congressional Record, 89th
Congress, Second Session, 1 966 (August), 1 1 2 (1 46).
- “The brain drain; Implications for educational and public policy.” Higher Educa-
tion and the International Flov.' of Manpower: Implications for the Developing World.
Proceedings of national conference held at Minneapolis, Minn.: April 13-14. 1967.
Myers, R, G, ‘‘Study abroad and the migration of human resources/’ Doctoral dissertation,
Chicago, 1967.
Nalicy, H- The Drain**; The case of Iranian non- returnees. Report presented at
Conference of SI D, March 1966, Washington, D,C.: Iranian Embassy, 1966.
Oieiza, E. "Emigration of engineer from Argentina: A case of Latin American brain drain.”
inienuitional La hour Review 92. no. 6 ( 1 965), 445-46 1 ,
Pan American Health Organization. Migration of health personnel, scientists, and engi-
neers from Latin America, Scientific Publication 142, September 1966,
Perkins, J. A. "Foreign aid and the brain drain.” Foreign Affairs 44, no. 4 (1966), 608-
619.
Platt, J, B, “Emigration of scholars and the developmeni of Taiwan: Chinese-American
cooperation/' Development Digest 4, no, 1 ( 1 966), 42-46,
Qureshi, S. M. M. “Brain drain fron' the developing countries.” Pakistitn Horizon (Karachi:
Institute of International Affairs) 18 (1965), 164-170.
Scheffleld, E- F., and McGrail, M. M. The retrieval of Canadian graduate .students from
abroad, Ottawa: Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada, 1966.
Scully, G. M. “An explomtory study of students from abroad who do not wish to return to
their home country,” Doctoral dissertation. Teachers College, Columbia University,
New York, May 1967.
Shearer, J, C. ‘Mn defense of traditional views of the brain drain problem/’ Exchange, 25,
no. I (1966), 17-25,
Thomas, B,, ed. Economics of international migraiion. London: International Economic
Association, 1958.
“Those Free Chinese students can’t bear to leave the U,S,A.” Saturday Evening Post,
February 6, i960, p. 10,
USDS. ! nternational migration of talent and skills. Proceedings of a workshop and con-
ference, October 1966, sponsored by the Council on International Educational and
Cultural Affairs and the Office of Education, Washington, D,C.: USDS, 1966.
, International Educational and Cultural Affairs, The problem of the nomreturning
exchange visitor. Report of the Inter-Agency task force of the Council on Inter-
national Educational and Cultural Affairs, Washington, D.C,: USDS, 1965.
University of Minnesota Higher education and the international flow of manpower: Im-
plications for the developing world, Minneapolis, Minn,: University of Minnesota,
1967.
Vaiipour, I, “A comparison of returning and nohreturning Iranian students in the U.S,”
Doctoral {i..d.D.) dissertation. Teachers College, Columbia Univ'ersity, New York,
1961 ,
Wilson, J. “Investigation of 765 British migrant scientists in the United States and Canada,”
Doctoral dissertation, ijueens University, Belfast, Ireland, 1964.
52
I. PROFESSIONAL EDUCATORS / SPECIALISTS
(See also Section H, Brain Drain)
‘‘Arrival of South American teachers and students.” HE Ncwa BuNeiin 16 (February
194!), 1^9.
Barker, H. ed. AACTE handhook an international education pragranis. Washington,
D.C,: American Association ofCoIleges for Teacher Education, 1963,
Breen, J. P. ‘Perception of cmss-culiural exchange teachers.” Doctoral dissertation. Uni-
versity of Connecticut. Storrs, Conn,, 1 965.
Broadhurst. M. J. Nurses from abroad. New York: The American Nurses Foundation,
1962.
Brookings institution. T/ie foreign leader pro\>ram ^operations in the United States. Wash-
ington, D,C.: Brookings institution, December I960,
Carr- Saunders, A, M, Staffing African universities. London: Overseas Development In-
stitute, 1963.
“Chinese teachers as interpreters and learners.” Education for Victmy 2 (September 15.
1 943). 26-28.
Crane, R, E, L. “International teacher development program,” H igher Education 19 (Janu-
ary 1963), 7-=^S.
Diehl, H. S., Crosly, E. L.,and Kaetzel, P. K. “Alien physicians training in hospitals in the
United States . of American Meciicai Association ^ September 1 954.
Donovan, G. F. “Staff for the foreign stiident and foreign affairs.” Washington, D,C,:
Catholic University of America, 1965.
Foreign students and faculty members in U.S. reach new high.” Science 132 (July (5
I960). 134,
Fuller, C. D. Training of specialists in internutianal relations. Washington, D,C ‘ ACE
1957,
“German visitors: Editors of German publications study American press methods.” Ne\cs^
week, Septernber 27, 1948, p. 45.
Guthrie, G. M,, Spencer, R. E,, and Thurber, C. The professional rotes of Americans over^
seas. University Park, Pa,: Pennsylvania State University, 1 965.
“Hospitals' dilemma (foreign doctors in the U.S.).” The Economist 198 (Janu?^ry 7 1961)
37.
Hyde, H. V, Z. “The U.S. trade balance in medicine.” international Development Review
5, no. 2 (1963), 23-24.
HE, Committee on Educational Interchange Policy. Foreign professors and research
scholars at U .S. colleges and universities. New York' HE, October 1963.
Keefe, E.,and Converse, E. The Japanese leaders program of the Department of the Army.
An evaluative report on the program and its conduct by the Institute of International
Education. (Occasional Paper No, I.) New York: HE, 1952.
Latshaw, M. L, “Interchange of teachers.” Master’s thesis, George Washington University,
Washington, D.C., 1958-
Lenroot, K. F. “Training of child welfare specialists from the other American republics.”
Bulletin of the Pan American Union 79 (September 1 945), 499-504.
Liggett, D. R, “Industrial management training at Stanford: Stanford international program
in small industry managi nent.” HE News Bulletin 35 (November 1959), 32-35.
Marsh, G. G., and Halberstam, J. L. “Personality stereotypes of U.S. and foreign medical
residents.” Journal of Social Psychology 68 ( 1 966), 187-196,
McCormack, J. E., and Feraru, A. “Alien interns and residents in the United States.”
Journal of American Medical Association, August 1955,
McCoy, C. A. ‘Teaching political science at a British university.” Improving College and
University Teaching I I (Autumn 1963), 234-237.
53
MyerhofF, B. G., and Larson^ W. R. *^'The doctor as a culture hero: The routjnization of
charisma/- Human Organization 24, no. 3 (1965), 188-191.
National Science Foundation. Scientific manpm%>er from abroad. United States scientists
and engineers of foreign birth and t raining, (NSF 62-24.) Washington, D.C.: National
Science Foundation, 1962.
Scientists and engineers from abroad, 1962- )964. Washington, D.C.: National
Science Foundation, 1967.
Netherlands Universities Foundation. Staffing of African liniversities and cooperation.
The Hague: Netherlands Universities Foundation, 1966.
“Pan Arnerican exchange of graduate students and professors/’ School and Society 50
(August 26, 1939), 274.
Pankey, J. H., III. The application of technical training received by foreign agricultural
participants sponsored by the Agency for international Development. Bozeman,
Mont,: Montana State College, I 965.
Parrott, F. “Special case of the technical college student.” Times Educational Supple-
ment, no. 2668, (July 8, 1966), p, 100.
PAU. The emigration of highdevel manpower: The case of Chile. Washington, D.C.* P.AU,
1967.
Rapport, V. A. The foreign professor and the United States immigration policy. V/ashing-
ton, D.C.: American College Exam, 1966.
Raushenbush, E. The Fidbright professor meets the American college. Report on the John
Hay Whitney Foundation program in cooperation with the Conference Board of
Associated Research Councils, New York, 1962.
Schuiteman, R. A., Oavies, C. L., and Carpenter, L, H, study of practices relating to
foreign student speakers and entertainers. NAFSA Studies and Papers, General Scries
No. 5. New York: NAFSA,
Shepard, C. E,, and Peter, W. W. “Training public health personnel from other countries in
the United States.” American Journal of Public Health 36 (November 1946), 1260=
1266.
Sibley, A. Exchange teacher. Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers, 1961,
Simpson, C, “Sabbatical leave observations.” College and University 4 1 (Winter 1966)^
206=209.
“Statistics on student and faculty exchange/’ School and Society 89 (November 4, 1961).
365.
Sun, H. "Teaching in Chinn f Phi Delta Kappan 29 (October 1947), 75—79.
Susskind, C., and Schell, L, Exporting Technical Education. New York: HE, 1968.
“Teachers for East Africa— 1964.” Higher Education 20 (March 1964), 1 5.
Torre, M, The selection of personnel for infernational service. Geneva, Switzerland:
World Federation for Mental Health, 1963.
“Training of Chinese professional and technical workers in the United States,” Inter^
national Labour Review 5 ! (January 1 945), 94-95.
USDHEW, Office of Education. Semiannual report on the teacher exchange program,
January f 1963-June 30, 1963. Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, 1963.
Teachers go abroad for teaching and seminars. Washington, D.C,: USDHEW,
Annual.
USDS. “Educators from Republic of the Congo arrive in U.S. for training.” USDS Bulletin
44 (April 10, 1961), 53 I.
- - . Board of Foreign Scholarships. Teacher and scholar abroad: First person reports of
the U.S. exchange program. Washington, D.C.: USDS, September 1964.
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs. International teacher development
program 1960-1962: Annual report to U.S. Department of State. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, 1962.
International teacher development program, 1961^1962: Annttal report to the U.S.
Department of State. Washington, D.C,: USDS, I963<
Using foreign students and exchange teachers/' iVfontanti Education 32 (December
1955), 15,
Van Zile Hyde, H. “The U,$, trade balance in medic in a/" InternatUmal Development
Review 5, no. 2 ( 1 963), 23-24,
“Visiting research scientists program brings top foreign post doctoral scientists to U.S.“
Science I 29 (January 2, 1959), 28-29,
Vogel, L. E. “in-service training.” flENew.v Bulletin 28 (November 1952), 36-37.
Waltman, H, L, "‘Cross-cultural training in public administration/’ Public Administration
Review 21 (Summer 1 96 1 ), 141-147.
Ward, D, “Physicians for the futu re,” Journal of the National Medical Association 54
(1962), 645.
West, K. M, “Foreign interns and residents in the United States.” of Medical
Education 40 ( 1 965), 1110-1129.
— — “Training for medical research: The world role of the United States.” Jowr/m/ o/
Medical Education 39(1 964), 237-265.
Wharton, C, R,, Jr, The United States graduate training of Asian agricultural economists.
New York: Council on Economic and Cultural Affairs, 1959.
Wilson, J. A. “The emigration of British scienlisls.” Minerva 5, no. 1(1 966), 20-2 1 .
World Health Organization, Pan American Sanitary Migration of heahh personnel,
scientists, and engineers from Latin America, Washington, D.C.: World Health Organi-
zation, September 1966,
Zack. A. M. “Training labor leaders for Africa,” Africa Report 9. no, 8 (1964), 12-13.
J, U,S. NATIONALS ABROAD
(See also Section N, International and Overseas Activities of U.S. Universities)
A prf,\f^rssor at large. New York; Macmillan, 1943.
Abrams, F., and Abrams, I. “Different kind of discipline — international work-study pro=
gram.” Overjefl j 2 (May 1963), 17-22,
Ab,ams, I. “The American abroad,” Antioch Review (Antioch CoSIege, Yellow Springs,
Ohio) 18, no, 4 (1960).
— » Overseas travel -study .programs in U.S. higher education,” Current Issites in
Higher Education, 1961, pp. 220-223 .
— — “Preface to study abroad.” Joarwa/ of General Education 14 (January 1963), 220-
229,
“The student abroad.” In Higher education: Some newer developments. New York:
McGraw»Hill, 1965, pp. 78-103.
— _ _ . “Study Abroad.” New Dimensions in Higher Education, no. 6. Washington, D.C.;
USDHEW, 1960.
AAC, CST, EIL, and llE. Academic programs abroad: An exploration of their assets and
liabilities. Report of a special conference at Mt. Holyoke College, in January 1960,
sponsored by the Association of Ainerican Colleges, Council on Student Travel,
Experiment in International Living, and Institute of International Education. New
York: HE, 1960.
Adams, J. C. Report on the semester in Italy. Syracuse, ?d.Y.: Syracuse University, 1960.
“Additional comment on American medical students abroad,” I IE News Bulletin 8 (Octo-
ber 1932), 5.
55
Alexander. R, T-, Jr. ""Foreign study in teaching education: An evaluation study of the
1953-54 Adel phi College foreign study experience/" Doctoral dissertation. University
ofTennessee, Knoxville, Tenn., 1955.
Alexander, S. ’‘Blue jeans along the Arno.” The Reporter, July 20, 1961, pp, 40-42.
‘■‘•Arnericun army officers and men at Oxford after the last war.” HE News Btilletin 19 (IVIay
1944), 16-17.
""American assistants in French lycees.” School and Sociesy 18 (Oct. 27, 1923), 497-498.
‘"American college hoy vagabond in the Far East.” China Weekly Review 49 (July 13,
1929), 279^281.
American Embassy in Bonn.^ study of the extent and nature ofexrhans*ee's contacts with
the German population. Bonn: American Embassy in Bonn, November 1955.
""American exchange scholars to Far East and Greece,” USDS Bulletin 21 (Aug. I, 1949),
155.
•"American medical students in Buvop^.'' HE News Bulletin 10(April 1935), 7.
**■ American^Scandinavian Council offers program in Scandinavia to U-S- students. New
York Times, Jan. 22. I955,p. 13.
American-Scandinavian Foundation. Travel, study and resectreh in Sweden. New Vork.
Afnerican-Scandinavian Foundation, 1962,
""American soldier students at British universities.” HE News Bulletin 21 (January 1946),
""American soldiers at Oxford, Michaelmas term, 1945.” HE News BuUetin 21 (February
1946), 13^14,
"‘American students abroad,” HE News Bulletin 8 (November 1932), lO-l 1.
"‘American students abroad.” HE News Bulletin 32 (March 1957), 24—29.
""American students abroad.” fllinofs Education 5 1 (February 1 953), 228-229.
"‘American students abroad,” School Review 27 (October 19 1 9), 6 1 9-622.
"‘American students at large.” HE News Bulletin 26 (February 1951), 36.
*“^American students in European universities.” HE News Bulletin 8 (May 1933), 7.
“American students in European universities.” H E A^^>v,v Bulletin 1 1 (May 1936), 14.
A merican students in Erance. Lawreiice, Kan.: University of Kansas, January 1956,
“American students of Spanish-speaking origin awarded fellowships.” HE News Bulletin
20 (April 1945), 7-8.
‘"American students to study in British universities.” School and Society 70 (September 17,
1949), 188.
‘^Americans for Africa.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2420 ( 1 96 1 ), p. 427.
“Americans in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1738 (August 21, 1948), p.
475.
“Americans in French universities.” Li/erary Oigej/, May I, 1920, p. 43.
American University. Bureau of Social Science Research. Cross=cnltural education and its
impacts: A survey of American recipients ofU.S. educational exchange awards under
Public Law 584. Washington, D.C.: American University, December, 1953.
Cross-cultural education and its impacts: A survey of American recipients ofU,S,
government awards entailing af^Harion with academh institutions ahroad and exclude
ing Public Law 584 grants. Part //. Washington, D.C.: American University, October
1 954.
^^.A survey of American recipients of C/.S. government awards entailing affiliation with
academic institutions abroad and excluding Public Law 584 grants^ Washington, D.C.:
American University, October 1954,
Anderson, W. L, “Undergraduate international programs: A rationale and an approach.”
In I nternational education: past, present, problems and prospects. Washington, D.C,:
USGPO, 1966, pp. 125=130.
Andrews, B. R. “Foreign study under Teachers College.” Teachers College Record 31
(March 1930), 528-534.
10 .
56
Arensbei'g, M., and Niehoff, A. H. Introducing^ sovicil change: A nutiiual for Atnericcins
Overseas. Chicago; Aldine, 1964.
“Arrangements I jr foreign study at the College of the City of New York.*’ School and
Sociefy 37 iMiirch Ih 1 933), 3 1 8-^3 1 9,
Associated Colleges of the Midwest. Opportutiities for cooperative educational pro^'rants
hi Africa, Report of a representative who visited four countries in Africa in the summer
of 1 962, Chicago: Associated Colleges of the Midwest, 1963.
Axelgaard, O. “Study abroad.” Harper\s, November 1932, pp. 696-709.
Aydelolte, F, The American Rhodes scholarships: A review of the first forty years, Prince-
ton, NJ,: Princeton University Press, 1946.
“Bad manners abroad.” HE News BuUetin 6 (November 1930), 4.
Baker, M. “Kent students go to Mexico.” Ohio Schools 42 (April 1 964), 26.
Baldwin, E, F. “American students abroad.” Outlook 132 (Septemher 13, 1922), 61-62.
Barker, J. E. “Five years of the junior year in France,” French Review 26 (May 1953),
446-450.
Barney, L. J. “If you plan to study in France.” HE News Bulletin 23 ( Decern her 1947),
32-36.
— - — “Study in France for American students.” IIE News Bulletin 24 (December 1948),
8 - 10 .
Barooah, P. P. “U.S.A. training of value in India,” Journal of Home Economics 43 (June
195 0,443.
Battsek, M. “Practical analysis of some aspects of study abroad,” Journal tjf General Edu-
cation 13 (January 1962), 225-242.
Beauchamp, W. E. “How France changed mey America 97 (May 25, 1957), 258-259,
Bellamy, F. R., ed. “Smith in France.” Outlook 143 (June 16, 1926), 240=241.
Bennett, A. R. “Third year in Paris at Reid Hall,” yivn/or Gollcite Journal 24 (December
1953), 204-206.
Benney, VA, Effectiveness of study abroad. Aix-en-Provence, Franep: Institute for American
Universities, 1966.
Bicknese, G. “Akademische Programme fdr Undergraduates In Deutschland: Endlose
Misere Oder existenzberechtigte Bildungsquelle?” German Quarterly 38 (November
1965), 671-684.
“Bid for our airmen: Chinese students free to leave U.S,” Newsweek, (April 1 1, 1955), p.
33.
Bigelow, K. W. “Teacher.^ for Africa,” Overseas 3 (November 1963), 18-22,
Bilder, R. B. “Report of U.S. student at Cambridge,” HE News Bulletin 25 (Apra 1950),
37-39.
“Biology students in American Biology Teacher 23 (October 1961), 364-366.
Blasier, S. C, “Accent on youth — home from Santiago. 2 (August 1 950), 46.
Bocca, G. “Those student tours to Europe: What really goes on,” McCalVs, July 1963, pp.
92-93.
Bolman, K. S, “Juniors in Fveincey A AUW Journal 23 (October 1929), 24-26,
Bourcier, C. L. “Middlebury in Paris.” HE News Bulletin 25 (May J950), 38-39.
Brans ten, T. R. “How to survive the Sorbonne.” Mademoiseile, June 1 964, pp. 100-102,
“British welcome Fulbright scholars.” HE News Bulletin 25 (December 1949), 30-32.
Brown, A. “American artist in India.” HE News Bulletin 35 (April 1960), 33-38.
Brown, S. G. Memo for overseas Americans: The many meanings of American civiHzatio.n,
Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University Press, I960.
Bryan, D. “Off to Europe to school.” Vogue^ April 1, 1959, p. 144,
Burnham, W. Impact of foreign study on American students: A study of some atiitudinal
changes, Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University, 1966.
Campbell, K. “Main Street on the Rive Gauche,” New York Times Magazine, April 13,
1947, pp. 28=29.
57
Carnegie Corporation, "'Young Americans nbroad.” Carnegie Corporation of New York
Quarterly 9 { 1 96 1 ), I --5.
Cederberg, T. "'Army brats: U.S. teen-age ambassadors in Europe/" Clearing House 26
(December 1951), 221^222.
“Census ofU.S. students abroad,” Higher Education 12 (January 1956), 74.
“Census of U.S. students abroad/’ If E News Bulletin 31 (December 1955), 37.
Cestre, C. “Les eiudiants-soldats Americains dans les universites francaises.” French Re^
view 19 (February 1946), 233-237.
Choate School. Make your summer count. Wallingford, Conn.: Choate School, 1965.
Churchill, R, “Student abroad/’ /it ioc7i 18 (Winter 1 958), 447-454,
Cleveland, E. P, “Going to France for study.” Virginia Teacher 1 1 (October 1930), 208—
209.
Cleveland, H. “Option of study overseas,” NEA Journal 49 (March 1 960), 52— 54.
nnd Adams, J, C_- The overseas Americans. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960,
and Mangone, G. J. The art of overseasmanship, Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse Uni-
versity Press, 1957,
Cleveland International Program for Youth Leaders and Social Workers. You have built a
.bridge across the ocean: The Jive year story. Cleveland, Ohio: Cleveland International
Program for Youth Leaders and Social Workers, I960.
“College year in Mexico.”^i4C Bulletin 33 (December 1947), 584-585.
“College year in Mexieo.” Higher Education 4 (February 1948), 143,
“Comment les etudiants Americains gagnent ieur vie/’ Revue Cenbrale des Sciences Pares
et Appliqubes 39 (April 30, 1928), 228.
Committee on Academic Programs Abroad, and Evaluation Project Committee of the CST.
Guide to the evaluation of overseas educational programs. New York: Committee on
Academic Programs Abroad and Evaluation Project Committee of the CST, November
1963.
Connely, W. “Trends of American student life in England/’ HE News Bulletin 6 (February
1931), 5-6.
“Cornell student-ambassadors to Latin Amei lea Higher Education 14 (January 1958), 86,
Cotner, T. E. “Assistance for study in the other American republics/’ Higher Education
4 (April 15, 1948), 187=189,
Cl EE. Asia^ Africa, Latin America. Recommendations on Co-operative Administration of
Overseas Frograms* Washington, D.C., 1961. New York: Cl EE, 1961,
, Europe — student travelers information. Nev/ York: Cl EE, n.d.
- Guide to insi'itutional self study and evaluation of educational programs abroad.
New York: CIEE, 1965.
- - - - Jnter^American exchange ... A search for understanding, A report on the Inters
4, merjcan Seminar on Educational Travel Programs, Bogota, Colombia, January 21-
25, 1962, New York: CIEE, 1962,
- Students abroad -^semester and academic programs. New York: CIEE, biennial
with supplement in intervening years.
CST. The American student abroad. Report to the Seventh Annual Conference on Student
Travel- New York: CST, 1956.
- National Workshop on overseas programs for students. New York: Workshop Re-
ports, CST, 1962.
Cramer, F, H. “American students at Zurich.” HE News Bulletin 24 (February 1949), 1 1-
13.
“Credits for the Junior year abroad.” 5c/ioo/fl«^5ocie/y 35 (February 13, 1932), 2 17=218,
Cull, A. C. K. “A hi.story and exposition of a student international exchange project be-
tween Central School, Yankton, South Dakota, and Caversham Secondary Modern
School, Reading, England,” Master’s thesis. University of South Dakota, Vermillion,
5. D., 1955,
58
Curtis, R. F. “American students abroad.” Education 70 (Febmary 1950), 376-378,
Daniel, J. “Our globetrotting students.” August 1964, pp. I0x5-I 10.
Davis, B. E- ‘‘Assignment froin Uncle Sam.” YirginUi Journal of Education 42 (October
1948), 17-19.
Dawkins, P, M. “Pete Dawkins writes from Oxford.” Cosmopolitan, September 1960, pp.
68-75.
De Coster, C. C. “Thinking of studying in Spain?" Modern Language Journal 34 January
1 950), 48-50.
“Defending the American girl student abroad.” Literary Digest, February 7, 1914, pp. 259-
261. -
De Fontnouvelle, C. F, “Study in France.” HE New s Bulletin 8 (April 1 933), 5-^6.
“Delaware foreign study plan on an inlercoileginte basis.” School and Society 24 (July 3,
1926), 14.
“Destitute American students in Burope."- School and Society^ (July 28, 192.3), 1 19- 120.
“Dewey urges student exchangwS between U.S. and others.” Ne^e York Times, August 29,
1952, p.2l.
Diez, M. “Junior year in Munich.” Modern Language Journal 2 I (f larch 1937), 452.
Dimnet, A. "Letter to an American friend planning to send her daughter to Paris.” Vague,
February 15, 1954. pp. 104-105.
Donick, E, “United Stales fellowship students in Latin America.” HE N€\vs Bulletin IS
(January 1943), 14-16.
Dougherty, D. M. “Value of a year of study in France for undeigraduates.” French Review
23 (February 1 950), 304-307.
Douglass, J. “Medical study abioad,” IIE News B till et in 9 O^riuvkry 1934), 5-7.
Doyle, E, J. “Problems of North American students in Latin America,” In NCEA Pro-
ceedingSy 1950, 179-182.
Durnall, E. J. “Study-abroad programs: A critical survey.” Journal of Higher Education
38 (1967), 450-453.
Dursin, P. “Innocent.s abroad.” March 1966, pp. 146=147.
Earlham College. Evaluation of American students participadng in Earlham College's
foreign study program. Richmond, Ind.: Eariham College, 1964.
Ebelke, J. F. “Junior year abroad.” Sc/mo/ ant/ Society 77 (May 9, 1953), 298.
Eells, V/, C. “Education of United States veterans in foreign countries.” Higher Education
3(ApriM5, 1947), 1-4.
Ehrhard, J, “Orientation of U.S. students in France.” HE News Bulletin 25 (January
1950), 13-14.
Elicker, P. E. '‘Educational opportunities for Americans in foreign countries, throp^h the
Fulbright Act.” NASSP Bulletin 32 (May 1948), 135^137.
Elkind, C- “U.S. Students abroad." ^entwe^y Sc/ioo/ 34 (March 1956), 1 I.
Euwema, Ben. “Undergraduates overseas: a look at U.S. programs.” New York: IlE,
1966. '
Evans, P. C. C. “American teachers for East Africa.” Comparative Education Review 6
(June 1962), 69-77.
EIL. Experiment programs abroad. Putney, Vt.: EIL, annual.
Ezell, S. D. “Foreign medical education for United States students.” HE News Bulletin 33
(October 1957), 13-17.
Falk, K., and Falk, D, F, “International study program of the California state colleges.”
Science Education 48 (October 1964), 326-330,
“Fellowship awards for United States students for graduate work in Latin America.” HE
News Bulletin AB (March 1 943), 8-9.
“Fellowships for advanced study in Belgium.” Sc/ioo/ «/7^/Soc/e/y 41 (April 13, 1935), 501.
“Fellowships for graduate study in the Netherlands and Czechoslovakia.” .School and So^
cietySS (March 1, 1947), 159.
59
Finkelstein, M. G. “American students iibroad: A French viewpoint.” HE News Bidletin
32 (October 1 956), 9^11.
Fisher, E, J, “Educational opportunities for American students abroad.” Education Out-
look 22 {Mbtc\\ 194S), 125^140.
. ** Meeting of the junior year abroad.” UE News Bulletin 2 1 (May 1946), 17—19.
- “Revival of junior year foreign study group.” UE News Bulletin 20 (April I94S),
6 - 7 -
“Special committee on the junior year abroad.” UE News Bulletin 2! (December
1945), 1 I-I2.
- “Twenty-five years of the junior year abroad,” HE News Bulletin 23 (May 1948),
26-28.
Foley, M., and Fabricant, N, “American doctors in Vienna.” Mercury, Novem’
ber J931,pp. 284-289.
Foster, R. J. Examples of cross^culiural problems encountered by Americans working over^
seas: An instructor* s handbooks Washington, D.C.^ George Washington University,
1965.
Fraser, S. E. “Foreign student poetry by John Shaw, an American at Edinburgh, 1801-
1803.” Peabody Journiji of Education 41 (March 1964), 304—307.
, ed. The evils of foreign education, or Birdsey Northrop on education o broad, Nash'
ville, Tenn.: Peabody International Center, 1966.
“Free schooling for Americans abroad." U.S. News and World Report, October 25, 1946,
p. 49.
Freed, M. “Antioch education abroad," I IE News Bulletin 36 (January 1961), 19-25,
Freeman, S. A. “Nationa! conference on undergJ'aduate study abroad." Liberal Education
47 (March 1961), 23-31.
Occasional papers on undergraduate study abroad: Problems . u relations with
foreign universities. New York: Committee on Academic Programs Abroad of the
Council on International Educational Exchange, 1965-1966.
Survey of summer and academic year programs which send US. undergraduates
abroad for credit. New York: IIE, 1963.
“From Forest Hill to Moscow: A school Journey.” Times Educational Supplement , .no.
2424 (November 3, 1961), p. 600.
Froscher, W. “Survey with fringe benefits: Two American children try British schooling.”
PTA Magazine e \ (June 1967), 14^16,
Galkin, E. W- “GI student in Paris." Mustcian 53 (November 1948), 96.
Gardiner, H. C. “Two Tokyos: Americans at Sophia University." 105 (August 12,
1961), 610-61 1.
Gardner, G., and Washburn, S., Jr., eds. New horizons in education: The benefits of study
abroad. New York: Pan American Airways, 1961.
Garraty, J. A., and Adams, W. A guide to study abroad. Manhasset, N.Y.: Channel Press,
1962.
- From Main Street to the Left Bank: Students and scholars abroad. East Lansing,
Mich.: Michigan State University Press, 1959,
- - - - “Western Europe: Parlez-vous on the beach at Cannes." Overseas I (March 1962),
7- 11.
“German-American student club at Heidelberg," HE News Bulletin, (January 12, 195 I ), 27.
“German education today as seen by an American student," HE News Bulletin 9 (April
1934), 4-6.
Gillette, T. L. Conipardtlve study of homogeneous and heterogeneous high-school age
groups in experiment outbound programs. Putney, Vt,: EIL, 1964.
Girard, D. F. “Some American opinions on study in France." HE N ews Bulletin 27 (Janu-
ary 1952), 18-20,
Gollin, A, E, Evaluating programs and personnel overse€is: A review of methods and
practices. New York: Bureau of Applied Social Research^ Columbia University, 1963.
Goodwin, L. American professors in Asia: A study of the selection and adaptation of fifty
American professors under the Fulbright^Hays program. Washington, D.C^: USDS^
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1964,
American scholars going to Indxa^ Pakistan^ Burma, and Korea under the Fut-
hrighPHays Aci. Washington, O.C.i Conference Board of Associated Research Coun-
cils, 1963.
Gough, H., and McCormack, W. An exploratory evaluation of eduration abroad. Berkeley,
Calif,: University of California, 1967,
Greeley, D. M. '^American tbreign medical graduates,'* Paper presented at Ninth Annual
Meeting of the group on Student Affairs, Association of American Medical Colleges^
held in Philadelphia, Pa,, October 30, 1965,
Gullahorn, J, T., and GuIIahorn, J, E. “American students abroad: Professional versus
personal development." A muds of i! '^ American Academy of P optical and Social
Science 368 (November 1966), 43*-59,
- ^ - - "American Fulbrighters back home," II E News Bulletin 34 (April 1959), 13-19,
“American objectives in study abroad.” of Higher Edtication 29 (October
1958), 369-^374.
"American students abroad: A French perspective." 5ocio/og/j/ 20, no. 1
(1957), 12.
-.American stti.'wnts in France. Lawrence, Kan.; University of Kansas, 1956.
^ "American students in P’rance: a perspective on cultural interchange." French Re-
view 32 (January 1959), 254-260.
Publications and other accomplishments resulting from Fulbrighi and Smith-
Mundt Awards to Americans in nine Midwestern states. East Lansing, Mich.; Michigan
State University, 1958.
Guthrie, G, M., and Spencer, R. E. American professions and overseas technical assist-
ance. University Park, Pa,: Pennsylvania SUate University, 1965.
and Thurber, C. The professional roles of Americans overseas. University Park, Pa.i
Pennsylvania State University, 1965.
Hagberg, P. "American student in Africa." Overseas 3 (October 1963), 18-22.
Hammond, T. T. "American in Moscow." National Geographic Magazine 129 (March
1966), 297-351.
Hart, H. C. Campus India: An appraisal of American college programs in India. East
Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University Press, 1961.
H auser, E. O. "American girl in love with Paris — Mary Greenwood." Saturday Evening
Po.Tr, July 9, 1960, p. 32.
"GI Jim’s in love with Paris," Saturday Evening Post, August 6, 1 949, pp. 24-25.
Herbster, E- “Junior year in Zurich." iSe/ioo/ and Society 66 (July (2, 1947), 27=28.
Herman, S. N. "American Jewish students in Israel: A social psychological study in cross-
cultural education, ’VeM»/57i Social Suidies 24 (January 1 962), 3»=29,
Hill, H. H. "International exchange of secondary school students: A comparison of im-
portant exchange programs for students of secondary schools in the U.S. and the pre-
sentation of a composite type of exchange program which will be of parttcular benefit
to the foreign language student." Master’s thesis, University of Washington, Seattle,
Wash., 1959.
Holden, R. "Ten years of undergraduate study abroad,” Modern Language Journal 19
(November 1934), 1 17-122.
"Home and away — American universities in Britain." Times Educational Supplement, no.
2325 (December II, 1959), p. 723.
Hoskins, L. M. "Foreign study program at Earl ham College.” Journal of General Educa-
tion 13 (January 1962), 262-26'^
61
Huber, Thomas- U.S^ Study Programs and West German Educational Institutions. New
York: HE, 1969.
Hullihen, W. “Undargraduate foreign study for credit toward the American baccalaureate
degree.’’* Ediicatioital Record 5 (Januaiy 1924)^ 44—55.
Humbert, G, ’’Vacation courses abroad.” II E News Bulletin I I (December I 935), 6-8-
“Information for American students regarding study in the Soviet Union.” HE News Buh
letin 12 (January 1937), 10^1 1.
I IE. Academic programs abroad: An exploration of their assets and liabilities. Report of a
Special Conference, Mount Holyoke College, New York: I IE, I960,
- .. Foreign study for U.S, it ndergraditates — a survey of college programs and policies.
New York: HE, 1958.
Handbook on international study: For t/.S, nationals. New York: HE, 1965.
_______ Opportunities for gradttate study abroad open to American students. New York:
HE, n,d,
■ Programs for United States undergraduates in other countries: A survey of present
and proposed programs. York: HE, i960.
- Summer Study Abroad. New York: HE, annual.
Undergraduate study abroad: U.S. college-^sponsored programs. New York: HE,
1966,
International Schools Services. Overseas schools enrolling American students. New York:
Inlernalional Schools Services, 1966.
Jones, A. J, “Remiiiiscences of the University of Pennsylvania summer school in Brazil,”
Educational Outlook 1 4 (March 1 940), 97-107.
“Junior year abroad, 1 947—1948.” HE News Bulletin 22 (March 1 947), 9* 1 2,
“Junior year abroad.” Review of Reviews 82 (July 1930), 87,
“Junior year abroad,” School and Society 23 (April 24, 1 926), 5 1 4.
“Junior year abroad meeting.” ! !E News Bulletin 25 (March 1950), 18.
“Junior year abroad scholarships.” School and Society 27 (January 7, 1928), 12.
“Junior year and other group study projects,” HE News Bulletin 24 (February 1949), 6-10,
“Junior year and other group study projects in other countries for the academic year, 1 948^
49,” HE News Bulletin 23 (Febmary 1948), 30-36.
“Junior year in France.” School and Society 32 (August 2, 1930), 148—157.
“Junior year in Italy, 1947^1948.” HE News Bulletin 22 (February 1947), 10-1 1.
“Kalamazoo College’s foreign study program.” School and Society 92 (Summer 1 964), 2 19.
Katz, S. “Educational opportunities in Spain.” HE News Bulletin 26 (December 1950),
16^18.
Kenney, N, J, “On being an exchange student in India.” HE News Bulletin 31 (February
1956), 9-11,
Knight, E. W. “Early opposition to the education of American children abroad.” Educa^
tional Forum I 1 (January 1 947), I 93’-204,
Koenig, C. H. “Travel-study abroad.” College and University 3 I (Spring 1956), 336-349.
Krans, H. S. “American fellows in France.” HE News Bulletin 10 (Decernber 1 934), 4=6.
Kreider, C. “The junior year abroad.” North Central News Bulletin (of Committee on
Liberal Arts Education, University of Michigan), Ann Arbor, Mich., May 1963.
La Barre, H. “Two girls in Spain.” Cosmopolitan, November 1 954, pp. 1 22- 131.
Laidig, S. “How to set up a summer school abroad.” School Management 1 (December
1963), 88.
Lambert, R. D., Americans abroad. Philadelphia, Pa.: American Academy of Political
and Social Science, 1966.
Lantos, T. P, “Study abroad for the California student.” California Teacher* s Association
Joarnal 62 (January 1966), 19-24.
Lauren, C., and Conn^ F, O, “Teenage ambassadors abroad: Exchange programs for high
school students.” Parents Magazine, May 1967.
62
Leach, R. H. “Oriental study expedition of students from PomonsL College.' ■ Chrisiian Edu^
cation 13 (January i 930), 256-257,
Lebensohn, J. E. “American student in Paris,” Educationoi Review 65 (April 1923), 232=
236.
Lederer, W. J-iUnd Burdick, E. The ugly American. New York: Norton, 1958.
Leefmans, B. M. P. “French educational reform and the American student,” Liberal Bdu^
cation 5^m^y 1967), 203-215.
Leonard, E. W. “Attitude change in a college program of foreign study and travel,” EdU’
c at ional Record 4$^ r\Q. 2(1964), 173-182.
“Evaluation of a foreign study and travel experience in teacher education.” Doc-
toral dissertation, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa., 1958.
■ ■ “Selected general education outcomes of a foreign travel and study program.”
Dissertation Abstracts 20, no. 5 C 1959).
Levitt, L. An African season. New York: Simon 8l Schuster, 1967,
Lieberthal, M, “American trade unionist at Oxford.” II E News Bulletin 30 (October 1954),
21-23.
Lodge, R. “Study abroad and like MV' American Teacher 34 (April 1930), 18-20.
Lorwin, L R, “Student GIs abroad.” New York Times Magazine, January 12, 1947, p. 28.
Lowe, W, E. “The first American foreign missionaries, ‘The Students,’ 1810-1820; an
inquiry into their theologicpj motives,” Doctoral dissertation. Brown University,
Providence, R,L, 1962,
Lu, D. C. H. “California students make tour of China.” China Weekly Review 5 I (February
8, 1930), 358,
Lynch, F. X-, and Maretzkl, T. Philippines Petwe Corps survey; Final report. Honolulu,
Hawaii: University of Hawaii, 1966,
Macbeth, L. “Junior year in Paris.” Modern Language Forum 15 (October 1930), 146-
150.
Macgregor, G. The experiences of American scholars in countries of the Near and South
Asia. Report on the problems of selection, planning, and personal adjustment of AmerL
cans in the Fulbright programs with Egypt, India, and Iraq, Washington, D.C,: Con-
ference Board of Associated Research Councils, April 1957.
Mandell, M. M. “Selecting Americans for overseas dLSSignmonXn." Journal. of Society for
Personnel Administration 21, no. 6 (1958), 25-30,
Mange, A. E., and Wallen, H. “Planning to go abroad to study or teach?” Michigan Edu^
cation Journal 32 (April 1 955); 348-350.
Mangone, G- J. “New Americans in old societies.” Review, (Winter 1958).
Marks, M. M. “Junior year abroad.” Educational Record 13 (January 1932), 50-52,
“Junior year abroad.” School and Scciety 33 (April 4, 1931 ), 464-465.
Matthew, R. J. “Sweet Briar's junior year in France.” College and University 36 (Spring
1961), 330-337.
Maza, H. “American students abroad: A proposal for standards.” Modern Language
Journal 41 (January 1963), 4—7.
McCain, J, A. “Professors and students in European universities.” of Higher Edu^
cation 3 1 (i960), 200-207.
McCormack, W. “American juniors in Japan.” Liberal Education 53 (May 1967), 264-270.
. “New directions in study abroad; opportunities for students in the professional
schools.” Journal of Higher Education 37 ( 1 966), 369-376.
McGee, M. “American student at the Deutsche Hochschule fuer Leibesuebungen, Berlin,
Germany.” Mind and Body 4 1 (December 1 934), 205-208.
McManigal, R. “Sky-writing with a peace-pipe: The American at Oxford,” Twentieth
Century 157 (June 1955), 553-558.
Meisenhelder, E. W. “Social control of American good-will exchange students in China,”
Journal of Social Psychology 1 9 (May 1 944), 301-312.
. 63
Mdlinger, R. “Junior year abroad/' October I953,pp. 130-131,
Menzies, G. “The recruitment and selection of personnel for overseas assignments.'’ Work-
ing Paper No. 2; Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Conference on Re-
cruitment, Selection and Training of Technical Assistence Personnel, held in Rome,
February 1962.
Michigan State University. International educational exchange: An assessment oj pro-
fessional and social contributions of Fulhright and Smith-Mundt Awards^ Part //.
Appendix — Publications and other accomplishments resulting from Fu I bright and
Smith-Mundt Awards to Americans in forty^one states and the territories. East Lansing,
Mich.: Michigan State University, July I960.
Mickcl, R. A. ‘-Student ambassadors to France.” School and Society 29 (March 16, 1929),
363-365.
‘"Minnesota students study in Europe, “ Higher Education 5 (December L 1948), 7S.
Mintz, L. “U-S. student in Yugoslavia.” Overseas 3 (February 1964), 1 1-15.
Mischel, W. “Predicting the success of Peace Corps volunteers in Nigeria.” Jonrna/ of
Personality and Social Psychology I ( 1 965), 5 1 0=5 1 7 .
Murray, J. R., chairman. Transplanted students. Report of National Conference on Under-
graduate Study Abroad held at Chicago, October I960. New York: T*E, 1961.
Murrow, E, R. “America abroad: Books and the national meaning." Teachers College
Recorc/ 63 (February 1 962), 356=362.
Neil son, W. A, “Junior year in France.” Progressive Education 1 (March 1930), 76=78,
Neuse, W. “Why do we send our undergraduates to Germany?" German Quarterly 34,
no. 3 (I96i),215"2!7.
New Goliards: Americans studying in Europe. Aix-en-Provence, France: Institute for
American Universities, 1966.
Newman, M. “Social worker visits France," HE Ne>vs Bulletin 28 (January 1 953), 22=28,
Oldt, E. A. “U,S. undergraduates in Latin America.” International Educational and Cub
tural Exchange, Fall 1 967, pp. I =9.
Oneacre, D. “My year in Salzburg.” Music Educators Journal 49 (November 1962), 105=
106.
“Opportunities for study, research, and teaching in the Philippines." USDS Bulletin 20
(March 27, 1949), 396,
“Our traveling scholars." America 92 (February 19, 1955), 523,
Overseas Education Service. Overseas educational service: Its purpose and program.
New York: Overseas Education Service, 1965,
_ _ Some facts about serving in educational posts abroad^ New York: Overseas Edu-
cational Service, 1 964,
“Oxford the complement: American Oxonians look back.” Times Educational Supplementp
no. 251 1 (July 5, 1963), p. 8.
Pace, C. R. The Junior year in France: An evaluation of the University of Delaware^Sweet
Briar College Program. Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University Press, 1959.
Page, H. “When U.S. students go abroad." Think (IBM Magazine), October 1963, pp, 22-^
26.
Pannell, A. G. “Junior year abroad programs, 1951-1952." HE News Bulletin 26 (March
1951), 35-37.
Pantar-Downes, M. “Letter from Umbria Fulbright scholars in Italy." The New Yorker,
December 1 3, 1 952, p, 94.
Parker, A. “Summer at a British university." HE News Bulletin 28 (January 1953), 29=3 1.
Patterson, W. D. “Wall awaits U.S. students,” Saturday Review, June 9, 1962, p. 21,
Peace Corps, Division of Research, Research notes-on overseas attrition. Washington,
D.C.: Peace Corps, 1965.
Philadelphia Committee on Academic Programs Abroad. “Why study abroad?" Paper on
Undergraduate Study Abroad, no. 4, 1965.
64
Pifer, A. “Whai Africa has to offer American students and researchers.” U E N ews Biilletin
29 (March 1954), 9-15,
Plimpton, R, T, Opemtton crossmads Africa, New York: The Viking Press, 1962,
“Pomona College and the National University of School and Society 23 (May 8,
1926), 581.
“Princeton University’s junior year abroad.” School and Society 71 (March 18, 1950), 170.
RadciihP, J, D, “They live and learn abroad.” Parents Magazine and Family Guide 36 (Janu-
ary 1 96 1), 42.
Randall, H.W, “Smith’s junior year abroad,” HE News Biilletin 36 (February 1961), 13-19.
Ranta, T. M, “Fulbrighter in Finland.” HE News Bulletin 30 (November 1954), 6-9.
Rappard, W. E. “Impact of American students on European universities,” HE News Bul-
letin 25 {Apv'iX 1930), 3-5.
“Research and teaching opportunities in Italy under the Fulbright Act,” USDS BuMeiin 20
(Mays, 1949), 593.
“Research and teaching opportunities in Netherlands and Norway under the Fulbright
Act.” USDS Bulletin Z\ (July IS, 1949), 74.
“Research and teachlna opportunities in United Kingdom,” USDS Bulletin 20 (April 3,
1949),417.
“Research funds for young American scholars in England,” HE News Bulletin I I (March
1936), 5.
Rhodes, H. “Americans abroad.” September 1910, p, 161.
Richard, F. “Teen-age ambassador goes to Greece,” Illinois Education 41 (November
1952), 90-91.
Robertson, D. A. “Junior year abroad.” Edidcattomd Record 7 (April 1926), 98-1 13.
- “Success of American graduate students in the University of London.” School and
5oc7c/y 29 (January 26, 1929), 121-122,
Rogers, F. M. American Juniors on the Left Bank. Sweet Briar, Va.; Sweet Briar College,
1958.
Rothschild, J. “Intelligent traveler: Tours for college and preparatory school students.”
The Nation, May 13, 1936, pp, 626=627.
Sander, V. “Study abroad — an alternate solution.” German QiiartetHy 38, no. 4 (1965),
692-695.
Sauer, P. “What kind of exchange students shall we send abroad?” Peabody Journal of
Education 27 (November 1949), 1 53- 1 57.
Schrrioker, J. B. “Our unofficial ambassadors,” Phi Delta Kappan 35 (May 1954), 3 12-314.
Schodde, A. O. “International education opportunities for United States high school stu-
dents.” Master’s thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.V., 1963.
Science Research Associates, If yoiTd like to study abroad. Chicago: Science Research
Associates, 1963.
Shank, D. J. “The American goes abroad.” >4 of the American Academy of Political
and Social Science, May 1961, pp. 99-1 I I.
“Junior year abroad: A critical look,” HE News Bulletin 36 (October 1960),
■ 11 - 19 .
“Programs for American students abroad: A critique..” National Association of
Women Deans and Counselors Journal ’ll (Winter 1964), 74=76,
et al. “Opportunities and problems involved in the study abroad of U.S. students.”
College and University 38 (Summer 1 963), 434-460.
“Six men named John Doe — American medical students at University of Bologna,” Cos=
mopolitan, December 1956, pp, 74-79.
Slater, L. “Americans in Paris,” Newsweek, December 20, 1948, p- 76,
“Smith College Junior year abroad.” School and Society 70 (September 17, 1949), 188.
Smith, H. P. “Docs a summer in Europe increase international goodwill?” New York State
Edwcfl/ion 40 (December 1952), 172.
65
Smith, M. B. Peace Corps teachers In Ghana, Final report of Evaluation of Peace Corps
Project in Ghana. Berkeiey, Calif.: University of California, September 1964.
Smuckler, R, H. “Wither or whither Americans abroad?” Public Administration Review
22 (Winter 1962), 30-34.
Stalker, L. “Roving Roanokers,” Virginia Journal of Education 46 (May 1953), 18-21,
Starnes, R, “Americanization of Axe!.“ Field and Stream^ January 1965, pp. 10- 1 I.
Steinberg, J. “Going native, without culture shock — study, adventure in Scandinavia.”
Mademoiselle, November 1966, p. 62.
Steiner, R. L. “Afghanistan — Volunteers gain acceptance in .Kabul.” Peace Corps Volun-
teer 2, no. 3 ( 1 1), 1 0- 1 1 .
Stewart, E, C, “American advisors overseas.” Military Review 45 ( 1 965), 3-9.
Stillman, E. C. “Belgian higher education and Americans," HE News Bulletin 24 (April
1 949), 37-39.
Strauss, F. G. “Minds across the seas.” OB' Journo/ 47 (March 1 954), 1 66- 1 70.
“Study abroad?” Phi Delta Kappan 30 (March 1 949), 269.
“Summer school in Peru for United States students,” HE News Bulletin 23 (May 1 948),
21 - 22 .
“Sunimer schools abroad for American students — 1 947," HE News Bulletin 22 (January
1 947), 6-7.
Sverige-Amerika Sliftelsen. Travel, study and research In Sweden, Stockholm; Sverige-
Amerika Stiftelsen, 1 962. (Distributed in the U.S. by the American-Scandinavian
Foundation, New York.)
Sweden- American Foundation. Travel, study and restarch in Sweden, Stockholm: Sweden-
American Foundation, 1 966,
“Sweet Briar College foreign study plan." French Review 2 I (May 1 948), 525.
Switzer, G. M, “Educating for international understanding; an account of a group of
American junior high school children in Europe,” Teachers College Record 33 (April
1932), 634-638.
Syracuse University, Maxwell Graduate School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, American
Students abroad ^goodwill ambassadors? Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University, 1 958.
“This One-man Peace Corps made friends for the U.S. A.” Saturday Evening Post, October
7, I96l,p. 114.
Thomsen, D. R. “Overseas education for American children.” Progressive Education 32
(November 1 955), 176^178,
Thorsen, E, G, “American students in Colombia.” Hispania 26 (May 1943), 139-148.
“Three American college girls on their junior year abroad — Paris.” Esquire, September
1964, pp, 93-96.
Thurber, C. “The problem, of training Americans for service abroad in U.S. government
technical cooperation programs." Doctoral dissertation, Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif., 1961.
Tillinghast, R. “Europe for adventurous students.” January 1967, pp. 133-140.
“To American students planning a sojourn in France,” HE News Bulletin 6 (April 1931),
8 ^ 9 .
Tower, M. C. Going to work overseas? Hints on preparation, Phoenix, Ariz,: American
Institute for Foreign Trade, 1963,
Transplanted students, A report of the National Conference on Undergraduate Study
Abroad, held in Chicago, October 1960. New York; HE, 1961,
“Two FFA members participate In British exchange program.” Agriculture Education
, Magazine 1953), 47.
“Two kinds of American Oxford students," Literary Digest, December 17, 1 927, p. 29.
“Two scholarships for study in Argentina.” School and Society 67 (February 21, 1948),
133.
United States students abroad in 1965-66, New York: HE, 1965.
U S. Civil Service Commission. Research project on selection methods for overseas em-
ployees> Washington, D=C.: Civil Service Commission, 1 953,
Americans overseas ^ U niied States census of population, 1960. Washington, D,C.;
USDC. I960,
USDHEW, Offic 2 of Education, “Study abroad.” New Dimensions in Higher Education,
no. 6. Washington, D,C,: USDHEW, I960,
USDS. American academicians abroad. A report to the Board of Foreign Scholarships,
Washington, D.C.: USDS. Biireau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1966.
U.S. National Student Travel Association, Work, study, travel abroad. New York; U.S.
National Student Travel Association, annual.
“U.S. students go abroad.” Z-i/e, September 1947, pp. 95-98.
“U.S. students win scholarship awards in Latin America.” School and Society 57 (April
10, 1943), 404=-405.
“University abroad: Impressions of five Fulbrighters.” HE News Bulletin 32 (February
1957), 13=2L
University of Kansas, Department of Sociology. Professional and social consequences of
Fidbright and Smith^Mundt Awards to Americans, Part I, Fublications and other ac-
complishments resulting from Fulbrighf and Smith-Mundi A wards to AmeHcans in
nine Midwestern states, Appendix /. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, June
1958.
Von Klemperer, L. “Study opportunities in Germany.” IIE News Bulletin 24 (June 1949),
27-29.
and Cunz, D. “American student abroad.” Modern Language Journal 46 (February
1962), 82-84.
Voss, V. “Golden year for U\S. youth in Athens.” Mademoiselle, February 1966, pp,
166-167.
Walker, R. M, “College students and faculty abroad.” School Life 45 (May 1963), 12.
Wallace, J. A. “Characteristics of programs for study abroad.” Journo/ of General Educa=
tion 13 (January 1962), 25 I -261.
Walters, R. “Vacation courses for foreigners in French universities.” School and Society
20 (August 23, 1924), 247=248.
Weaver, P, “Study abroad and general education.” Journu/ of General Education 13 (Janu=
ary 1962), 243-250.
Wenley, R, M, “British degrees for Americans.” Bulletin 14 (April 1928), 25 1-256.
“Winter in Mexico for col lege students.” 3 (December 15, 1946), 10
Wolfe, F, E, The cuitural surrogate in international relations: A case study of the role of
the Fulbright teacher of science education from the United States in Bassein, Burma,
for a one-year pragram, Ann Arbor, Mich,: University of Michigan Microfilms, 1957.
“Yank at Oxford.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1889 (July 13, 1 95 I), p. 569.
“Yankee kids at school abroad.” Dun*s Review and Modern Industry 69 (December 1956),
100 .
“Yanks in Oxfordshire.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2681 (October 7, 1966), p.
795.
Young, R. E. “Juniors spend a yenr ^broBLd.^' AAUW Journal 31 (June 1938). 216-219.
Zeigler, A. L. “All students abroad: A compendium of opportunities,” Saturday Review,
February 18, 1967,
K, FOREIGN STUDENTS AND OTHER FOREIGN VISITORS IN THE UNITED STATES
Adams, F. A, “Chinese student life at the University of Southern California.” Master's
thesis. University of Southern California, Los Angeles, Calif., 1935.
67
Adolph, R., et al. A descriptive and comparative study of foreign undergraduate students
at Oregon State University, Corvallis, Ore.: Oregon Stale University, 1966.
African Service Institute. Study in the V.Su4. New York: African Service Institute, 1963.
“African students at Boston University,"’ Negro Historicai BuUetin 25 (October 1961), 6,
“Africans study in U .S/' Higher Education 20 (September 1963), 17.
Aitken, N. D. A study of the entrepreneurial potential of Chinese and Indian students
studying in the United States, Amherst, Mass.: University of Massachusetts, 1966,
All African Students Union of the Americas. Report of the annual conference. Washington,
D.C.: All African Students Union of the Americas, 1 956.
'"America through foreign eyes.” Anmls of the American Academy of Political and Social
Science 295 (1954). U145.
ACLS and SSRC, Joint Committee on Southern Asia. Southern Asia studies in the United
States: A survey and a plan. Philitdclphia, Pa.: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
American University, Bureau of Social Science Research, Census of influence with visit to
the United States. Washington. D-C,- American University, 1955.
Arasteh, R, “Education of Iranian leaders In Europe and America,” Internatwih Review
of Education B, nos. 3 and 4 ( 1 963), 444-450.
Archer, A. “Korean student among Negro Americans.” Negro Historical Bulletin 19 (Octo-
ber 1 955), 16-17.
Archer, C. P. “Sharing educational experience in the Americas.” School and Society 82
(A.ugust 6, 1955), 42=43,
“Are we failing sltidenls from abroad?” Christian Century 78 (November 29, ]96]), 1422.
Aimstroni, M. G, “Helping educate Serbian college students in America,” School and
Society 16 (November 25, 1922), 607-608.
“.Arrival of South American teachers and students.’' ! I E N ews Bulletin 16 (February 1941),
7=9.
“Arrival of South Americans to attend winter session at the University of North Carolina.”
I iE News Bulletin 17 (February 1942), 11-12.
Artau, D. “Georgia takes care of her foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 25 (November
1949), 21-22.
“Asian-Xfrican students here.*’ America 99 (May 3, 1958), 155.
Association of State Universities and Land-Grant Colleges. Land^grtitit centennial lectures
and students from abroad (1961^1962). A report to the Ford Foundation. Washington.
D.C,: Association of State Universities and Land-Gnint Colleges, 1963.
“Attitudes of large companies toward Chinese students.” Far Eastern Review 24 (April
1928), 164-165.
“Austrian students tour U.S.” 1 1 E N ews Bulletin 25 (November 1949), 15.
Barney, L. J. “Connecticut welcomes the foreign student.” HE News Bulletin 27 (Novem-
ber 195 1). 1 1-12.
“GNYCFS program for foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 25 (October 1949),
19 .
Barricelli, J, P. “Foreign student in the United States: The Wien Prog mm at Brandeis
University.” NCEA Bulletin 59 (August 1962), 218-223.
Beals, R. L,, and Humphrey, N, D, No froitrier to learning: The Mexican student in the
United States. Minneapolis. Minn.: University of Minnesota Press, 1957.
Bennett, J. W,, Passin, H,, and McKnight, R. K. !n search of identity: The Japanese over-
seas scholar in America and Japan, Minneapolis, Minn.* University of Minnesota
Press* 1958.
. . “The Japanese overseas student.” HE News Bulletin 3 1 (January 1956)* 30-34.
Berbusse. E. “Foreign student on the American Catholic campus.” NCEA Bulletin 56
(August 1959), 428-434.
Berle. N. R. “Analytical study of the foreign student program at University of Cincinnati,”
Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio* 1 966.
68
BlaisdeM, A. C. “The problem of remunerative employmeni.” NAFSA Newsletter 4^ no, 2
(December 1952), 10-14,
Borhanmanesh, M, “A study of Iranian students in Southern California,” Doctoral disser-
tation, University of California at Los Angeles, June 1 965.
Bminerd, H. L. “Latin- American students, the nation’s guests.” Bulletin of the Pan A merh
can Union 52 (Apri* 1 92 I ), 3C7-37 1 .
“Brazilian government students in the United States.” Bulletin of the Pan American Union
48 (March 1 9 1 9), 30 1 «303,
Brenner, O. J. “Operation VISTA (Visit of International Students to America).” School
Activities 34 (October 1962), 42-43,
Brassier, M.. and Lambert, R, D. “An American education for students from lndia,”yoKr-
nal of Higher Eilucation 26(1955), 1 25- 1 33, 17 I.
Brickman, W. W. Foreign students in the United States. New York: CEEB, 1963.
Brigh, M. “Two Burmese nurses at St. American Journal of Nursing 47 (January
1 947), 4.
“British students in America/’ 146 (June 1 , 1927), 143.
“British students in America/’ School and Society 29 (January 5, 1929), 8-9.
“British students to attend American universities as Commonwealth Fund fellows.”
and Society 37 (May 27, 1933), 691*692.
Buder, L. “College-bound from Budapest.” York Times Magazine^ jsmu^ry 13, 1957,
p.78.
“Buenos Airey Convention students in the United States.” Higher Education 2 (Novem-
ber I, 1945), fj.
Burger, J. “Indian students and American education/’ Doctoral dissertation. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wis,, 1965,
Burroughs, F. “Foreign students at University of California at Los Angeles* A case study
in cross-cultural education.” Doctoral (F.d,D.) dissertation. University of California at
Los Angeles, 1964.
Burton, M. E. “Asiatic women in America,” M issionary Review of the World 41 (October
1918), 760-763.
Caldwell, R. “Students from other lands learn about home econornics at Oklahoma A&M.”
Practical Home Economics 32 iOciobQV 1953), 16,
Callaway, E, “Laiin-American students in Missouri.” Sc/mo/ and 5oc/e/y 61 (May 5, 1945),
302-303.
Calvert, R,, Jr., and Samuelsen,C. M. “Employment problems of foreign students,” NAFSA
Newsletter 25, no. 5 (1964). 5-7.
Campbell, A. 1960 survey of international students at Michigan. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Survey
Research Center, University of Michigan, 1 96 1 .
Campbell, T. “Latin America sends us a visitor/* Hispania 27 (October 1 944)j 360-365-
Cannon, G. “Foreign student in the United SMesJ* AAUP Bulletin 45 (December 1959),
539-542.
Capen, S. P. Opportunities for foreign students at colleges and universities in the U,S.
Washington, D.C.: USGPO, 1915.
“Catholic Africans in the United Slates.” 92 (November 6, 1954), 141.
Chiba, A, A descriptive and comparative study of foreign undergraduate students at Oregon
State University, Corvallis, Ore,: Oregon State Counseling Service, Oregon State Uni-
versity, 1966.
China Institute of America, A survey of Chinese students in American universities and
colleges in the past one hundred years. New York: China Institute of America, 1954.
“China masters the machine; Chinese army officers learning to work with their hands in
Studebaker automobile plant.” Travel B3 (September 1944), 31,
“Chinese boys in America/* Outlook 1 16 (August 29, 1917), 648-649,
“Chinese mdemnity students,’* Outlook 97 (April 29, 191 I), 953.
69
‘"^Chinese institule arranges technical training for Chinese students in the U,S. China
Weekly Review 91 (January 6, 1940), 208.
‘"Chinese students and American education.” Survey 29 (January 18, 1913), 552.
Chinese Students' Christian Association in North America. DirectOfy, Chinese students In
America, 1939=1940^ New York; Chinese Students" Christian Association in North
America, 1940.
“Chinese students in the U-S.-Canada, and what they do,” China Weekly Review 72 (April
27, 1935), 273-274.
Chou, F. H. T- “A study of the foreign student program of the University of Georgia, 1948-
1949 through 1958-1959." Doctoral (Ed.D.l dissertation. University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga., 1960,
Chunn, A. F,, and Dole, A. A. “Why EasFWest Center students come to Hawaii.” Jowr/ifl/
of Social Psychology 54 ( 1963), 41=52.
Coan,C. “A five year ni merical study of the international student population.” Internation-
al Student Studies Series, no. 3. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1963*
“The foreign student and employment at the University of Kansas. International
Student Studies Series, no. 20. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1965.
“A numerical study of intemational students attending Big Eight Conference uni-
versities,” International Student Studies Series, no. 1, Lawrence, Kan.: University of
Kansas, 1962.
. ‘*A study of European alumni of the University of Kansas (1953-4 to 1 960-1) ton-
cerning some selective opinions, information, and attitudes about the United States, its.
educational system, and particularly that of the attended institution.” International
Student Studies Series no, 8. Lawrence, Kan*: University of Kansas, 1964.
Coehlo, G. V. Changing images of America: A study of Indian students* perceptions. New
York: Free Press of Glencoe, 1958.
“Controversy in Cleveland: Arrival of Gernian youngsters for a six weeks’ stay in high
schools.” Christian Century 54 (May 19, 1937), 637.
“Conversing with our international visitors.” Proceedings of a seminar arranged by the
Service Bureau for Women’s Organizations, 1966*
Conway, M. D. “Feature X, remail ing America to Japanese students in this country.’
90(O^‘tober3l, 1953), 126-127.
Comhelson, V. “University and college exchange: The foreign student on our campus."
Journal of National Association of Women Deans and Counselors 24 (April 1961),
154-156.
Cummings, I. G. and Sloan, R. C- A survey of African students studying in the United
States. New York: Phelps-Stokes Foundation, 1949.
“Czechoslovakia’s students in the U.S." HE News Bulletin 24 (Navernber 1948), 24.
Davidsen, O. M. "Vir iting Scandinavian students at the University of Wisconsin, 1952-54:
A study in cfOss=cultural education.” Doctoral dissertation, University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wis., 1956* _ . .
___ and Sewell, W. H. Scandinavian students on an American campus. Minneapolis,
Minn.: University of Minnesota Press, 1961.
Davidson, C. “Foreign students on campus.” Liberal Education 48 (March 1962), 68-70.
Davis, F. J. “Cultural perspectives of Middle Eastern students in America.” Middle East
Journal I4(Summer 1960), 256— 264.
Davis, J. M., Hanson, R. G., and Burner, D. R. HE survey of the African student: His
achievements and his problems, York: llHi 196
DeLong, O. E. “North Dakota homamakers sponsor German visitor.” Journal of Home
42 (February 1950), 117-118.
Denby, M. L. Facts for foreign students in Washington. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Stu-
dent Service Council, 1965.
70
‘'Designation of foreign students at U.S. service academics.” USDS Bulletin 34 (March 26,
1 956), 528-
Dickson, B. W= “Foreign studer.ts in American colleges,” AAUW Journal 25 (October
1931), 34^37.
Dillon, W. S. A metican intellectual cooperation with Japanese: Some recommendationti
based on studies of Japanese students and scholars in the United States. New York:
Japan Society, 1956.
Dremuk, R. “Will vve be admitting foreign students in ! 975?’’ Paper presented at A ACRAO
Annual Convention, Denver, Colo., April 1 967.
Du Bois, C. t'oreign siudents and higher education in the United States^ Washington, D.C»:
ACE. 1956.
“Motivations of students coming to the United States.” IJE News Bulletin 29 (May
1954), 2^7.
Eaton, P. P. “Six hundred Chine.se soldiers at Georgetown University.” College English 1
(October 1 945), 49=50,
Ecker, D. H. “Colombian students arrive to attend special courses at the University of
Pennsylvania.” HE News Bulletin 17 (January 1942), 1 1-13.
Eckharl, D. E. “1 ’ ^ American impact on Europe through the influence of foreign student.s
in the U.S. since 1918,” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.,
1950.
Eidsaether, I. “A Helen Atwater fellcw reports on her year in U.S.” Joianal of Home
Economics 42 (December 1 950), 8 1 7=8 1 8,
Ellis, W, T. “Chinese students at our expense.” Independent and Weekly Review 90 (April
14, 1917), 126.
“Emergency aid for Chinese students in the United States,” China W^.My Review 42
(September 3, 1927), 2 1.
“England to the United States.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 2313 (September 3 8,
1959),p, 290,
“E.C.A, study groups in the United States.” HE News Bulletin 26 (December 1950), 15.
“Experience in America.” National Business Woman 37 (February 1958), 9-10.
Fackenthal, F, D, “Columbia leads in number of foreign students,” HE News Bulletin 24
(March 1 949), 29,
Feraru, A, “Korean students in the United States.” School and Society, (February I,
1958).
- - . Organizations of foreign students in the U.S. New York: I IE, December 1 959.
Fisher, E. J. “Foreign siudents in our colleges at war.” HE News Bulletin 20 (November
1944), 1 1 = 14,
“Present foreign student situation in the United States,” HE News Bulletin 22
(March 1947), 4=6,
“These throngs of students from abroad.” Higher Education 2 (April 15, 1946), 1—3.
Fishman, U. M. “China studies with Uncie Sam; Chinese naval students at Swarthmore.”
Travel 4 (March 1945), 18-19.
Fleisher, B. W., ed, “Japanese pupils going to America.” J rans-Pc.cific 13 (March 13,
I92e;h
“Foreign students at Michigan and Ohio State.” School and Society 89 (January 14, 1961),
20 ,
“Foreign students flock to U.S.” Phi Delta Kappan 39 (December 1957), I 18.
“Foreign students in America ” America 90 (October 31, 1953), 1 15
“Foreign students in America.” Missionary Review of the World 55 (December 1932),
629-630.
“Foreign students in American colleges universities.” School and Society 75 (June 14,
1952), 379-380.
71
^‘Foreign students in the colleges and universities of Michigan.*’ Higher Education 1 (June
15. 1945X6-7.
“Foreign students in the V.SJ’' NASSP BitUethi 41 (October, 1957), 152.
‘‘Foreign students in the U.S., 1 961-62/’ School Life 45 (October 1962), 39.
“Foreign students in the U.S., thirty-year view/* HE News Bulletin 29 (April 1 954), 24.
“Foreign students in the U.S,A., 1 953/’ Sc/ioo/ and Society 78 (November 1953), 154.
“Foreign students in the United States.” 1 18 (February 24, 1968), 248-249.
“Foreign students in the United School and Society IS (December 1, 1923), 646-
647,
“Foreign students in the United States.** World Tomorrow 12 (May 1929), 200.
“Foreign students in U.S. colleges C5in become our friends.*’ Saturday Evening Post,
January 18, 1959, p. 8.
“Foreign students see how America lives at Michigan State College.” Ladies Home Journah
July, |949,p. 1 !.
Foundation for Research on Mu man Behavior. Training foreign nationals in the United
States, Ann Arbor, Mich.: Foundation for Research on Human Behavior, 1956,
Fox. M. J. Foreign students in American colleges. New York: Ford Foundation, 1962.
Fox, R. M./4« introdiiction to American civUizatlon fer foreign students, Washington, D.C.:
American Language Institute, Georgetown University, 1967.
Fmzier, M. F. “International guests on Welfare l.sland /’ Journal of Nursing 41
(January 1 947), 27-29.
FrederiCfTS, M. “Some aspects of culture centact between foreign students and Cbicago
Christian family movement.” Master’s thesis, Loyola University, Chicago, 1961.
Freeburger, A. R, Planning to study in the U,S,? A guide to prospective students from other
countries. Washington, D.C.: USDHEWand USGPO, 1959.
Friggens, P. “Boy who walked to America.” Readers Digest, Feburary 1962, pp, 63-6R.
“Gallic way in Wyoming/ October 20, 1 96 1 , p. 139.
Gardner, J. “The foreign student in America.*’ Foreign Affairs 30 (July 1 952), 637-650.
Ghosh, H. C. “Some factors influencing the cducationa] and occupational choices of the
Indian students enrolled in four universities in the U.S.” Master’s thesis. North Caro-
lina State College, Raleigh, N.C., 1961.
Gilbert, M. “Voyage agricole: four young Frenchmen study U.S. farming methods.” New
York Times Magazine, November 22, 1953, p. 39.
“Giving Latin students a taste of Texas.** Business Week, August 25, 1956, pp. 28=30.
Glidden, J. N. “Foreign trainees at General Motors.” HE News Bulletin 24 (April 1949),
30=31,
Goldstein, M. G. “The Indian student: A survey of his background, educational aspirations,
and perceived vocational opportunities.” International Student Studies Series, no. 9.
Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1964.
Gould, H. A. “The Japanese student’s view of America: A study in cross-cultural percep-
tion,” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, 1 954.
Graham, G. “Foreign students in an American university.” Doctoral dissertation, Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif., August 1952.
Graham, M. W. “In-plant training for foreign visitors.” Baltimore Bulletin of Education
33 (June 1956), 26-28.
Green, O, H. “Colombian students at the University of Pennsylvania,** Hispania 25 (May
1942), 201-203.
Greene, R. S. “Chinese students in the United States.” ScAoo/ and Society lO (August 23,
1919), 230-232.
Gruen, W. “German exchange students in the United States: A case study.” Human Organ-
ization 13 (Fall I954X 16-22.
Gullahorn, J. T. Foreign students at the University of Kansas. Lawrence, Kan.: Depart-
ment of Human Relations, University of Kansas, n.d.
72
____ and Gullahorn^ J. E. Foreign student leaders on American campuses: An experiment
in cross-vulturnl education. Lawrence, Kan,' University of Kansas Press, 1958.
Hall, G-, and Manzano, J, “Our foreign student population." HE News Bulteiin 23 (Ma^-ch
1948), 14-17.
Halstead, A, "British boys in American preparatory schools." School and Society 29 (Feb-
ruary 16, 1 929), 2 15.
Halfttead, H. M., UL Receiving Soviet guests. Report of First Soviet Youth Delegation
visit to U.S., July, August 1958: with suggestions for programming for future Youth
Delegations from the Soviet Union. Washington, D.C.; EIL, October 1959,
“Soviet youth in the United States." Doctoral (Ed,D.) dissertation, Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, 1 960.
Harari, M. “American higher education and the foreign student; Laissez-faire versus plaii=
ning.” Speech deliveied at the annual conference of NAFSA, Philadelphia, Pa., April
29, 1965.
Hibben, J. G, “Chinese student in America,” North Americ€tn Review 195 (January 1912),
56=65,
Hills, E. C. “Foreign students in the United States.” School and Society 28 (July 7, 1928),
23-24.
Holmes, S, “Foreign student at an American university.” Journal of Hotne Economics 43
(January 195 0,40-42.
Howden, T. C, “The impact of international student exchange on foreign students in the
United States." Doctoral dissertation, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., 1 962.
Hua=Tsin Chou, F. “A study of the foreign student program at the University of Georgia,
1948-49 through 1958-59.“ Doctoral (Ed.D.) dissertation, Augusta College, Augusta,
Ga„ I960,
Hung, W, “Criinese student visits America." World Outlook 4 (August ! 9 1 8), 6^7,
Hurrey, C, D. "Famous foreign graduates hold a reunion.” World Outlook 3 (July 1917),
8-9.
- - - - “Foreign students in America.” Survey Graphic 38 (May 5, 1917), I 14—1 15.
- Foreign students in the United States. Washington, D.C.. American University,
The Digest Press, 1937.
, “Foreign students on the American carnpu.s,” Educational Record 18 (October
1937), 574-579.
“Oriental students in America.” Missionary Review of the World 57 (June 1934),
266=268.
“I believe-, Nigerian at Barnard College.” Seventeen^ May 1 963, pp. 90-91 .
Illickt J. L. “Chinese students in the United SV^tes.^^ School and Society 10 (December 20,
1919), 745=746.
Ilisley, W. A. “Nigerians on Tayside." Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2563 (July 3,
I964),p. 12.
“Indian students over here,” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1053 (July 6, 1935), p.
237.
HE. African students in the United States: A guide for Sponsors of Student Exchange Pro-
grams with Africa, New York: HE, 1960.
- Chinese students in the Uniied States^ J940^J9S3. New York: HE, 1956.
Graduate study in the United States: A guide for foreign students. New York: HE,
May 1967.
Handbook on international .^tudy for foreign nationals. New York: HE, 1965.
. Meet the U.SA.,: Handbook for foreign students in the United States, New York:
IIE, 1959.
The two year college in the United States: A guide for foreign .students. New York:
IIE. April 1967.
73
— Committee on Educational Interchange Policy, Hungarian refugee students and
U,S. colieges and universities. New York: HE, March 1957.
Institute of Pacific Relations. Memorandum on Chinese students in the United States. N ?w
York' Institute of Pacific Relations, 19 j4.
Institute of World Affal'*^, New School for Social Research, Preconceptions of foreign
leaders visiting the United States for the first time. New York: Institute of World
Affairs, March 1963,
Jacqz, J. W, African students at U.S. universities. Report Of a conference on the admission
and guidance of African students, held at Howard University, Washington, D,C,,
March 17-18, 1 967, New York: African-American Institute, 1967.
Refugee students from southern Africa. Report of a workshop on the; training and
utilization of refugee students from southern Africa sponsored by the African-Ameri-
can Institute and Syracuse University at Lubin House, New York City, April 18-19,
1 967. New York: African-American Institute, 1967.
Kincaid, H. A study oj a sample of foreign students In the US. Stanford, Calif,: Stanford
Research Institute, December 1961.
A study of a sample of foreign siudents in the United States. Washington, D C '
USDS, 1963.
Kirifo, A, “African student studies us." Times Magazine, December 10, 1961, p.
1 6 .
Klinger, M. R. B. “Michigan faces Chinese financial problem." HE News Bulletin 24
(April 1949), 34.
Statistical relationship between Latin American students and other data, Umversitv
of Michigan, 1938^43. Ann Arbor, Mich.; University of Michigan, n.d.
Krug, J, “Feature X, German boy's year in U.S, with editorial comment."^merica 9 1 (May
29, 1954), p, 235.
Kuhn, D. “Washington welcomes the foreign student." HE News Bulletin 32 (May 1957)
36-37,
Kuppu.samy, B, Studies on the role as culture carriers of Eastern sfudents who received
their university education in western countries i Report on Indian study. Paris ^ UnesCo
1964.
Kwoh, E. S, U. “Chinese students in American universities." Doctoral (Ed.D.) disserta-
tion, Teachers College, Columbia University, New York, 1 947,
LaFargue, T, E. "Chinese educational commission to the United States in 1870." Far
Eastern Quarterly 1 (November 1941), 59-70.
Lambert, R. D., and Bressler, M. “Indian students and the United Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science 295 ( 1 954), 62-72.
Indian students on an American campus. Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Min-
nesota Press, 1956.
Laska, V. “The foreign student in the United States. Doctor^ dissertation. University of
Chicago, Chicago, III., 1959.
The foreign student, with special reference to the University of Chicago. Chicago,
III,: University of Chicago Library, 1959.
“Latin American students receive U.S. scholarships." Science News Letter 4S (September
8, 1945), 153.
Lawrenson, H. “Bulls of Pamplona versus the Ivy League." Esquire, February 1961 pp
120 - 122 .
Leavitt, S. B, “Winter, summer school at the University of North Carolina.” Bulletin of the
Pan American Union 75 (May I94i), 265«270-
Lee, R. H. “Stranded Chinese in the United States." 19 (July 1958), 180=194.
Lesser, S. O., and peter, H. W. “Training foreign nationals in the United States.” Chapter 5
in Some applications of behavioral research, eds. R. Likert, and S, P. Hayes, Jr., Paris;
Unesco, 1957.
!
74
Lester, R. A. “Critique of our colleges. ^cAo/^ir 3 (October 1 934), 41 3-4 19.
Levine, V. “The foreign student at Stanford University/^ Master^s thesis, Stanford Uni-
versity, Stanford, Calif., 1949.
Lew, T. T. “Chinese students in America: How can they be won for Christ.” Missionary
Review of the World 40 (June 1917), 440^444.
Lillard, W. H. “English schoolboys In America.” HE News Bulletin 16 (November 1940),
II-I2.
Lippitt, R., and Watson, J. Learning across cultures: A study of Germans visiting America,
Ann Arbor, Mich.: Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 1 955.
Lloyd, J. H. “Within our borders, from many lands, for international understanding/’
School Life 35 (December 1 952), 40-4 1 .
Lockwood, W. W. “Chinese students In America.” Independent 71 (September 28, 191 1),
679-^684.
Lutey, C. A survey of cost of living for students from other countries at the University of
Minnesota. Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota, 1948,
Lyncs, R. “Immediate departure, Williamsburg international assembly/’ Harper^s, August
1959, pp. 84-85.
Lysirup, S, “I think in English: boy from Norway discovers America.” 5eve«/een, October
1963, pp. 1 12-^1 13,
MacGorrigle, R, P, Local study of foreign students at the secondary level. Boston, Mass.-
Foreign Student Center, Newman Preparatory School, 1964,
Mancr, W. W. A. survey and study of foreign students at the State University of Iowa,
1950^1960. Iowa City, Iowa: State University of Iowa, 1963,
Marquardt, W. W. “Filipino students in the United School and Society 16 (October
14, 1922),439-=443,
Mclby, J. F. “The foreign student in America/’ In International education: past, present,
problems and praspects, Washington, D.C,: USGPO, 1966, pp, 3 19—327-
and Wolf, E. K. Looking glass for Americans: A study of the foreign students at the
University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, Pa.: National Council on Asian AflFairS,
1961.
Meng, C. “Chinese students in the United States,” HE New Bulletin 6 (March 1931), 9-10.
Mestenhauser, J. A. “Practical training — a Pandora’s Box.” NAFSA Newsletter, 1965,
Miller, M. A. AIL A Persian Yankee. Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton, 1965.
Mischel, W. German exchange students at Ohio State University: An analysis of responses
to an incomplete sentence test. Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State University, November
1957.
Mitchell, J, A. H. “The foreign student in the graduate school at George Peabody College
for Teachers, ' 1956=1962,” Doctoral dissertation, George Peabody College for
Teachers, Nashville, Tenn-, 1962.
Moreno, A. “Jose Sanchez comas north to college.” .America 81 (September 10, 1949),
602^604,
Mothershcad, A., Chittenden, J,, and Nissley, J. eds. Fifteen years of the foreign student
program at Pasadena City College. Pasadena, Calif,: Pasadena City College, n,d,
Mott, C, G. “Greater New York Council helps foreign students,” HE News Bulletin 24
(Aprill949),29,
“McCarran Act and the foreign student.” HE News Bulletin 28 (February 1953),
28-30.
“Music education fellows.” HE News Bulletin 18 (October 1942), 8.
Nathe, F. “Students come here.” Minnesota Journal of Education 36 (May 1956), 22.
NAFSA. Guidelines: Finances and employment of foreign students. Washington, D.C.:
NAFSA, 1966,
National Social Welfare Assembly, Young Adult Council. An introduction to the United
75
States of America far the visitor from abroad. New York: Naiional Social Welfare
Assembly, 1961.
National Tsing Hua University, Research Fellowship Fund, and China Institute of America.
A survey of Chinese students in American universities and colleges in the past one
hundred years. New York: National Tsing Hua University and China Institute of
America, 1 954,
Neely, A. E. “The foreign student on the American campus. “ Master’s thesis. University of
Chicago, Chicago, III., 1922,
Nelson, D. N. “Summer seminar brings European students to Ohio.” Overseas 3 (February
1964), 16-19.
Neumeyer, M, H. “International Students at Southern California.” HE News BuUetin 25
(May 1950), 32.
“New program for foreign students at Mount Holyoke College.” School and Society 67
(April 17, 1948), 294.
Nielsen, A. G. “Foreign student In the Los Angeles area." HE News Bulletin 28 (April
1953), 27-29.
Nishyama, R. Y. “What America means to me." American Magazine, November 1949, p.
21 .
Northrop, B. G. “The first three Japanese girls educated in America: Their influence in
Japan.” Independent 48 ( 1 896), 1 39- 1 40.
O’Hara, B,, chairman, African students and study programs in the United States. Report
and hearings of the Subcommittee on Africa, House Committee on Foreign Affairs,
House Report No. 809. Washington, D,C.: U.S, House of Representatives, 1965,
“ 1 93 students from occupied areas here.” HE News Bulletin 25 (October 1 949), 9.
Operations Policy and Research. Foreign students in the United States: A national survey.
Operations and Policy Research — Summary and A naty sis. Table and Questionnaire,
VoL //. Washington, D.C., Operations Policy and Research, 1966,
O’Shea, D. “Finding jobs for foreign students.” >4 wer/cs 108 (April 20, 1 963), 558-562.
Pammci, L. H, “Cosmopolitan clubs.” In Foreign student in America. New York: Associa-
tion Press, 1925, pp, 268-272.
Passin, H-, and Bennett, J. W. “America-educated Japanese.” Annals of the American
Academy of Political and Social Sciences 295 (September 1 954), 83- 1 07.
“Persian students may come here.” Outlook 1 38 (December 3, 1 924), 530.
Phelps= Stokes Fund, A survey of African students studying in the United States. New
York: Phelps-Stokes Fund, 1949.
Pierson, C, L., and O’Grady, L, C/.S, government exchange and training programs for
foreign women. Washington, D.C.: USDS, Bureau of Research and Intelligence,
External Research Staff, 1964.
Pierson, H. H. “How many foreign students are there in the United States?” HE News
Bulletin 23 (December 1947), 13=18.
Porter, R. D. “A personnel study of 1.105 foreign graduate students at the University of
Washington.” Doctoral dissertation. University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.,* 1962.
Pound. E. ' European in America — ruling by the Department of Labor.” Poetry 41 (Febru-
ary 1933), 273-275.
“Project for Peruvian students to study in the United States.” HE News Bulletin 21
(January 1946), 12.
Rector, A. P., and Carlsen, C. J» “Foreign student employabilily." Vocational Guidance
Quarterly 12 (Winter 1963), 123-125.
“Reductio ad absurdum— Jewish students from the Middle East.” The Nation 169 (Novem-
ber 26, 1949), 505.
Riley, F-, and Peterson, J. A. “Foreign visitors on American campuses.” ,S«rv<?y 85 (August
1949), 428=431,
76
Roblee, M. “When they can, will they travel in the U,S,A.?“ Saturday RevieWi January 6,
i 962, pp. 28-29,
Rothvvell, A. B. “Wisconsin and Georgia enthusiastic about student exchange,” Natwn*s
Schools 50 (August 1952), 37-40.
Ruedisili, C, H. “Foreign students surveyed at University of Wisconsin.” Overseas 3
(April 1964), I8==22.
Ruiz, L, T. “Filipino students in the United States,” Master’s thesis, Columbia University,
New York, 1924.
Ruscoe, G. C. Report: Latin Americon sutdenis in the United States colleges and unL
vers dies. New York: NAFSA, 1968.
Sanmann, M, S, “A study of the experiences of selected Oriental students in colleges and
universities in the U.S. and implications for higher education.” Doctoral dissertation,
Northwesiern University, Evanston, III,, 1948,
Sayre, N. “Britons at Harvard,” New Statesman 69 (February 12, 1965), 232,
Scarfe, A„ and Scarfe, W.^ mouthful of peuds. New York* Taplingcr Publishers, 1967.
Schuiteman, R. A. “A study of Colombian nationals who attended collegiate institutions in
the U.S," Doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich,, 1957.
Schwantes, R. S. “Results of study abroad: Japanese students in America, 1865-1885.”
School and Society, 1 950, 72 ( 1 877), 375-376.
Scott, J. I. E., and Scott, H. R,, Jr. “Foreign students in Negro colleges and universities in
the United States of America, 1951= 1952.“ Journal of Negro Education 22, no. 4
(1953), 484=492.
Scott, R. C. “University program and foreign students: Summary of round table,” Institute
of International Relations Proceedings 5 ( I 930), 1 98-200,
Scully, T. J., Ullum, M., Epstein, M., and Willey, G. The foreign student in University of
California. Los Angeles, Calif,: University of California at Los Angeles, 1 965.
Seiberling, R. “Our most unforgettable guests,” Farm Journal 8 I (January 1 957), 78-79.
Selby, H, A., and Woods, C. M, “Foreign students at a high pressure university.” Sociology
of Education ^9 {Spring 1966), 138=154.
Foreign student study. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University, 1 964,
Sejitiz, C., et aL “The effects of institutional factors on personal interaction between
foreign students and Jourmtl of Social Issues 1 2, no, 1 (1956), 33-35,
Sewell, W. H,, and Davidsen, O. M. Scandinavian students on an American campus,
Minneapolis, Minn,: University of Minnesota Press, 196L
Seymour, M, F, “Foreign student in the United States.” Education Review 54 (September
1917), 128-139.
Sherwood, H, N, “Students from other lands,” Christian Education 34 (September 1951),
190-196,
Shrldharani, K. “Dangerous ideas for a Hindu: A student compares Indian and American
educational Asia and the Americas A\ (August 1 94 1 ), 442=444.
Sigler, M. A. Foreign siuui ts in Catholic colleges and universities. Washington, D.C.:
NEA, Annual,
Sikes, W. W. “Ecumenicity and the Christian college.” Christian Education 33 (June
1950), 97-108.
Sims, A, G, “Africans beat on our college doors,” April 1961, pp, 53=58,
Sloan, R. C. “African students in the United States.” HE News Bulletin 29 (March 1954),
38-40.
“Students from Africa.” HE News Bulletin 25 (May 1950), 29-30.
and Cummings, I, G. ,*4 survey of African students studying in the United States.
New York: Phelps-Stokes Fund, October 1959.
Smith, M. “East African airlifts of 1959, 1960, and 1961,” Doctoral dissertation, Syracuse
University, Syracuse, N.Y., 1966.
77
Smith, R. S. “NSA’s summer projects for foreign students.’* //£T News Bulletin 23 (May
1 948X 28-29.
Smith, T, L. “University of Florida as a center for Latin American studies.” Americas 13
(May 1961), 35-38.
South China Morning Post. Notes on professional and other matters for British overseas
students attending universities and colleges in North America. Hong Kong: South
China Morning Post, n.d.
Spielvogel, R, F, “German meets America/* HE News Bulletin 25 (April 1950), 32-33.
Stanford University, Stanford Research Institute, A study of a sample of foreign students
in the United States. SRI Project no. 1M-36I6: 2 volumes. Menlo Park, Calif: Stanford
U niversity , December 1961.
Stavridou, H. P. “A study of identihcatton of foreign students at Ohio University and
AdelphI College.” Master’s thesis, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, 1954.
Steinberg, S. S. “International relations involving the training of students from foreign
lands,” Journal of Engiish Education 35 (December 1 944), 258-26 1 ,
Stenzler, C. “Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: The Ogontz program,” NASSP Bulletin 5 1
(January 1967), 76=8 L
Stephenson, M. L. “Mother to students from Serbia in America.” Our World 5 (September
1924), 64-68,
Stidham, K. N. “The foreign student in an American metropolis.” Master’s thesis, Uni=
versity of Chicago, Chicago, III., 1 929.
Stokes, A. P, “Foreign students in America.” /1 5i£i and the Americas 42 (April 1942), 255.
Storm, W. B., and Gable, R. W. “Foreign students in the United States: The problem of
achieving maximum benefits/’ Educational Record 42 (October 1961), 304-3 15.
Stowe, E. M. “Foreign students in American co! leges and universities.” Educational Out-
look 22 (March 1 948), 112=124,
- - - “Students are coming.” Christian Ceniuiy 62 (February 28, 1945), 265-267.
Strain, W. H. “Which foreign students should U.S. institutions admit?” Phi Delta Kappan
46 (March 1 965), 332-335.
“Strangers among us.” /fmeWcn 102 (October 3, 1959), 4.
Street, H, K, “Foreign visitors aided by University of Connecticut,” Connecticut Siorrs
Agricultural Experiment Milestones 2 (February 1 955), 9-10.
Strow, H,,and Murray, S. T. “Helpful program approach for students from abroad.”yowr/ffl/
of Home Economics 56 (April 1 964), 243-246.
“Student imports.” York Times Magazinei April 10, I960, p, 80,
“Students from other lands/’ Teachers College Record 4S (December 1946), 178,
“Students to come from ex-enemy countries,” UE News BuUetin 24 (April 1 949), I I .
“Summer school for South American students,” HE News Bulletin 1 6 (April 1941), 5-7.
’‘Survey on African student in U.S. shows American image suffering,” Library Journal 87
(January 15, 1962), 191.
Swaenesugoi, T. A study of the educational programs of Thai students in the under
the sponsorship of the ICA during the 1958^1959 academic year. Detroit, Mich,; U,S,
International Cooperation Administration and Wayne State U niversity, 1 959.
Szanton, D. L. “Cultural confrontation in the Philippines.” In Cultural frontiers of the
Peace Corps. Carnbridge, Mass.: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, 1966.
‘’Table showing students from the other American republics studying in the United States
during 1942=1943 and their fields of study,” HE News Bulletin 18 (February 1943),
12=13.
Tatnall, E. C, ’‘As others see us: Ecumenical exchange student gives impressions of Ameri-
ca,” National Council Outlook & (June 1956), 10=1 L
Thayer, R, H. “Department welcomes African students to United States.” USDS Bulletin
43 (October 10, 1960), 559-561.
“They look us over/* 103 (May 28, I960), 299=300.
78
Thompson, E. T^ “Japanese students in America.” Trcuts^Pacific 17 (August 8, 1929), 4.
Thurston, J. L. “The educational explosion: Foreign student enrollments in the U,S,”
Overseas 2 (March 1963), 2-5.
Thwing, C. F. “Japanese and Chinese students in America.” Scribner's Monthly, July
1880.
Toft, A. B. W., and Roblee, M. “Will they, can they, travel in U.S.A.?” Saturday Review,
January 6, 1 962, pp. 28-29,
Touchstone, M, M, “The administration of foreign student affairs in colleges and universi-
ties of the U.S.“ Doctoral dissertation. University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo., 1949.
Toven, J. R. “New York University’s foreign student center.” HE News Bulletin 24 (De-
cember 1948), 29-30.
Triulzl, A. “Italian view of the U.S. Campus.” Overseas 3 (October 1963), 10-13.
Trytten, M. H. “Foreign visitors’ seminars.” 5cte/ice 123 (March 23, 1956), 485.
“Tsing Hua students proceed to the U,S,A,” China Weekly Review 4\ (August 20, IQ27)
307-308.
“Turkish view of Main Street: Symposium.” December 1956, pp. 30-31,
Ullcry, R. S. “Latin-American in New England.” yorvr/m/ of Education 127 (November
1944), 276-279.
Univcr.sity of Michigan, International Center. Eocai studies — information for foreign stu-
dents. Ann Arbor, Mich ■ University of Michigan, n.d.
University of Minnesota. An evaluation of the effectiveness of the American brother-sister
program at the University of Minnesota. Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Min-
nesota, 1956.
“University of Oklahoma provides for its Latin American School and Society 54
(August 23, 1941), 119.
University of Texas, International Office. Directory of foreign students and visiting schob
ars: Fall semester, 1964-65. Austin, Tex.: University of Texas, 1964.
USDD, Guidebook for visiting military students. Washington, D.C.: USGPO, 1959.
USDS. Foreign visitor programs. Publication 7631, International Information and Culture
Series 86. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1 964.
^ Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs. Foreign
students in the United States— a national survey. A report from the U.S. Advisory
Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, September 1966.
— , Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs. “A new
survey of foreign students in the United States.” Exchange, Spring 1966, pp. 30-32.
* Bureau of Intelligence and Research. United States exchange and training pro=
grams for foreign women. Washington, D.C.: USDS, December 1963.
US I A. Careers: Preparing for them at American colleges and universities. Singapore:
USIA, 1963.
Exchange students in the U.SA. Washington, D.C.: USIA and USDS, 1963,
USIS. Going to study in the United States? Washington, D.C.: USIS, n.d.
U.S. National Student Association. Guidebook on student travel in America. New York:
U.S. National Student Association, 1966.
Utsurikawa, N. “The status of Japanese students in America = past and present.” Edu-
cation, 1912.
Veeder, H. The fa reign student in the United States. Detroit, Mieh.: Wayne State Uni=
versity, 1961.
Veroff, J. “African students in the United States.” Journal of Social Issues 19, no 3
(1 963), 48^61.
— A study of African students sojourning in the U.S. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Survey Re-
search Center, University of Michigan, 1962.
“Visiting scholars from Asia.” School and Society 85 (September 28, 1957), 258.
79
“Visiting student groups from Latin America/’ IIE News Buiiriln 17 (March 1942)^ 12-13*
Vogt, K. “German exchange student at Cornell/’ Cornel! Coimtiyfimn 29 (June 1932),
139-140.
Wagner, S* “Census of foreign students in the United States/' HE News BuUeti/i 27
(March 1952), 34-35.
“Foreign students in the United Slates/’ IIE News Bulletin 26 (Lebruary 1951),
20^2 I .
Walker, R. M* “Statistic of the month: Number of foreign students enrolled in American
institutions of higher education, by area of origin: 1948-49 to 1 964-65/'
Education I (September 1 965), back cover.
Walton, B. J., and Leavy, S* S* “How long do foreign students study in the United States?”
IIE News Biiltetin 33 (April 1956), 21^25,
Walton, B. J., and Matt, D* A. “Distribution of foreign students at fifteen universities/’
IIE News Bulletin 3 5 {Eebrunvy i960), 15-2L
Wang, S. Y- “Arizona’s flying Chinese.” Trave/ 80 (February 1943), 14-15.
Warner, X, T. “Foreign student at library school.” Library Journal 83 (November 15,
1958) , 321 1-3213.
Watson, J. and Lippitt, R. Learning across cultures: .4 study of G ermans visiting America,
Ann Arbor, Mieh.: University oi Michigan Press, 1955.
Weary, B. “Occupational differentials in the perceptions and opinions of foreign students.”
Doctoral dissertation, American University, Washington, D*C*, i960.
Wedge, B. M. Visitors to the United States and how they see us. Princeton, N.J.* Van
Nostrand, I 965*
Wee. J. L. “A study of students from other lands who received master’s degrees in Educa-
tional Administration from Teachers College, Columbia University, 1950—1962.
Doctoral (Ed, D.) dissertation, Columbia University, New York, 1963.
Wei, W. L. “Chinese on the campus.” Outlook 155 (July 2, 1 930), 326-327*
Weinman, M. “They love the life we lead.” Collier' s^ October 15, 1934, pp. 40-43*
“What foreign youth saw America 95 (April 14, 1967), 52*
Wheeler, W. R. “Foreign students in America,” Missionary Review of the World 48 (May
1925), 365-369.
■ King, H. H., and Davidson, A. B. The foreign student in America. New York:
Association Press, 1925.
Williams, E- L “Foreign students in the United States*” Educatiotuil Forum 24 (November
1959) , 29-31.
“Winter schools for Latin Americans in the United States,” HE News Bulletin 17 (October
1941), 15,
“Women from Chile, Peru, and Brazil study United States labor methods.” Bulletin oj the
Fan American Union 80 (October 1 946), 580— 58 1 .
Woods, W, S., ed* “French girls here for education.” Literary Digest^ (October 12, I9l8),
pp, 24-25*
Yang, Y. Y, “Influence of America on Chinese students,” M issionary Review of the World
35 (May 1912), 353-360.
Yen, K. P. “Undergrad writes about his American education.” China Weekly Review 32
(March 14, 1925), 36,
Young, A. A, “Around the world on the American campus.” Literary Digest^ April 14,
1 934* p. 39.
“Chinese students in America.” China Weekly Review 58 (November 21, 1931),
468-469*
“Decline in Chinese students In America.” China Weekly Review 53 (July 12, 1930),
220 ,
Zook, G, F, “Providing for foreign students in American universities.” IIE News Bulletin
20 (February 1945), 6-8,
so
o
ERIC
C
i- :•
I;
I
L. PERSONNEL AND PROGRAM INTEKC RANGES
Aberi ethy, R. W. ’‘Student invasion of Europe/* IVorld TomorroM' 12 (October 1929),
399 ^ 02 .
Adams, N, “Practising dipiomats by the thousands/’ Coltege and University 30 (April
1955), 344-550.
.Adanalian, A. A. “Exchange pregrams of the Institute.” Ediicational and Psychological
Measurement 9, no, 3 ( 1 949), 634-639.
Addams, J. “Polish change and exchange ” HE News Bulletin 33 (April 1958), 2-7
-- “‘Polish exchange: touchstone for understanding/* HE News Bulletin 35 (Septem-
ber 1959), 16-23.
‘ Advice to Indian students,” Times Educational Supplement, no. J235, (December 31,
1938), p. 472,
“Africans in Ru.ssia: Le rouge ct le noir," The Economist, December 21, 1963, pp. 1247-
1248.
Ahmed, S., and Rizwanl, A. R. Foreign training for Pakistanis. Lahore, West Pakistan:
Social Sciences Research Centre, University of Panjab, 1962.
Aich, P. “Asian and African students in West German universities.” Minerva 1 (Summer
1963),439-453,
Ajia, K. How to stud:, in Japan. Tokyo: International Trade Service Bureau, 1961.
Alessi, J. L. ’*Our inter-Amei lean student exchange program/’ School Activities 31 (May
1960,274,
“Student exchange program." New York State Education 46 (March 1959) 4^^_
423,
Allen, E. D. **Why not student exchanges at the high school level?” French Review 31
(December 1957), 136=140,
Allen, G. V. “Our world Information program.” USDS Bulletin 20 (March 13, 1949)
322-324.
Almond, G., and Verba, S. Changing roles of youth in developing nations. Paper for Inter-
agency Research Conference on International Education, Washington, D.C.: USDS,
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1964.
Amar, A. R.>4 student in Moscow. London: Ampersand, 1961,
“Ambassadors in the making,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1425 (August 22
1942), p. 411.
“Ambassadors without portfolio." National Council Outlook 9 (April 1 959), 1 0- II .
“AAUW international students/’ 39 (January 1946), 105-108.
“AAUW international students. "^>4 6/ IP /owrna/ 44 (October 1950), 21-27.
“AAUW international students, 1 946-47."^^ C/^TJo/zr/m/ 40 (October 1946), 25-30.
“AAUW international students report/’ 6^ IP Joizr/m/ 43 (April 1950), 161 = 165.
ACE. The Department of State's educational exchange program. Washington, D.C.:
ACE, November 1964.
American Embassy in Bonn. Study of impressions and disseminations by information
specialists and students from the exchonge of persons program, Bonn, West Germany:
American Embassy, December 1955,
American Embassy in Vienna, Report on a survey of the Department of State exchange of
persons program in Austria. Vienna: American Embassy, March 1955.
American University, Bureau of Social Science Research. vs. American exchange of
persons activities: An analysis of reports for 48 posts, Washington, D.C.: American
University, March 1953.
— , The educational exchange program: An appraisal by J93 educators and 77 organP
zations and business executives. Washington, D.C.; American University, January
1953.
Amidon, B. E. “Today’s peripatetic scholars." Survey Graphic 37 (June 1948), 297=301.
81
Amundson^ E. M. “Ambassadors of good=will/’ American School Board Journal 132
(February 1955), 36.
Anderson, J, A. “Foreign student/' College and University 23 (Fall 1947), 123-124.
Ar ’^esen, R. “Michigan’s own exchange program: Youth for understanding." Phi Delta
Kappan 44 (June 1963), 403—406.
An African in Moscow, London: Ampersand, 1965,
Andrews, W, H,, and Miller, W, W, A survey of the impact of the international farm youth
exchange program at the Ohio State University. Columbus, Ohio: Department of
Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology, Ohio State University, 1956.
Angell, R. C. “The growtii of trans-national participation." of Social Issues 23, no,
1 (1967), 108-129.
“Anglo-Czech exchange." Times Gducttfiontii Supplement ^ no. 2568, (August 7, 1964), p.
199.
“Anglo-Dutch’ exchange.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1843, (August 25, 1950), p.
660.
“Annual report of the German academic exchange service." School and Society 90 (No-
vember 17, 1962), 394.
Antze, P. “Round- the world school." National Geographic Magazine 122 (July 1962),
96-127.
Appleton, W. N. Friendship University, Moscow^ the student trap- Stuttgart, West
Germany: 1965.
Arciniegas, G. “North and Latin American universities: imperative need of cooperation,"
!!E News Bulletin 23 (June 1948), 19-22.
“Arc Chinese students held as hostages?" Christian Century 71 (December 22, 1954),
1540.
Arnold, J. H, “Educating Chinese students abroad.” China Weekly Review 37 (August 14,
1926), 266.
Arny, C. B. “Experiment in international relations; Minnesota intercultural seminar."
Journal of Home Economics 56 (April 1 964), 253-256.
“Minnesota intercultural seminar." ypwr/ia/ of Marriage and the Family 28 (August
1966) , 360-362.
“Artist and exchange student." HE News Bulletin 32 (January 1 957), 38—39.
Associated Research Councils, Committee on International Exchange of Persons. The
exchange of scholars with countries of the Near East and South Asia. Washington,
D.C.: Advisory Committee for Near East and South Asia, 1955.
Association of Universities of the British Commonwealth. “Overseas students in British
universities." Universities Quarterly 12 (August 1958), 366-370.
Bailey, R. P. “Ambassador writes home." Wisconsin Journal of Education 99 (April
1967) , 15.
“So long, ambassador." Wisconsin Journal of Education 99 (February 1 967), 20.
“Young man from Aiiok: Marshallese philosophy.” Wisconsin Journal of Educa-
tion 97 (September 1964), 22.
Bailey, S. K. “ International education — shadow and substance." In International educa^
tion: past, present, problems and prospects. Washington, D.C.! USGPO* 1966.
Baldwin, G. B. “Foreign educated Iranians: A profile." Middle East Journal 17 (Summer
1963), 264=273.
Balinska, 1. “Making of an American." Parents Magazine 22 (November 1947), 168=172.
Ball, G. “Developing Atlantic partnership." USDS Bulletin 46 (April 1962), 666=673,
Bang, C. N. “NAFSA and its field service program." NCEA Bulletin 62 (August 1965),
229-235.
Bang, K. C. “Student cross-secticn at Ho Mita Koda." IIE News Bulletin 27 (December
1951), 24=25.
Banham, M. “Nigerian student in Britain," Universities Quarterly 12 (August 1958), 363.
82
‘‘Banner day starts UlJa’s year." February 1956, p, 30.
Banta, F. G, "Exchanga profiiani in aetion.’^ Educaiional Leadership 6 (October 1948)
14 - 16 .
Barber, W. T. A, -‘Youth in China.’* London Quarterly Review 144 (July 1 925), 42-52.
Barnett N. N. “AIESEC: A growing international student exchange program.” o/
College Placement 22 (February 1 962), 40--4 1 ,
^ *^"*9^49) ’0 ^ student program.” HE News Bulletin 25 (November
Barrientos. I,, and Schufletowski, F, W. “The questionable foreign student.” School and
Saciciy 96 (April 13,1 968), 243-245.
Bates, L, R. 1 hese likable Chinese.’* >4 ,yis 45 (December 1945), S7S^577
Beaumorn, A. G. "Friendly invadmsr Journal of Collese Placement 25 (December 1964).
Beauttah, P. "Education and experience form a background for service in Kenya.." Journal
of Home Ecottoniics 58 (May 1966), 395-396.
Bell, J. W. “International youth exchange.” I nterncitUmal Jomna! of Religious Education
34 (April 1958), 8-9.
Benton, W, “Our best weapon ^exchange of students.” Ladies Home Journal, December
1946, p. 195.
Bernhard, D. “Foreign student forums.” UE News Bulletin 29 (February 1 954), 38-39.
^3 ^ summer schools in 1949.*’ IfE News Bulletin 24 (December 1948),
Big increase in student exchange.” School Management 1 5 (January 1 946), 243
Bigman, S. Bniish vs. American exchange of persons activities. Washington, D.C.: Bureau
Oi Social Science Research, American University, n.d.
Bill for the exchange of students.” Higher Education 2 (January 1 5, 1946), 5,
Black, S. “Australian visit.” School Arts 64 (October 1 964), 3 1-34.
Block, J. L. “Let’s have more exchange of students.*’ Good Housekeeping, October 1945
pp. 40-41,
Bloland, P. A. “Developing American^foreign student relationships.” Papers presented
at the 1963 convention of the American Personnel and Guidance Association, held in
Boston, Mass., 1963.
Biyley, K. G. “Foreign students and field work.” HE News Bulletin 27 (February 1952).
1 5 = 16 . •
Bogardus, E. S. ‘The international Sociologv and Social Research 36nulv 195'^)
392-395. y
Boitel, H. J., ed. International student cooperatiom Philadelphia, Pa.^ U.S National
Student Association, 1962.
Bolles. D. C,. ed. “Big experience for foreign exchange students.” National Council Out-
looks (September 1953)^ 15.
Bolling, L. R. “Small college discovers the world.” Overseas 3 (April 1964), 12—17.
Bond, B. B. “Some aspects of educating the Cuban refugee student.” Clearing House 38
(October 1963), 77=79.
Bootlegging of aliens as Students.” 2 I (February 28, 1925), 255.
Bowles, J. T. “Japan: A challenge to the foreign student.” HE News Bulletin 31 (April
1956), 14-16.
Bowman, J. “High school exchange programs: The unknown giant.” Phi Delta Kappan 49
(December i 967). 215-217.
Boyd, R. W. “How beneficial are student or teacher exchange programs?” NASSP Bulletin
42 (April 1958), 129-131.
Boyle, E, H. “One high school’s contribution towards international understanding.”
44 (December 1961), 786-787,
Boynton, D, “Rx for development exchange,** Overseas I (May 1962), 6-8.
S3
BmisCed, P. J. intcrnatianal exchait^ie of students and scholars, Haddum, Conn.: Edward
W. Hazen Foundation, 1943,
Bmndt, K. '-Pcjstgniduate instruction for foreign students/' Journal of Farm Economics
4! (December 1959), 1363^1397.
Brasted, F, K, “Foreign student industrial motorcade/’ HE News Bulletin 25 (October
1949), 16-17.
Brereton, H, “SchoUirsand seamanship/’ Overseas 2 (March 1963), !0=I4.
“Bringing Mexico to college." Ohz/ooA: 1 38 (December 3, 1924), 529.
Brinkman, R. O. “Trial exchange plan promotes better student understandfn- Ohio
Schools 37 (February 1959), 32.
Brinton, A, H, "Die Briicke: George's school work camp in Germany /’ House 24
(January 1 950), 286-288.
“British and overseas universities/’ Times Educational Supplenient, no. 1462 (May 8,
1943), p, 219.
British Council. Higher education in the United Kingdom: A handbook for students from
overseas, London: Longmans, 1954.
“British high commissioner’s report on Indian students/' School and Society 41 (January 8,
1 938), 4 L
British Information Services. Some notes for the guidance of overseas students who wish
to study at British universities. New York: British Information Services, annual.
“British students in Pkxvt^'' School and Society 24 (November 27, 1926), 673.
Britt, W. H. “Educational relations of United States with Europe." Baltimore Bulletin of
Education 29 (September 1951), I 1-14,
Brittan, L. “Oxbridge style on tour/’ Overseas 1 (May 1 962), 9= 1 2.
Broda, E. “When exchange isn’t really exchange." Bulletin of the Atontic Scientists 20
(1964), 23-25.
Brooks, A, E. “Liberian students abroad series." Negro History Bulletin 16 (November
1 952), 40.
Brown, F. H. “Indian students in Great Britain, with discussion /’ Review 21 (July
1925),40U427.
Brown, L. C. “America’s stay-at-home ambassadors.” American Mercury^ November
1955, pp. 125-128.
Brozek, J. M. “European Slavs and student exchange with the United States/’ t/P
Bidlethi 29 (June 1943), 385-391,
Bryan, G, E., Jr. “Youth at Oak Ridge.” Christian Century 73 (December 26, 1956),
1515-1516.
Buchele, L. W. “College co-ops/’ HE News Bulletin 30 (March 1955), 46=48,
Buc knell University. An ituerim report on Bucknell Institute for Foreign Students^ July 7 to
August 31 1 1967. Lewisburg, Pa.: Bucknell University, October 1967.
Bueso-Arias, A. “Accent on youth — up north in Al$^bB.mstf Americas 2 (August 1950), 31.
“Bulgaria-African students leave after clash.” 12 (March 1963), 36-37.
Burdick, P, S. “Korean students.” Christian Century 69 (June 4, 1952), 675.
Bureau of European Affairs, Soviet and Eastern European Exchanges Staff. Report on ex-
changes with the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Washington, D.C*: Bureau of
European Affairs, 1962,
Burg, D. “The people’s friendship university.” Problems of Communism 10 (1961), 14-17.
Burgess, T. “Anglo»American exchanges — brickbats/* Overseas 2 (October 1962), 6-9.
Burns, P. “Plan for student exchange/’ 107 (April 28, 1962), 114=117.
Byrnes, R. F. “Academic exchange with the Soviet Union." Russian Review 2 I (July 1962),
213-225.
Caldwell, O. J. “Government programs of exchange of persons,” HE News Bulletin 24
(January 1949), 9-13.
84
Canadian Universities Foundation. University study in Canada. Ottawa: Canadian Uni-
versities Foundation, 1962. (Distributed in the U.S. by Canadian embassies and con-
sulates.)
Carey, A. T. Colonial students: A study of the social adaptation of colonial students in
London. London: Seeker & Warburg, 1956,
Carr, W. G., and Murni, W. F, “International educational and cultural exchange.” /?evieiv
of Educational Research 19 (February 1949), 65-67,
Cassidy, F. G, Cultural exchanges with Africa: Observations and impressions during a
brief orientation tour in the summer of 1965. Detroit, Mich.: International Institute of
Metropolitan Detroit, n.d.
Cater, D, World progress through educationai exchange^ the story of a conference, I IE's
Third National Conference on Exchange of Persons, January 1959. New York: HE,
May 1959,
“Census of foreign Mudents, 1949- 1950.” 1JE News Bulletin 25 (April 1950), 34,
Chaffee, E. B, “New order harasses foreign students." Christian Century 49 (October 12,
1932), 1245,
Chamberlain, J. L., Jr. “Experimenl in international education.” Education Bulletin
14 (June 1950), 146-149.
“Chantry, international friendship centre.” Journal of Education (l.ondon) 66 (March
1934), 190.
Chapman, E. Report of Scandinavian study-tour: Denniarki Finland,, Iceland^ Norway,, and
Sweden. New York: AACRAO, 1959,
Scandinavian study=tour, Hastings, Neb.: Hastings College, 1957.
Chapman, W. R, C. “Pupil exchanges — points for parents.” Times Educational Supple^
menti no. 2456 (June 15, 1962), p. 1227.
Chase, F. S, “Thousands to study abroad.” Elementary School Journal 47 (October 1946),
70-72.
“Chinese Communist complaint concerning students.” USDS Bulletin 34 (January 9,
1956), 52.
“Chinese student dilemma,” The Nation 179 (September 18, 1954), inside cover,
“Chinese students are released.” Christian Century 7.2 (April 13, 1955), 443,
“Chinese students in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1373, (August 23, 1941),
p. 396.
“Chinese students in England.” Great Britain and the East 52 (April 27, 1939), 476.
“Chinese students in foreign countries.” //£; News Bulletin 19 (April 1944), 8.
“Chinese students in London.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 952, (July 29, 1933),
p. 250.
“Chinese students see red.” The New Republic, April 16, 195 1 , p, 6,
Chivers, L. “Travel opportunities for British youth.” School and Society 77 (June 6, 1953),
358-359.
Cieslak, E. C. The foreign student in American colleges: A survey and evaluation of ad-
ministrative problems and practices. Detroit, Mich,: Wayne State University Press,
1955.
“City kids discover the Old World.” McCaifs, May 1955, pp. 66-68.
Clark, L. R. “Farm-city student exchange program.” Agriculture Education Magazine 28
(April 1956), 237.
Clark, N. M. “Campus ambassadofs.” Saturday Evening Post, May 7, 1 949, pp. 38-39,
Clarke, E. T. “Colleges’ and military government’s program for cultural exchange,” >4/4 C
Bulletin 35 (March 1949), 82-87.
Clayton, A. “Advice for students; work of a Commonwealth office.” Times Educational
Supplement, no. 2573 (Seplember 1 1, 1964), p. 359.
Clews, J, Students unite: The I.U,S. and its work. Paris: Congress for Cultural Freedom,
1952.
85
’‘Closer inter- American intellectual relations/’ Bulletin of the Pan American Union 58
(November 1924), 1 128^1 129,
Cohen, G. “Strangers in Perugia/' Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2279 (January 23,
1959), p. 112.
Coleman, R. M, ‘'Operation friendship/' High Points 42 (October 1960), 69~7 I .
Colligan, F, J, “U.S. government exchange programs with the other American republics,”
HE News Bulletin 30 (April 1 955), 2-8.
Collings, D, “Meeting the needs of foreign students.” Library Journal 83 (November 1,
1958), 3064-3066.
“Columbia University and Jewish Theological Seminary adopt an exchange program/'
School and Society 11 (June 1 3, 1953 ), 380.
“Commission on the survey of foreign students-“ Sc/ioe?/ and Society 21 (April 18, 1925),
464=465-
Commonwealth students in Great Britain; With special reference to East African students,
London: Allen & Unwin, 1965.
“Conference coming on exchange of persons/’ Christian Century 73 (November 28, 1956),
I38L
Connolly, J. J. “International students and the two year college/’ yirn/or College Journal
37 (February 1967), 20^21,
Conroy, C, W. ‘Tntcrnational education in the aerospace age/’ Education §3 (December
1962), 209-212.
Conroy, H. “Fiascos with foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 36 (May 196 1), 3 I -35.
“Contact with Soviet bloc — full time students.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 2288
(March 27, 1959), p, 532.
“Convention for the reciprocal interchange of students.” Bulletin of the Pan American
Union S6 (May 1923), 485-487.
Cook, D. R. “Indian student analyzed/’ Overseas 3 (January 1964), 9-13.
Cooley, R. F. “Each pupirs international responsibility: a student’s viewpoint/’ Jowr/m/ of
Secondary Education 37 (March 1962), 166-169.
Coombs. P. H. “International educational exchange: A work for many hands,” Higher Edu-
cation 18 (September 196]), 3=6.
“Let’s talk sense about foreign students.” Address delivered at International
House, held in New York, December 196 L
Cooper, B. “Maori for a month.” HE News Bulletin 27 (November 195 I), 7-10.
Cooper, W. J. “To our friends from abroad/’ HE News Bulletin 7 (October 193 1), 7.
Carmack, M. L. “International development through educational exchange.” Beview of
Educational Besearch 38, no. 3(1 968), 293—303.
Cort, J. C. “Indian at a summer school.” Commonweal 62 (August 19, 1955), 494‘=495.
Cosnard, J. P.,et a|. “Summer of learning and travel.” Overseas 2 (March 1963), 17-20.
Cotner, T. E, Evaluation of educational exchange programs now in operation, (Report
ACLS-221 10.) Washington, D.C.i USOE, 1963.
' ‘‘Student exchange under Buenos Aires Convention, 1939-1948/' Higher Educa^
tion 5 (December 15, 1948), 87=90.
____. “Teacher education and U.S. training programs with African countries.” American
Association of Colleges for Teacher Education Yearbook ( 1962), pp. 78—83.
Council of Europe. Europe guests, students, and trainees: A survey on the welfare of
foreign students in Europe, Strasbourg, France: Council of Europe, 1966.
Second cord'erence on foreign students and trainees in Europe, Strasbourg, France:
Council of Europe* 1963.
Crawford, R. W., and Cole, M. V. B. Survey of exchange of persons; the present situation.
New York: SSRG* 1952.
Cronyn, T. “English children in Canada.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1334 (No-
vember 23, 1940), p. 459.
86
Crowley, E. S, -‘Fair exchange.” yowr/ia/ 42 (September 1953), 370.
"Cuban student loan program.” Higher Education 20 (March 1964), 14,
Culhane, E. K. “Student-visitors are V,LP,s” /tmerice 95 (May 19, 1956), 199,
“Cultural and social cooperation with Mexico.” Bulletin of the Pan American Union 62
(February 1928), 176-178,
Cunz, D. “Maryland forciyn-study centers,” Journal of Higher Education 21 (1950),
3 1-34,
Cuthbertson, S. “How shall we send students abroad.” Hispania 31 (February 1948),
59-6 I .
Daly, M, “African school tie.” Ne^v York Times Magazine^ April 28, 1957, p. 20.
Danckwortt, D, The young elite of Asia and Africa as guests and pupils in Europe, Ham-
burg, West Germany: Europaischc Kulturstiitung, 1959.
Danish Internationa! Student Committee, The foreign student in Denmark^ Copenhagen:
Danish Internationai Student Committee, n.d.
Davis, J- M. "Is too much being done for the foreign student?” HE News Bulletin 33
(November 1957), 6-^12.
, “A university=sponsored community program of international understanding
through students.” Doctoral dissertation. Teachers College, Columbia University,
New York, 1953.
“What do foreign students need?” HE News Bulletin 28 (May 1953), 50-5 1 -
Burner, D. R., and Hanson, R. G. HE survey of the African student: His achieve-
ments and his problems. New York: HE, 1961.
Davis, R. T. "Latin American students y Junior College Journal 10 (May 1940), 577=578,
De La Garzs, P, “Needs of foreign students,” NCEA Bulletin 61 (August 1964), 205-207.
De La Grange, E, S. “Allantiquc’s social work program,” HE News Bulletin 26 (May 1951),
15-17,
Del Vecchio, G. “Gli student! stranieri nevelle universita Italiane.” Nuova Antol 223
(March 1, 1923), 76=83.
D* Emilio, R. M- Foreign students in Catholic universities and colleges, 1 96 1 ‘-62. Wash-
ington, D.C.: NCEA, 1962.
Dennis, W. H, “Foreign student problenis in higher education in the post-war period.”
A merican A ssociation of College Registrars Journal 21 (October 1945), 56—64.
Denlzer, W. T. “Student activities.” Educational Record 33 (October 1 952), 555—562.
Derby, O. L. “Teaching Japanese students," New York State Education 44 (December
1956), 182-184,
"Designation of institutions for exchange-visitor visa." HE News Bulletin 25 (January
1950), 10,
Deutsch, K. W. "Nationalistic responses to study abroad.” In conference on internalional
educational exchanges — report of the conference, 1952, pp. 9-20.
Deutscher Akademischer Austauschdienst. The foreign student in Germany. Bonn, West
Germany: Deutscher Akademischer Austauschdienst, 1961.
Dickinson, J. F. “Tourist travel versus contact travel,’^ Modern Eanguage Journal 42
(November 1958), 341-343.
Dideriehsen, P, "Graduate Study in Denmark.” HE News Bulletin 28 (March 1953), 25-28,
Dingle, J. "British reds angle for Chinese students.” America 93 (June IS, 1955), 309=
310.
Dirnecker, B. “The Patrice Lumumba friendship university in Moscow.” Modern Worlds
(1963),pp. 128=143.
Disque, R- C. “PosFwar education of foreign students.” Journal of English Education
35 (June 1945), 587-590.
Dobson, J, O, “BriUsh students and foreign International Review of Missions 16
(October 1927), 567-580.
87
Donley, M. O.. .Ir., et ah “North-South student exchange.’' NEA Journal 49 (May i960),
28-29.
Dorai, G. C. “Economics of international flow of siudents: A cost benefit analysis/’
Doctoral dissertation, Ford Foundation fellowship, Wayne State University, Detroit,
Mich., 1967.
Douglass, J. “Elasticity of schedule for the foreign student.” HE News Bulletin 6 (April
1931), 8.
“Exchange student.” f/E News Bulletin 10 (October 1934), 6-7.
“French student exchange/’ HE News Bulletin 6 (November 1930), 6-7.
“International student exchanges of the current academic year.” HE News Bul-
letin 1 (November 1931), 5-6.
. . . . “Our exchange students/’ HE News Bulletin 9 (October 1933), 4-5.
“Our foreign exchange students.” HE News Bulletin 12 (October 1936), 9-10.
Downs, S. W. “Germun=English youth camps.” School and Society 43 (June 27, 1936),
879-880.
Doyle, H. G. “Study abroad — advantages and pitfalls/’ Hispunia 29 (November 1946),
509=512.
Dresden, K. W. “Weaknesses in international exchange programs.” of Teacher
Education 6 (September 1955), 200=204.
“Drop in the ocean — pioneers of exchange.” Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2143
(June 15, 1956), 823.
Drucker, A, Project on international students and visitors, Los Angeles, Calif.: Human
Relations Commission, County of Los Angeles, 1963.
Duggan, S. “Changing campuses.” Survey Graphic 52 (September 1 5, 1 924), 607-608.
“Cultural relations between the Orient and the Occident.” School and Society 30
(December21, 1929), 825-829.
^_=_. “Foreign-student ruling.” School and Society 36 (October 8, 1932), 475-476.
“Institute exchange students and postwar rehabililalion.” HE News Bulletin 18
(January 1943), 9=10.
. “International student exchanges.” HE News Bulletin I 1 (November 1935), 3-4.
“Letter concerning student exchange with Latin America.” HE News Bulletin
17 (May 1942), 10-12.
“Private versus official supervision of student exchange.” School and Society 67
(April 17, 1948), 291=292.
. “Shuttle of the scholars." Survey Graphic 30 (March 1941), 140-141.
“Student ambassadors of goodwill.” Rotarian, (April 1942), pp. 29=3 I.
Dulles, J. F. “International educational exchange program.” USDS Bulletin 30 (April 5,
1954), 499-507.
Dunbar, E. “African revolt in Russia. May 5, 1964, 3 1-35.
Dunkel, H. B. “Stranger within and without our gates/’ School Review 61 (January 1953)^
9-1 I.
Durham, H., and Matthewson, D. Junior college foreign student program survey, San
Mateo, Calif.: San Mateo Junior College, 1967.
Dutt, P. K. “Indian students abroad f Asiatic Review 43 (October 1947), 327=331,
Eades, M. A. “Ignorants abroad,” 5 3 (May 1951), 28-29.
Eames, E, W., Jr, “MIT foreign student summer project.” HE News Bulletin 21 (January
1952), 28.
“Eavesdropping in St. Etienne.” HE News Bulletin 26 (June 1 95 ! ), 30-3 I.
EWA. French education policy in sub-Saharan Africa and Madagascar, New York: Study
Committee on Manpower Needs and Educational Capabilities in Africa, EWA, 1965.
International Education Act of 1966, Includes text of the act, Senate and House
reports, congressional comments. New York: EWA, 1966.
88
I ntemational editcation program. New York: EWA, 1966,
--- -- U.S, Office of Education: A new interncitioncd dimension. Nevv York: EWA, 1964.
. The universities service center: Hong Kong. New York; EWA, 1967,
“Educational and cultural exchange with Africa: The program of the Department of Slate.’’
Africa Studies Bulletin 4, no. 2 (1961), I-*B,
“Educational exchange agreement with Argentina,” USDS Dulletiiu (November 26, 1956),
86U862.
“Educational exchange for the mutual development of nations,” HE Bulletin 36
(December 1960), 2-59.
“Educational exchange with Japan,” HE News Bulletin 25 (January 1950), 35-36.
“Educational exchange with Japan.” School and Society 70 (November 12, 1949), 315,
“Educational exchanges; aspects of the American experience.” National Research Council
Reportr 1956, pp. 71-72.
Eells, W, C. “How colored Communist leaders are made in England,” Journal of Higher
Education 26 (April 1955), 187=194,
Eigeland, T. “At home abroad.*" Americas 12 (September 1960), 30-32.
Elder, R. E- The foreign leader program- Study made at request of Department of Slate
and Brookings Institution. Washington, D.C., 1961.
“Eleven universities to exchange students,” Chicago Schools Journal 44 (Apri? 1963),
330,
Eliel, H. J. “What do foreign students take home?” Proceedings of meetings of Western
College Association held during 1952= 1 953. pp. 19=25.
Elliott, A. J, “The statistics of study abroad.” International Social Science Bulletin (Unesco
Secretariat, Paris) no. 8 ( 1956). 604-614.
Elliott, A. R. “Foreign student statistics, 1946-1947.“ HE News Bulletin 22 (April 1947),
14-15.
Ellsworth, M. D„ and Miller, H. A. U .S- government international programs which provide
for exchange of persons^ for education trainings abservatioiu research and technical
services and cultural activities- Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, Legislative
Reference Service, I960.
Elyutin, V. P. “Higher school at a new stage; the higher schooPs foreign ties.” Soviet Edu=
cri//o/7 4 (January 1962), 51-52.
“England and America.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 7 16 (January 19, 1929), p, 33.
“English boys for Germany,” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1066 (Octobers, 1935),
p, 353.
“English students abroad* summer exchanges.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 909
(October 1, 1932), p. 378.
“Entertaining angels unawares — a Christma.s with Chinese maidens in America.” Mission^
ary Review of the World 40 (December 1917), 909-912,
Erskine, M. W-, and Hall, E. “Booked for travel.” Library Journal 78 (June 15, 1953),
1071-1073.
Erzin, P, D, “Soviet international institution of higher education presents its first diplomas.”
Soviet Education 8 (February 1966), 52-56.
Espinosa, J. M. “Puerto Rico’s participation in international education.” HE News Bub
letin 34 (October 1958), 24=32.
Ethel bert, (Sister) M. “Another experiment in inter* American ism,” Catholic Educatiomd
Review 45 (December 1947), 602-604.
“Ethiopian student tells of disillusionment.” East Europe 12 (March 1963), 40-41.
“Even exchange.” Rotariaih October 1 953, pp. 40=4 1 .
“Exchange Act expanded,” School Life 44 (November 1961), 3-4.
“Exchange for the unattached student.” Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2077 (Feb-
ruary 18, 1955), p. 173.
89
“Exchange of daughters/’ Times Educational Supplement. no. 21 \4{M^eiy lb, 1967), p. 1781.
“Exchange of persons; A. E, Stevenson and D, D, Eisenhower/’ I IE News Bullettn 28
(November 1952), 2=3.
“Exchange of scholars between Union College und St. Andrews University, Scotland/’
School and Society 41 (March 9, 1935), 326-327.
“Exchange of students and teachers/’ School and Society 66 (December 27, 1 947), 503-503.
“Exchange of work students between Canada and Germany.” Scientific Agriculture 9
(April 1929), 548=552.
“Exchange student report/’ HE News Bullet in 1 5 (February 1 940), 11 = 13,
“Exchange students from South Africa.” 5c/ioo/ and Society 28 (August 25, 1928), 229.
“Exchange visits/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 2139 (May 18, 1956), pp, 666=667.
“Exchanges of social welfare training.” Public Administration Review 13, no. I (1953), 68.
“Exchangee gives away his inheritance/’ nEA Journal 42 (November 1953), 517.
“Exchanges with the French/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 1310 (June 8, 1940),
p. 220.
Individual home placement program. Putney, Vt.: EIL, 1961.
“Extra-mural session of summer studies at the University of Cambridge.” School and So-
ciety 30 (August 31, 1929), 301=302.
“Facts and figures on our foreign student population,” HE News Bulletin 29 (November
1953), 26,
“Fair exchange.” School Life 39 (January 1957), 12.
“Fair exchange: U,S, and Russia.” The Economist 193 (November 28, 1 959), 865,
Fales, F, F, "Student interchange in transition.” HE News Bulletin 21 (February 1946),
10=11.
Fan, S. P-, et al, “Chinese students,” New Statesman and Nation 48 (October 23, 1954),
507,
Fausold, M. L. “Appnusal; some reflections on the Latin American project al Geneseo.”
New York State Education 49(Decemfaer 1961), 16=i7.
Feifer, G. “Red and the black: Racism in Moscow.” The Reporter (January 2, 1964), pp.
27-28.
Feinsot, A, “Brazilian images of the United States: A study of Brazilian university stu-
dents.” Doctoral dissertation. New York Universiiy, i965.
Feraru, A. “Home base for foreign students.” Overseas I (November 1961), 5-7.
’‘Field study in the Far EskV"' School and Society 4 \ (May 25, 1935), 697-698,
“Financial problems of Chinese students.” HE News Bulletin 24 (October 1948), 21-22.
Finch, J, R, "Note on foreign service and the foreign student/’ Journal of English Educa-
tion 36 (May 1946), 576-578.
Fine, B. “Global campus.” New York Times Magazine, October 5, 1947, p. 24.
=_ . “Strangers, but not for long.” Rotarian, December 1 949, pp, 32=34.
Fisher. D, F, C, “What foreign students need.” HE News Bulletin 24 (March 1949), 3=5.
Fisher, E, E. “Foreign students on the campus.” Journal of the American Association of
Collegiate Registrars 2 1 , no. 4 (July J 946), 543=558.
Fisher, E. J. “Annual exchange student conference.” HE News Bulletin 16 (October 1940)
15.
“Envoys in education.” National Parent-Teacher 42 (October 1948), 7=9.
“Foreign student conference.’’ HE News Bulletin 14 (October 1938), 12-13.
"Foreign student influx of 1945.” HE News Bulletin 21 (November 1945), 17-19.
■ “Foreign students as present problem and challenge.” A AC Bulletin 32 (March
1946), 54-57,
“Foreign students on the campus.” 21 (July 1 946), 543-558.
“Meeting the foreign student challenge.” HE News Bulletin 21 (April 1946). 5-8.
“1939 foreign exchange student conference.” HE News Bulletin 15 (October 1939),
I 1=12.
90
- - - “Thirty thousand ambassadors.” Christian Century 69 (June 18, 1952), 722-723.
Fixx, J. F. “Go to college and see the world.” Saturday Review, February 17, 1962, p. 75.
Florinsky, M, T. Integrated Europe? New York: Macmillan, 1955.
Floyd, G. L. The Raven Progressive Matrices and GPA among foreign students. Santa
Barbara, Calif.; Santa Barbara City College, 1962.
Foley* B. “They showed me a new America.’Mmer/c«« Magazine, October 1948, pp. 34-
35.
“Foreign student.” Spec/a/or 161 (September 2, 1938)* 357.
“Foreign student census.” 9 1 (September 4, 1 954), 529.
“Foreign student enrollment rises sharply.” Christian Century 80 (July 24* 1963), 925.
“Foreign student surge reported.’’ Michigan Education Journal 4 \ (December 1963)* 32=33.
“Foreign students and British corfimercc.” 5c7roc?/ and Society 1 1 (April 3* 1920), 417.
“Foreign students at Exeter.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1059 (August 17, 1935),
p. 288.
“Foreign students in East Germany.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2331 (January
22* 1960), p. 1 14.
“Foreign students in French universities.” 5e/too/ a/id Socie/y 41 (February 9* 1935), 185.
“Foreign students in Great Britain.” School and Society 29 (April 20, 1929), 505.
“Foreign students in Italy and elsewhere.” 1 13 (March 8* 1924)* 242-243.
“Foreign students in Paris.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1863 (January 12, 1951),
p. 27.
Foreign students in the Rumanian People’s Republic, Bucharest: Meridiane Publishers,
1963.
“Foreign students in the U.S-S.R.” Society Aff'airs Notes, no, 246, Washington, D.C.:
1960.
“Foreign students of physical education contribute to international understanding." Jowr-
nal of Health and Physical Education 18 (January 1947), 38.
“Foreign students: West Germany’s welcome.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1309
(October 30* I9S9)*p. 509-
“Foreign students will pack their bags." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2696 (January
20* I967).p. 176.
“Forging links with students of other nations.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2626
(September 17* 1965), p, 475.
Forrest* F. M. “School visits abroad." Time.^ Educational Supplement, no, 1944 (August
1* 1952),p. 654.
Fox, M. J. International educational exchange. New York: Ford Foundation* 1966.
“France and the U.S.S.R. agree to student exchanges: Communique on Moscovr' talks.”
New York Times, May 20, 1956, p. 2.
Franklin B. E.*Jr, The Chinese in Thailand, Detroit, Mich.: Wayne State University, 1959.
Freking, E. A, “Program for foreign students." 98 (March 8, 1958), 659-661.
French Cultural Services. On the granting of credits for French baccalaureate. New York-
French Cultural Services, 1956.
French Embassy in New York. Summer and undergraduate courses for foreign students.
New York; Cultural Services of the French Embassy, 1964.
Friendenberi, E. Z. “Ambiguities in our foreign student program,” HE News Bulletin 33
(November 1957), 13-17.
“Friendship for foreign students.” Times Educational Supplement^ no, 2537 (January 3,
1964), p. 14.
“From Munich to the Kibbutz.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2432 (December 29,
1961), p. 870.
“From Naples slums to Am.pleforth,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2573 (September
11* 1 964XPP. 346-347.
Ful bright* J. W. “Future of exchanges.” HE News Bulletin 30, (February 1955), 2-4.
9i
Funnell, B. H. ^^Tcvmo^Q'dmpus/" HE News Bulleiin 30 (November 1954), 10-13.
Gainsborough, S= “American exchange.” Times Educational Supplemcntt no. 1767
(March 12, 1949),p. 169.
Gallaher, E. L. “From custard to literature in France.” HE News BulleUn 27 (February
1 952), 3 1-32.
Oalpin, P. C, Belgian higher ediicaiton and Belgtan^American exchanges between the two
wars. New York: Belgian-American Educational Foundation, 1943.
Galtung, I. “The impact of study abroad.” of Peace Research 3 { 1965), 258*276,
Gandy, R. S, “Education of refugee children,” Educational Outlook 15 (January 1941),
82=86.
Gange, J. Vniveysity research on international affairs. Washington, D.C.: ACE, 1 958.
Gardner, J. W., ed. The effectiveness o f the educational and cultural exchange program of
the U.S. £?epa/7we/if q/S/n/e, Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1963,
Gamer, R. “Europe as a classroom." House 31 (November 1962), 15 1=156.
“Gast.studenten.”5qec/r//or 151 (October 13, 1933), 476,
Gearan, M. M, “Waltham students share democracy.” Social Education 20 (March 1956),
109-110.
Geft, D. Survey of the inter-American exchange of students and professors, /PdJ-66.
Washington, D.C.: PAU, 1966-
“Geographic distribution in exchange proyrtims.” Higher Education 13 (October 1956), 26.
George, K. “Foreign students." College and University 26 (Summer 1951), 506-507.
“German educator lauds student exchange.” HE N ews Bulletin 25 (January 1950), 12,
Glldersleeve, V, C, “Citizens of the world: international work in the women's eolleges,"
Centuty 120 (January 1930), 82-87.
Gillett, M, “The Colombo Plan and Australia’s role in its international educational pro-
gram." Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University, New York, 1961.
Glass, D. /4 study of Ann Arbor-s mternational activities. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Ad Hoc Com*
munity Survey Committee, 1966.
“Global Mr. Galatti." Newsweek, July 2, 1 956, p. 47.
Godshall, W. L. “Should Chinese students study abroad?” China Weekly Review 32 (March
7, 1925), 5-8.
Goldberg, J. R. “Foreign students at the WeUmei camps," I IE News Bulletin 36 (March
1961), 36-37.
Goldsen, R. K. “Students from abroad." Doctoral dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca,
N.Y., 1953.
— — Memorandum on study of foreign students at Cornell University, Ithaea, N.Y.,
1955,
Gooch, M. H, “Student=exchange experiences for future teachers.” Teachers Education
Journal 4 (September 1 942), 73=75.
Gorney, S, K, “Annual educational exchange statistics. “ ’Sc/zoo/ Society 95 (April 1,
1 967), 234-237.
Goschi M. G. “Students go there." Mmne.soia Journal of Edncation 36 (May 1 956), 23,
Gottfried, F, J, “Our daughter is an ambassador." Natiotfs Schools 65 (Febmai‘y 1960),
121 .
Gottlieb, S. "Brothels into dormitories-- Paris." The Nation 171 (July 22, 1950), 85.
Gould, B., and Gould, B. B., eds. “Building international friendships — Arkansas student
exchange." Ladies Home Journal, Sxx\y 1954, p. 23.
Grafe, G. “Der deutsche Schiileraustausch mit dem Ausland, 1937." Int Z Erzieh 7, no. 1
(1938),33=-47,
Graham., C. "Exchange acorn sprouts again.” HE News Bulletin 26 (January 1951), 26-27.
Graham, G. "Learning from foreign students.” Social Educaiion 1 8 (May 1 954), 2 1 8.
Grantham, N, $. “Travel and maintenance grant program for study in the American re-
publics." ^zg/ze/- Ei7z/ca/io« 7 (April 15, 1951), 185-189.
92
Gmsser, R. C. “Ambassadors in youth," Wiscottsin Journal of Education 96 (November
1963). 15.
Green, P. S. “Foreign student exchanges.” Times Educational Supplement^ no. 1941
{July 1 1, 1952), p, 600.
Green, R. A. “Education beyond the school walls, a school and school exchange." NASSP
Bulletin 36 {March 1952), 366,
“What are some values of a student and teacher exchange." NASSP Bulletin 38
(April 1954), 131^134.
Green, T. F. “Visitors from Germany in an English boarding school." Times Educa tional
Supplement^ no. 1 7 14 (March 6, 1948),p. 139.
Greig, M. E. “History students exchange tapes with African youths; intercultural exchange
prompts understanding," C hicago Schools J ournal 44 (May 1963), 368-370.
Griflfin, A. S. “Revised regulations for foreign students." Higher Education 4 (May 15,
1 948), 2 11-2 13.
Grimaldi, W, A. “Year In OvecceJ' HE News Bulletin 30 (February 1955), 16-19.
Groenen, J, “Our duty as foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 25 (January 1950), t 1,
Gross, S. D. “Teen-age exchanges boost understanding,” Michigan Education Journal 42
(October 1964), 42-44.
Gwilliam, F. “Emergent women; African students in Britain," Times Educational Suppie-
ment, no, 2481 (December?, 1962), p. 761,
Haenicke, D. “Zum Auslanderstudium in Deutschland.” German Quarterly 38, no 4
(1965), 660^670.
Hall. C. W. “Harry Morgan's friendship ambassadors.” Reader^s Digest, February 1960,
pp. 37-43,
Hall, W. “School journeys In British education.” School and Society 82 (November 12,
1955), 151-153.
Hamilton, A. “They fold India the truth about America," Reader's Digest, May 1955, pp.
149-153,
Hammer, D, "Among students in Moscow; An outsider’s report.” Problems of Commun-
ism 13 (1964), 1 1-18.
Hand! in, O., chairman. Exchange scholars. Washington, D.C,: Board of Foreign Scholar-
ships, 1965.
Hansen, D. “Student exchange program between FFA chapters.” /4gr/cz///z/r^ Education
Magazine 3 1 (March 1959), 202,
Hanson, R. G. Summer employment experiences of foreign students, Ann Arbor, Mich,:
University of Michigan, n.d,
Hapgood, D. Education and rural exodus. Prepared for the International Congress on
French-speaking Africa, Washington, D.C., August 1 964,
Hardly quaint impressions: Brinsford J-odge." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2499
(April 12, 1963), p. 772,
Harper, H. R. “What European and American students think on international problems:
A comparative study of the worldmindedness of university students.” Doctoral dis-
sertation, Columbia University, New York, 193 I.
Harrington, F, E. “Summer course in Paris.” Modern Language Journal 15 (April 1931),
513-515.
Hart, E. Study in Latin America; supplement ^summer, Washington, D.C.; PAU, 1966.
— -- and Lugo, J. Opportunities for summer study in Latin America, Washington, D.C.:
PAU, 1956.
Hartmann, M. M. “Mexican student exchange program.” Hispania 38 (September 1955),
305-306.
Harvard University. A welcome from Harvard with facts to help you before you leave home,
Cambridge, Mass,: Harvard University, Spring 1966,
93
Hatcher, H. M. “Iniernational exchanges discussed al conference." Journal of Home
Economics 42 (June 1 950), 454.
Hausmann, IS4, “Responsibility of the exchange student.’' UE News Bulleiin 6 (May 1931),
5-6.
Hazard, P. G. M. C. “Un college de jeunes filles en Amerique: Bryn Mawr.” Revue des
deux mondes % {M’ATQh t, 1931), 110-125.
Heft, D. “The training of foreign students: Its impact on tensions among nations.” Paper
prepared for American Orthopsychiatric Association, March 1963.
“Help for the colonial student,” The Economist 176 (July 9, 1955), 1 19.
Henry, N. B. “Exchange program for Finland.” Elementary School Journal 50 (January
1950) , 257.
Herziger, vV. “Ambassadors of peace.” Wisconsin Journal of Education 84 (May 1952),
7-8.
Heussler, R. Yesterday's rulers: The making of the British colonial service. Syracuse, N.Y.;
Syracuse University Press, 1963.
Hevi, E. 3 . A n African student in China. New York: Praeger, 1 963.
“African student in Red China.” Harper's^ January 1964, pp. 63=66,
Hill, R. “Student exchanBe plan.” Bulleiin of Department of Secondary School Principals
22 (February 1938), 19^27.
Hingorani, D. K, “Strange business of teaching strangers,” Saturday Review, September
29, 1956, pp. 9*10,
Ho-Ching, M. “Foreign students in China.” People's China, December 16, 1955,
Holbrook, O. “Devaluation and the foreign student,’' HE News Bulletin 25 (December
1949), 21-22,
-- “! 948-49 foreign student census.” HE News Bulletin 24 (May 1949), 10-13.
Holland, K. “Commencement InlQrnatlonalJ' HE News Bulletin 28 (June 1953), 3-4.
“Educational exchange: U.S. vs. U.S.S.R.” Foreign Policy Bulletin 40 (October
1960), 1-2,
“Educational exchanges with foreign countries.” Educational Forum 15 (May
1951) ,413-418.
- “Future of U.S. -U.S.S.R. exchanges.” HE News Bulleiin 35 (September 1959),
2-9.
__ “Graduation international.” HE News Bulletin 27 (June 1952), 3=4,
“International relations of American universities/' National Association of State
Universities Transactions and Proceedings, 1951, pp. 48=-57.
“Report: United States vs, Soviet exchange." Rotarian, October 1959, pp. 26-29.
“Soviet Union and exchange of persons." HE News Bulletin 33 (November 1957)^
2=5.
“UNESCO meets in Bangkok." //£ 28 (February 1953), 12-17.
Hollister, L. “They’re your fellows^ they want to know you." Rotarian, October 1958, pp,
26-31.
Honour, M. “Wandering scholars of our day.” 44 (January 1951), 87-88.
“Hosts to Africa." The Economist 20l (November 18, 196l),672.
“How institutions of higher education may help Chinese students,” School and Society 62
(October 27, 1945), 263.
Hubbard, R, “Development of U.S, student program with Germany and Austria." HE
News Bulletin 23 (December 1947), 19=23,
Huerta, C. African student exchange and service programs. Chicago: National Catholic
Conference for Interracial Justice, 1961,
Hurrey, C. D. “Arms and the Oriental student.” World Tomorrow 9 (October 1926), 159=
161.
“Campus envoys extraordinary,” November 1933, pp. 37-38.
- . — “Mightier than treaties.” Missionaiy Review of the World 39 (May 1916), 351-356.
94
* 'Student pilgrims and International frlenUship.” HE News Bulletin 1 (October
1931), 4-6.
Hybels, R. J, “Operation Asia: Guests from five nations/’ Clearing House 21 (April 1953),
468-469.
“Important confererce on foreign students in the United States.” Conference held at
Chicago, April 29-May 1 , 1 946. School and Society 63 (June 22, 1946), 436.
“Indian students/’ Times Educational Supplement, nO. I 197 (April 9, 1938), p. 119.
“Indian students.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1220 (September 17, 1938), p. 351.
“Indian students in Britain/’ Times Educational Supplement^ no. 1274 (September 30,
1 939) , p. 386,
“Indian students in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1333 (November 16,
1940) , p. 542.
“Indian students in Britain/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 1357 (May 3, 1941), p.
204.
“Indian students in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1402 (March 14, 1942),
p, 124,
“Indian students in England.'' Great Britain and the East 53 (November 23, 1939), 422.
“Indian student^ in England.” S/?^c/a/or 101 (Septembers, 1908), 320-321.
“Indian students in Great Br'mln.'' School and Society 48 (September 24, 1938), 392.
“Indian students in Great Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 892 (June 4, 1932),
p. 208.
“Indian students in Great Britain/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 996 (June 2, 1934),
p. 173.
“Indian students in Great Britain/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 1074 (November
30, 1935), p. 421.
“Indian students in Great Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1 169 (September
25, 1937), p. 339.
“Indian students in Great Britain.” Times Educaitonai Supplement, no, 1318 (August 3,
1940), p. 306.
“Indian students in London." Times Educational Supplement, no. 1246 (March 18, 1939),
p. 101.
“Indian trainees in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1336, (December 7, 1940),
p. 488.
Indian university student in Britain. London: Political and Economic Planning, 1961.
“Indians learn union's ro\^." American Federation is t 66 (January 1959), 24.
Institut Franfais d’Opinion Publique. The African student in France, Paris: Institut
Francais d’Opinion Publique, 1962.
Institute for Research in Human Relations. An analysis of attitude change among German
exchangees: Final report. Washington, D.C.: Institute for Research in Human Re-
lations, 1951.
Institute of African-American Relations. Views of African students on strengthening
AjHcan^American relations. Washington, D.C.: Institute of African-American Re-
lations, 1955.
HE. Open Doors. Report on Intemational Exchange. New York: HE, annual 1955 — .
“Cold war thaw: Exchange of students between the United States and Poland/*
Overseas 3 (November 1963), 3L
- - » Committee on Educational Interchange Policy. Academic exchanges with the Soviet
Vnton. New York: HE, October 1958.
College and university programs of academic exchange. New York: I IE,
1960,
, EdiicatiOfUii exchange hi the Atlantic area. New York: 1 1 E, 1 965.
, Educational exchange in the economic development of nations. New York:
IIE,July 1961.
95
, . Ediicational exchanges: Aspects of the Amerivan experience. New York:
HE, J956.
- - Expanding university enrollments and the foreign student. New York: HE,
1957.
, A foreign student program for the developing countries during the coming
decade. New York: HE, June 1962.
. Geographic distribution in exchange programs. New York: HE, January
1956.
The goals of student exchange. New Y ork: 1 1 E, January 1955.
- . Wotnen in educational exchange with the developing countries. New York:
HE, September 1963,
and AAJC, The two-year college in the U.S. New York: ME and AAJC* 1967.
“Institute of Internutional Education and student exchanges.” School and Society 28 (July
14, 1928), 38^39.
“institute of International Education to assist in aiding African students who left Bulgaria.”
USDS Bulletin 48 (March 25. 1 963), 448.
Inter-American Cultural Council, Committee for Cultural Action. Study in the exchatige of
Washington, D.C,: PAU, 1959,
“Interchange.” Times Educational Supplentent, no. 1738 (August 21, 1948), p. 475.
“Interchange of Central American students.” School and Society 17 (May 12, 1923), 518.
“interchange of students between North and South Amertca ” School and Society 26 (Nov-
ember 12, 1927), 610.
“Interchange program requested.” Education for Victoty 1 (May 15, 1 943), 6.
“Intercollegian: Christine Sifneou of Athens, Greece.” American Magazine, Mav 1956,
p. 44.
“International exchange.'' Higher Education 19 (January 1963), 10.
“International exchange of students.” School and Society 28 (October 20, 1928), 475=476.
“International exchange of students and teachers.” School and Society 19 (June 12, 1954),
190.
“International exchange of student employees.” international Labour Review 69 (February
1954), 1 5 I- 169.
International Institute of Intellectual Cooperation, international understanding through
youth. Boston, Mass.: International Insillute of Intellectual Cooperation, 1933.
“International student broadcasts in \Xkx\yf IlE News Bulleiin 10 (March 1935), 5-6.
“Internationai student committee.” HE News Buiietin 10 (April 1 935), 4-5.
“International student exchange.” School and Society 90 (February 24, 1962), 74.
“International student visits.” School and Society 28 (August 1 8, 1928), 198=199
“International students at honie." Journal of Home Economics 48 (June 1956), 426=427.
“International stody." School and Society 20 iivt\y 12, 1924), 46-47.
“International summer schools.” 5c/ioo/ 35 (June IS, 1932), 824=825.
“Iran signs educational exchange agreement.” USDS Bulletin 21 (September 19, 1949),
443.
“Iranian student assistance continued by Poh .t Four.” USDS Bulletin 21 (September 22,
1952), 452=453
Israel, S. “English view of American students.” High Points 34 (March ( 952), 59=61-
Italian Ministry of Public Instruction. Guide for foreign students to universities and art
schools in Italy. Rome: Italian Ministry of Public Instruction, I960.
“Japanese imperial edict to students." Journal of Education 65 (May 2, 1907), 501.
Japanese National Commission for Uncsco. Guide to study In Japan. Tokyo: Japanese
National Commission for Uncsco, 1962.
Jensen, H. C. “Domestic student exchange,” Clearing House 30 (December 1955), 237=
239.
96
— - ^ “Student exchange,” NASSF BuUetin 40 (April 1 956), 317-318.
Johnson, B. A., and Spjelvogel, B. ‘"First year of the artist exchange program.” HE News
BuUetin 25 (October 1949), 13-I4,
Johnson, J. “Friendship University In Momow." Harper’s, December 1960, pp. 89-92.
Johnstone, M. A. “Italian university for foreigners,” Journal of Education (London) 79
(November 1947), 622.
Johnstone, W. C,, Jr. “Exchange programs in American foreign relations.” USDS Bulletin
21 (December 19, 1949), 925-929.
Jonassen, C. T. “A comparison of political beliefs of college students in Norway and the
United States,” Sociotogica 9 ( ! 966), 20 1 -208.
— - Values and heliefs of American and Norwegian students. Columbus, Ohio: Ohio
State University, 1964.
Jones, A. H. Evaluation of the ShefUeld exchange program of the University of Michigan.
Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan, 1966.
Jones, P. “Foreign students hit by dollar shortage.” Saturday Evening Post, April 3, 1948
p. 128,
Jones, T. E, “Small college and the foreign student.” HE New.s Bid lei in 25 (June 1950),
29-30.
Jordan, E. L. “American students meet German students.” German Quarterly 23 (May
1950), 168^172.
Jovelli, S. Z. “East EuropeEin students in Italy.” Menorah Journal 14 (March 1928) 296-
299.
Kahn, I, Report of study on international exchange prograni for leadership development.
New York: Young Women’s Christian Association, 1 962,
Kane, R, S, “Summer in Southampton,” 132(April 1949), I0O-I02.
Kansas State University, Dean of Students. Foreign student questionnaire. Manhattan,
Kan.: Kansas State University, 1964,
Katsh, A. I. “Israel: Classroom of East and West.” HE News BuUetin 21 (March 1952),
1 8 - 20 .
Kaulfers, W. V. “Guess where they weni to school.” PTA Magazine 57 (September 1962),
19 .
Kayira, L. “Destinalion^Skagit Valley.” Time, Deceuibci 1 9, 1 960, p. 60.
Keating, L. C. “University of Maryland graduate foreign study centers,” Mo£/em Language
Journal 34 (May 1930), 377-380.
“We put our children in a French mhooXf Modern Language Journal 36 (October
1952), 276=278.
Kelly, R. L, “Franco-American reciprocity.” School and Society 21 (March 2J, 1925),
333-337.
Kelman, H. C» Broadcasters abroad: An evaluation study of an international exchange pro=
gram. Ann Arbor, Mich,; University of Michigan, 1965.
Kennedy, J. C. “African students in Ru^%hi.*' Commonweal IB (May 3, 1963), 161-163.
Keohane, R. E. “Exchange^student program.” Sc/iop/ 61 (November 1953), 446.
Kho, F. O. G., and Hass, H. “A fro- Asian students in the Western world.” Social Kompos 4
(1956), 1 = 13.
Kiell, N. T, “America through Eastern eyes,” Survey Graphic 37, no. 2 (1948), 68=69.
^ “Learning with students from abroad.” In Student personnel work as deeper
teaching, eds. E. Lloyd-Jones and M. R. Smith. New York: Harper, 1954,
Kim, D, H, “American education for Asians: Does it meet the need?” HE News Bulletin
33 (May 1958), 33=36.
Kimmel, D. F. “Education by exchange.” School ActMties 27 (May 1956), 283-285.
King. H. H. “Outline history of student migrations.” In The foreign student in America.
New York: Association Press, 1925, pp. 3-38.
97
King, H. R. “Anglo-German summer schools.” f"™ 16 (May 1935), 120-122.
Kinkead, K. T. Walk together^ talk together; The American Field Sendee Student EX‘
change Program. New York: Norton, 1962*
KIntzer, F, “Kenya student project.” College Journal 33 (January 1963), 22-24-
Kirstein, L., ed. The second seminar on research in programs for foreign students. Chicago,
IIL: University of Illinois, April 1968.
Kitto, H. D. F- “Students on the move,” Saturday Review, February 20, 1965, pp. 67-68.
Klineberg, O. International exchanges in education, science and culture: Suggestions for
research. Publications of the International Social Science Council. Paris! Mouton,
1966.
Klinger, M. R. B, Bniergency situations involving foreign students, Washington, D,C,:
NAFSA, 1967.
- “International education.” NAFSA Newsletter 15, no, 9 (1964), 1=4,
Kndier, G. F. “One million ambassadors." Progressive Education 23 (March 1946), 186-
187.
Koch, R. F. “Experiment in international education — foreign students summer project.”
Christian Science Monitor Magazine, September 17, 1949,p. 16.
Koenig, C. H. “AfrO-Asian education." College and University 34 (Winter 1959), 180-185.
Kuo, P. W. “How can the universities best promote international understanding and friend-
liness?” China Review 5 (August 1 923), 36-37.
LaFarge,J. “Future of African students.” /I mer/ca 99 (May 10, 1958), 185,
Laing, A. “They come from many lands,” Overseas I (January 1962), 11-15.
Tancaster. P. Education for Commonwealth students hi Britain. London! Fabian Common-
wealth Bureau, April 1962,
Larew, L. A, “FLES in Spain,” 48 (March 1965), 120-122.
Lalhrop, J. C. “Promotion of international understanding through exchange of high school
students: A project of the Metropolitan School Study Council providing exchange
visits between American, Latin-American, and Scandinavian students.” DoctomI dis=
sertation, Columbia University, New York, 1948.
Lattimer, B, “Inside Czechoslovakia,” HE New.s Bulletin 26 (June 1951), 14=17,
Laufer, B, “Mission of Chinese students.” Chinese Social and Political Science Review 13
(July 1 929), 285-289.
Lazear, R. A. The refugee studenis of the countries of southern Africa. Hampton, Va.:
Hampton Institute, 1963.
League of Nations, Internalional Institute of Intellectual Co-operation, International under-
standing through youth ^interchanges and travel of school pupils, Paris! League of
Nations, 1933,
Lebrun, M. C. “Foreign travel, meetings and exchanges of young people.” Educational
Survey 2 (January 1 93 1), 55-6 1 .
Lee, J. A, “Cultural analysis in overseas operations,” Harvard Business Review 44 (1966),
106-114.
Leiper, G. A. “Negroes in Rome-=an observation.” Phylon 21 (Winter 1960), 376-382.
Leonard, O. E., and Lowry, S, C, “International exchange of persons.” In C. P. Loomis,
et ah, Rural social systems and adult education. East Lansing, Mich.; Michigan State
College Press, 1953, pp, 244-270,
Leslie, M., ed. The student guide to London. London: National Union of Students, 1 966-
Levaggi, A, D, “English abroad,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2417 (September 15,
1961), p. 303.
Levai, B, “A study of group discussion among Indian students on a controversial subject.”
Doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1952.
Lew, T. T. “Voice of the Chinese students,” World Outlook 3 (July 1917), 20-2 1 .
Liberman, S. “Gagging our foreign students.” The Nation 174 (April 12, 1952), 346-347,
98
“Library exchange with India from interest of food loan,” USDS Bulletin 32 (February
2L 1955), 307.
Idndsay, K. “Transatlantic exchange,” Times Educatlanai Supplement, no, 2192 (May 24,
1957), p. 732.
Lippitt, R,, and NVatson, J. “Cross-culture learning — A study among a group of German
leaders.” HE News Bulletin 30 (June 1955), 2-5,
■ “Some special problems of the learning and teaching process in eross-cultural edu-
cation,” International Social Science Bulletin 7, no, 1 (1955), 59=65.
Lipset, S. M,, et al. Changing roles of youth in the developing nations, Washington, D.C.:
Interagency Research Conference on International Education, Howard University,
May 1964,
Liveing, E. G. D, “Young Germany in Britain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1741
(September 11,1 94^), p, 5 1 1 ,
Livingstone, A, S. Internationai student, London: Manchester University Press, 1964.
. The overseas student in Britain. Manchester, England: Manchester University
Pres.s, 1960.
L0chen, A, “Student looks at student exchange,” School and Society 68 (September 25,
1948), 210-212.
“London students abroad,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1024 (December 15, 1934),
p. 422.
“Longlife, T. Tsheringfrom Tibet,” The New yorker, September 10, 1960, pp. 36-37.
Lorince, G, “Mao woos Soviet colored students,” New Statesmen 74 (November 17,
1967), 677-678.
Low, D. P, “At the University of Stockholm.” HE News Bulletin 27 (March 1952), 24=26.
Lucas, M, B. “Behind the doors of friendship university,” Overseas 1 (May 1962), 16-20.
Macfarlane, R, “It’s time for overseasmanship.” California Teachers Association Journal
62 (January 1966), 15-18,
“Welfare of Commonwealth students,” Universities Quarterly 12 (August 1958),
360=363.
Maegregor, G., et ai. The exchn ge of scholars with countries of the Near East and South
Asia, Report of the problems arising from cross-cultural differences in the Fulbright
programs with India and Iraq, Washington, D.C.: Committee on International Ex=
change of Persons, Conference Board of Associated Research Councils, December
1955.
Machol, J, “Our Italian sister— Gianna Bosco.” July 1962, p. 44-
Mack, C.i and Mack, N. "Hands across the sea,” Wisconsin Journal of Educailon 85
(October 1952), 13=14.
MackelLJ. F. “House of Representatives 2034,” Teachers College Journal 14 (July 1943),
1 29- 1 30.
MacLachlan, J, A, “Tall corn harvest — spending holidays in home of Sidney, New York,
Rotarians.” Rotarian, November 1953, p. 2.
MacRae, J. B. “Responsibility of the college foi the welfare of the student,” In Current
issues in higher educationi 1950, Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, 1951, pp. 51=56,
MacWlllie, G. “Anglo-German school exchanges.” Journal of Education (London) 62
(August 1930), 603-604.
Maddox, J. O- Mexicans study abroad. New York: American Universities Field Staff,
1957.
Malherbe, E. G, “Intellectual lease-Iend?” Universities Quarterly 4, no, 4 (1950), 385-388,
Marcus, F., and Freech, L. A. “Student exchange program.” Agriculture Educailon Maga-
zine 31 1959), 141 = 142,
Marks, M, M. “Junior year abroad.” School and Society 33 (April 4, 1931), 464=465,
Marquardt, W. F. The foreign student speaks. Seattle, Wash.t University of Washington,
1958,
Maser, H. '^General Electric’s foreign students,” HE Ne^vs Bulletin 25 (May 1 950), 33-35.
Massaquoi, W. H. ‘‘Teen ambassador from France.” Ebony, April 1961, pp. 25-28.
Massimine, E. V, “Learning Spanish wilU the Cubans.” Bulletin of the Pan American
Union 19 {MnvQh 1945), 145-147.
“Masters of flivvers; not masters of arts.” Literary Digest, October 1 6, 1 926, p. 28.
Mathews, J, H, “Experiment in international good will,” HE News Bulletin 8 (January
1933), 5-7.
McAfee, J. “Student exchange, and the dollar shortage.” HE News Bulletin 24 (November
1948),S-12.
Me Andrew, W. “Success and failure in France and the work of the American University
Union f School and Society 3 \ (January IS, 1930), 90.
Me Bath, J, H. “Oxford views American de baling." Quarterly Jountal of Speech 50 (Febru-
ary 1964), 93-95,
McCany, C. “African students who quit the Soviet Union.” American Federatiotmt 70
(January 1963), 18-21.
McClimans, G. B. “The program of the U-S. government for the interchange of students,”
Master’s thesis, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., 1949.
McDowell, J. V. Evaluation of American students participating in EarUuim College's
foreign study progratti, Richmond, Ind.: Eailham College, 1965,
Me Knight, R. K., and Bennett, J. W. “Liberation or alienation: rhe Japanese woman stu-
dent in America.” HE News Bulletin 31 (April 1956), 38-43.
Me Linden, J. E., and Doyle, J. M. “Negro students and faculty on Catholic college cam-
puses.” NCEA Bulletin 62 (February 1966), 1-49.
Mg Murry, R. M. “Division of international exchar.ge of persons of the Department of
HE News Bulletin 2 \ (May 1946), 15=17.
Mead, L. T. “College students and international relations in 1 931.” /I/I C Bulletin 17 (May
1931), 299-301.
Meador, E. “The AID unsponsored foreign student program.” Paper submitted to Foreign
Area Research Coordination Group Subcommittee on International Education Con-
ference on Youth and Leadership in Developing Nations; Office of international Train-
ing, June 1966,
Medaiie, R. J. “Observations on East-West exchange.” HE News Bulletin 34 (November
1958), 2-11.
Medlin, W. “Socio-cultural change and education in Tunisia.” Reprinted from the UnP
versity of Michigan School of Education Bulletin 33, no. 2 ( 1 96 1).
“Meeting of Czechoslovak students in School and Society 11 (March 14, 1953), 171.
Melby, J. F. “The rising demand for international education.” Annals of the American
Academy of Political and Social Science 335 (May 1961), 1-165.
Melikian, L. H- “The use of selected T.A.T. cards among Arab university students: A
cross-cultural Htudy.'" Journal of Social Psychology 62 (1964), 3-19.
Meng, C. “Whither student exchange?” HE News Bulletin 23 (June 1 948), 30-34.
Menton, S. “Costa Rica-Kansas exchange program.” Language Journal 45 (Oc-
tober 1961), 263=266.
Mercado, E, A. “When the Latin-American comes to college.” Modern Language Journal
25 (May 1941), 642-646,
Mestenhauser, J. A, Student to student. Minneapolis, Minn.: All University Congress,
University of Minnesota, 1959.
Metraux, G. S. Exchange of persons: The evolution of cross-cultural education. New
York: SSRC, 1962.
Miami University, Graduate School. Report of Ad Hoc Committee on Foreign Students.
Miami, Fla.: Miami University, 1958.
Michel, G. “How to help foreign students understand U.S. taxes.” College and University
Business 30 (April 1961), 57=59.
100
Michigan SiLte University. Report to participating universiiies ^foreign student policy
' survey. East Lansing, Mich,: Michigan Slate University, 1956.
Micocci, A. A. ‘"New life for Cuban exiles/* /4mericfln Education 1 (March 1965), 29-33.
Miller, C. T. '‘Summer tours can be effective/' Education Magazine 38 (May
1966), 247.
Miller, H. A. ‘‘U.S. government programs of international exchange, \952'' Educaiional
y?ecorc/ 34 (October 1953), 3 1 3-326,
Miller, S, ' Appraisal of summer projects." HE News BuUeiin 25 (January 1950), 15-17.
Millikan, M, F. Memomndnm on an international youth service, Cambridge, Mass,: Center
for International Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960.
Mitchell, R. J. "Laglish law students at Bologna in the fifteenth century," English Historical
Review 5 \ (April 1936), 270-287.
Mitchell, S. L, "Making use of available resources and local talent." Hispania 32 (May
1 949), 2 13-2 15.
"Model pupils from Ghana," Times Educational Supplement, no, 2393 (March 31, 1961),
p, 639,
Moll, R, W. "Foreign study, pp:i!s and possibilities: Afriean students on the American
campus/’ February 18, 1967, pp, 85=87.
Moore, F. G, "Student interchange — criticism and a proposal.” IIE News Bulletin 23 (May
1948), 12^15.
Moore, S- W. "Teaching of foreigners.” Survey, June 4, 1910, pp. 386-392.
Morehouse, W. "Asia— go west, young man." 1 (March 1962), 12-16-
Moritz, P, R, "Africa — learning by involvement." Overseas ] (March 1962), 17=20.
Morrill, J. L, A proposal for the coordination of the exchange of persons programs of the
International Exchange Service and of the International Cooperation Administration.
Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1956.
Moulton W. N, "Science, education, and students from ti^e underdeveloped nations."
Science Education 49 (April 1965), 220=225.
"M.P.’s promise to help foreign training college students." Times Educational Supplement,
no. 2348 (May 20, 1 960), p. 1 04 L
Mudaliar, A, R. "Problem of exchange." University Quarterly 8 (February 1954), 136-
139.
Mulehezi, I. "I was a student at Moscow State," Readers Digest, July 1961, 99-104.
Murphy, E. J. “African exchange problems." HE News BuUetin 36 (November 1960),
1 1-16.
Murray, D. "International country town." Saturday Evening Post, September 5, 1959, pp.
32-33.
Murrow, E. R. "Modern student migrations." HE News Bulletin 10 (March 1935), 6-9.
Musgrove, F. The migratory elite, London: Heineman, 1963.
Myers, N. D. "Neighborlines.s through pupil exchange." NEA Journal 38 (February 1949),
1 16.
Nadler, L. “AID sponsored foreigr visitor." Leadership 12 (January 1964), 200-
202 .
Nagle, A. C. “lAESTE, industry's ambassador." HE News Bulletin ' * (December 1955),
25-27.
Nairn, J. A. "Exchange of English and French hoy%*- Journal of Education 58 (February
1926), 89-90.
Nakaya, K„ and Schwantes, R, S. Ten years of cultural and educational interchange be-
tween Japan and America, 1952^1961 . Tokyo: 1962.
National Academy of Sciences, Conference Board of Associated Research Council. EdU‘
catlonal exchange: Aspects of the American experience. Report of a Conference, ueld
in Princeton, New Jersey, December 1954, Washington, D.C.: National Academy of
Sciences, 1956.
10801
101
NAFSA. G uideliries-^A fnencan=Jbr€!gn student relationships. Washington, D.C.: NAFSA,
1967.
Guidelines'- interpretations of the United States to foreign students. Washington,
D.C.: NAFSA, 1966.
G tiidelines ^ statement of responsibilities and standards in work with foreign
s indent s, Washington, D.C.: NAFSA, 1967.
. Manual for programs for foreign wives. New York: NAFSA, n.d.
l^ew directions in international exchange. Report of the Thirteenth Annual NAFSA
Conference, held in Columbus, Ohio, April 10-13, 196!, New Y^'irk: NAFSA, 1961.
_ ■ Professional service in educational exchange. Report of the Llevenih Annual Con-
ference, held in New York, April 26-29. 1959. New York; NAFSA, 1959.
The United States and international educational exchanges. Report of the Eighth
Annual Conference, held in W ashington, D.C., April 22-25, 1956. New York: NAFSA,
1956.
, American College Personnel Association, and U.S. National Student Associa-
lion. The deterniination of those practices most promising to the development of better
American-foreign student personal relationships. New York: NAFSA, American Col-
lege Personnel Association and U.S, National Student Association, 1963.
NCEA. Foreign students In Catholic colleges and universities^ 1962. Washington, D.C.:
NCEA, 1963.
NEA. Suggested standards for travel-study opportunities, Washington, D.C.: NEA, 1962,
You and your inteniational students. Washington, D.C.: NEA, 1950,
National Union of Danish Students. How to study in Denmark. Copenhagen: National
Union of Danish Students. 195 E
Nauman, D. “Conditions under which cross-cultural contacts are facilitated: With em-
phasis upon researeh findings.” International Student Study Series, no- 19. Lawrence,
Kan.: University of Kansas, 1966.
Neal, C. M. M exican^American high school youth leadership study, Santa Barbara, Calif.:
University of California at Santa B',rbara, 1967.
NeaI,J. W. “Developing the international office." Overseas 3 (April 1964), 7-11.
An evaluative study of campus international programming. New York: NAFSA,
April 1962.
Nelson, D. T. “The impact of foreign undergraduate students upon American under-
graduate students." Doctoral dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind.,
1966.
Nelson, L. “Community InternatiotiRV Journal of Secondary Education 37 (March 1962),
191-192.
Nestrick, W. V. “Educating students from other lands." Phi Delta Kappan 28 (February
I94?),253“254.
Netherlands Information Service. Study in Holland— a guide for prospective students. New
York: Netherlands Information Service* 196E
“New society to aid foreign students.” Trans-Pacific 21 (September! 1, 1933), 15.
“Newest in B-schools spreads gospel abroad.” Busmess Weekf .July 1 4, 1 962, p. 62.
Newman, M. “Face of the enemy: Japanese student, five years old in World War II." The
New Yorker» May 22, 1965, pp. 132-137.
Newsom, C. V. “The foreign student needs more attention.” College and University Bush
n4w30(May 1961), 4 1-46.
Niefield, S. J., and Mendelsohn, H, “How effective is our student exchange program?”
Educational Research Bulletin 33 (February 1954), 29-37.
Nielson, W. A.* et ah “Our African students.” OverAwiy 1 (February 1962), 14-18.
“Now, race riots in Moscow’s Red Square: Blacks in Russia— world's loneliest men,”
U.S. News and World Report, December 30, 1 963, p. 5.
“Now they're exchanging classes,” Texas Outlook 38 (February 1 954), 12-13.
1Q7'
102
Nydegger, M. G- “Better international relationships through studentdeacher exchanges/'
Modern Language Journal 32 (March 1948), t84=189.
■ -‘Student exchange between Colombia and the United States*" Modern Language
Journal 23 (April 1939), 553^
“Oberlin in Salzburg." Higher Education 15 (Septcrnber 1958), 17.
O’Brien, K. B„ .Jr, “The Cuban educational association; An early experiment in inter-
national education," Jonr/7£r/ of Negro Education 32, no. 1 ( 1 963), 6-15.
O’Connor, M* R. *Teen=age ambassador reports." New York State Education 38 (March
1951), 416-418.
O’Connor, W. H. "Our next class meets in Dixie." Nations Schools 48 (August 1951),
53=54.
Odiozilik, O. “Thirty years of central European exchanges." UE Neyvs Bulletin 25 (March
1950), 6-7.
O'Hara, F. “New form of Pan-Americanism; The exchange of students." Hispanic AmerL
can Historical Review 4 (February 1921), ^ 12-116.
Ohles,J. F. “Look at the foreign student." Bulletin 44 (May 1958), 285-288,
Okulio, S. O. “Negro’s life in Russia: Beatings, insults, segregation.” U.S. News and World
Report, August 1960, pp, 59-60*
Olesen, F. W* “German bid for the tbreign studei?t," Kadelpian Review 12 (January 1933),
175=181.
Olson, A, "International education opportunities for United States high school students, ’
Master's thesis, Trenton State College* Trenton, N.J., 1962.
“Open opportunities to German youth/’ Christian Ce«r//ry 67 (July 5, 1 950), 8 13.
“Opportunity in Canada." limes Educational Supplement, no, 1786 (July 22* 1949), p. 506*
Orr, R. “Asian students speak to Americans," Christian Scholar 36 (September 1953),
249-251.
Ostermann, R, “Letter to a foreign student,’S4menca 103 (September 3, 1960), 596=597.
Ostrander, B* B., ed. Higher education in the Americas: Future challenges and opporiuni-
tiesfor exchange. New York*. N AFSA, 1967.
“Our foreign student population." HE News Bulletin 29 (June 1 954), 30-3 1 .
“Our international students are on the way," AAUW Journal 39 (October 1945), 43=45.
“Overseas siudents: Church assembly report.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2424
(November 3, 1 96 1), p, 604,
“Overseas students in Australia.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2679 (September 23,
1966), p, 617.
“Overseas students In Britain." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2336 (February 26,
I960), p. 390.
“Overseas students in Great Britain*" Nature 147 (Januaiy 25, 1941), 113*
“Overseas students in Great BrlXmn" School and Society 38 (August 5, 1933), 168-169*
Overseas Study Service Center, Handbook for siudents going abroad, Hong Kong; Over=
seas Study Service Center, 1966,
^'Overseas welcome week." Times Educational Supplementf no. 2581 (November 6, 1964),
p* 820*
"Oxford University and Moscow University agree on professor and student exchange to
start this summer," New York Times, September 18, 1956, p* 37*
Pak, C. M* “Do not bring foreign students unless . . .” Saturday Review, August 15, 1964,
pp, 62=63.
Palmer, A. M. “Student ambassadors. Bulletin 15 (November 1929), 402=405.
Palmer, B. B. "Foreign student; A challenge to the social work educator." Social Service
Review 3 \ (September 1957), 277-289,
PAU. Annual survey of inter-American exchange of persons, 1962^1963, Washington,
D*C*: PAU,n.d*
103
■ Latin American hif^her education and inter^Amerlcan cooperation. Washington,
D.C-: PAU, 1961.
=. The Pan America Union's international exchange program of students and prO‘
fessors. Washington, D.C.: PAU. 1958.
Programa de cooperacidn tecnica de la organizacidn de los astados Americanos.
Washington, D.C.: Union Panamericana, 1963.
“Study in Latin Ameriea (Part I)/’ In I960 regular academic year. Washingtoni
D.C.: PAU, I960.
Study in Latir America, Summer. Washington, D.C.: PAU, 1 962.
Technical cooperation activities in the Americas. Washington, D.C.: PAU, 1963.
Parker, G. R. “School exchanges and school journey A^e»r£'rr/ 14 (January 1933), 23.
Parseghian, N. “Ourfirst Burmese students.'’ HE News Bulletin 22 (March 1947), 8-9.
Pascaud, O. ''Etudiantes de Paris.” Revue des Deux Mondes 27 (May 15, 1935), 358-375.
Patterson, J. C. “LatimAmeriean exchange students." 5c7?oo/L(fe 26 (July 1941), 305-306.
Patton, M. "Germany and the American way of life." Michigan Education Journal 29
(November 1951), 244-245.
Peace. Promoting enduring helpful hints for students from abroad. Woodmont, Conn.:
Peace, n.d.
Peace Corps, Division of Research. Research notes —on overseas attrition. Washington,
D.C.; Peace Corps, 1965.
Pearson, J. R. "Adapting American education to the needs of technical students from
rapidly developing countries.’* of English Education 50 (May I960), 738-742,
Peers, E. A. "Foreign students in Spain.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1924
(March 14, 1 952), p. 218.
Peet, L. J. "Charting our help for foreign students." Journal of Home Economics 38
(November 1946), 583-585.
Peltier, F. "Chinese students then and now.” World Outlook 3 (July 191 7), 1 0- 1 2.
Percy, C. H. "New challenges and opportunities for International exchange." HE News
Bulletin 36 (February 1961), 2-4.
Perl mutter, O. W. "Foreign international and supranational edueation,” The American
Review 3, no. 1 (1963), 69-91.
Pernot, M. "Rome et lajeune Asie,'- Journal des Diihais 4 \ , no. 1 (January 5, 1934), 25-26,
"Peter Cross, Japan’s only Negro college student." Negro History Bulletin 19 (February
1956), 1 18-1 19.
Peters, W. E. "Education goes Dutch.” SnfMrc/f/y Review, February 16, 1957, pp. 38-40.
Pickering, E. "How the young Japanese dream of Oxford." Hibbert Journal 26 (April 1 928),
484-499.
Pickthorn, H. The student guide to Britain. London: Pan Books, 1966.
Pico, F. A. "Problem with non^Puerto Ricans." /tmer/ca 1 15 (July 30, 1966), 114-115.
Pierson, H. H. "Are ve ready for the postwar foreign students?" Education Record 26
(April 1945), 98-107.
"Problems of reciprocity." HE News Buiietin 24 (April 1 949), 8- 1 0.
Pilant, E. H. "Interchange of informal material.” School and Society 76 (August 30, 1952),
I35-I36.
Pilgert, H. P. The exchange of persons programs in West Germany. Washington, D.C.:
U.S* High Commission for Germany, Historical Division, 1951,
"Pilgrims in Africa.” The Economist 1 96 (July 1 960), 474.
Polings J. "College diplomats at work." Reader's Digest, May 1965, pp. J 97- 1 98.
Pool, 1. “Effects of cross-national contact on national and international images." Chapter 4
in International Behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1965,
Porter, W, H. "Foreign assistants." Modern Language Journal 32 (October 19^8), 447.
Prange, G. W. "Some reflections of a foreign exchange student to Germany.” Education 59
(May 1939), 572-577.
104
’‘President Eisenhower and Ambassador Melas hail U-S-*Oreek student exchanges/* New
York TimeSi September II, I955i p. 19.
Princeton University, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs. An
evaluation of the longtime effect of iniernatlonal educational exchange in Belgium^ voL
/. Princeton* N.J.: Princeton University, 1951.
“Promoting international good will by student visits/* Nation's Schools 3 (March 1929),
62 ^ 63 !
“Protest against foreigners by French students/* School and Society 41 (May 4. 1935),
593^584.
Prusok, R. E. Foreign=studem questionnaire, Manhattan, Kan.: Kansas State University,
1964.
“Pupil exchanges.** Times Educational Suppiement, no. 1892 (August 3, 195 1), p. 623.
Purkaple, R. H. Survey of institutional memhers of the Greater New York GouncU for
Foreign Students, New York: Greater New York Council fOr Foreign Students, 1962.
Putman, I. J.* Jr. “Phi Della Kappa and foreign students.** Phi Delta Kappa n 30 (December
1948), 153-155.
“Prestige of U.S. education in the Middle East/* HE News Bulletin 32 (October
1956), 12=^13.
Putt, S. G. Cousins and strangers, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1956.
“Quaker plan for the exchange of students between Japan and the United States “ School
and Society 23 {Mny 15, I926),619.
Rapport, V. A, “Need of organized action to meet the Foreign student problem/* School and
5rjcie/y64(August3!, I«46), 150-152.
Rau, S, R. “Harvard’s girl friend, Wellesley/* Holiday, April 1954, pp. 48-5 I.
Ray, C, W, “Junior ambassadors/* Middle States Council of Social Studies Proceedings,
1 955, pp. 7-9.
“Reception of Chinese students/’ The Nation 9 1 (September 8, 1 9 1 0), 2 ! 2-2 1 3.
“Record-breaking foreign student population.” Joumn/ of Teacher Education 3 (June 1952),
119.
Regan, J. “Culture shock: Project in international relations.” Conducted with support from
the Phi Delta Kappa, 1 966.
Reich, C. R. '‘From Poona to Port Washington/* New York State Education 51 (February
1964), 8-10.
Reid, L, “On *^tudying abroad — note from London.** Quarterly Journal of Speech 47
(October 1961), 330-332.
“Removal of wartime objection to study abroad." School Life 28 (January 1946), I I .
Rempel, A. M. “Studies of the role of the State University of Iowa in world affairs-.!,
foreign student relationships; II, Certain variables involved in the development of
international understanding.” Doctoral dissertatiori. State University of Iowa, Ames,
Iowa, 1954.
Report from the United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and
Cultural Affairs. House Document No, 93, 88th Congress^First Session, Washington,
D.C.: USGPO, 1963.
“A report on exchange of graduate students.” Science 126 (July 5, 1957), 20.
“Research in programs for foreign students/’ In N AFSA, Studies and Papers, Research
Series, No. 2. New York: NAFSA, 1 96 1, pp. 36-51.
Reynolds, J. L. “Youth mcorpo rated goes international.** Educational Leadership 8
(October 1950)* 7-14,
Reynolds, Q. “European teen-agers take a look at America.” Readers Digest, January
1954, pp 45-50.
Richard, F, “Teachers can improve international relations.** Education 40 (March 1952),
252-254.
105
Hiehards* M. K.^ et al. San Jose State College foreign student study. San Jose, Calif,: San
Jose State College, 1 962.
Riegai, N. O. Cultural contacts project: An evaluation of the long-time effects of inter-
national educational exchange in Belgium, Princeton, NJ.: Princeton University, July
1959,
Riegel, O, W, ''Residual effects of exchange of persons.” Public Opinion Quarterly 17
(1953). 319=327.
Riley, M. F, "AnBlo-American education exchange.” School Executive 73 (July 1954),
54=55,
Riley, R. L, “Increasing international understanding through educational exchange.”
USDS Bulletin 30 (February 1 h 1954), 162-165,
Rinker, F, “Adventures in student friendship.” NEA^ Journal 41 (January 1952), 38=39.
Riquelme, M. A. Student movements in the United States ^nd Latin America. Philadelphia,
Pa,: U,S, National Student Association, 1963.
“The rising demand for international education,” Annals of the American Academy of
Political and Social Science, May 1961.
Ritterband, P. “Toward an assessment of the costs and benefits of study abroad,” In Inier-
natlonal edua tional and cultural exchange, Washington, D.C.i U.S. Advisory Com-
mission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, Fall 1966, pp. 26=35,
Roberts, V„ et al. “International students devise improvements for their Journal of
Home Economics 56 (January 1 964), 9=13.
Robertson, D, A. “Educational foreign exchange.” School and Society 22 (October 3,
1925), 409-415,
“Franco- American exchange.” Educational Record 6 (January 1925), 20=25,
Rockefeller, J, D, “Student exchange and international understanding.” HE News Bulletin
31 (April 1 956), 6-7.
Rogers, V. R. “Intm-American student exchange.” Elementary School Journal 62 (May
1962), 405=407.
Rohrs, H. “Facilities for study abroad as a contribution to the expansion of education in
developing countries,” World Year Book of Education, 1 965, pp. 283=288.
Rosen, S, M, The people's friendship university in the U,S.S.R. Washington, D.C.:
USDHEW, April 1962,
“The preparation and education of foreign students in the U.S,S,R,” In Information
on education around the world, no. 44. Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, Office of Edu-
cation, I960,
- “Preparatory faculties of Moscow and Kiev State Universities,” In The people's
friendship university in the U.S.S.R, Waihington, D.C,* USGPO, 1962.
- Soviet training programs for Africans. Washington, D,C.: USGPO, 1963.
Rott, E. H. “Exchange students.” Business June 14, 1941, p, S3.
Roucek, J. S, “Problems of alien university students in European universities,” School and
Society 36 (November 5, 1932), 59 1 ,
Rowe, D, N. “Peace Corps in reverse.” National Review \ 1 (September 23, 1961), 195,
Rowe, L. L. S. “Cooperation with Latin American universities .” Bulletin 21 (April
1935), 308=310.
Ruebhausen, Z, P. “International study and training pay off at the U.N,” New York State
40 (October 1952), 18,
“Rules on foreign students and their organizations: Regulations on foreign citizens studying
in higher and specialized secondary educational institutions of the U.S.S.R,” Current
Digest of the Soviet Press 16 (May 13, 1964), 24=25,
Rupp, T. H. “Evaluating the foreign study program,” French Review 40 (December 1966),
400=410.
Russell, J. D. “Report on educational exchange with Japan.” College and University 25
(Spring 1950), 381=386,
106
“Services of the Office of Education in providing information about foreign educa-
tion systems.” College and U nivsrsity 27 (Spring 1952)^ 429—432.
. “Survey of educational exchange with Japan.’’ Higher Education 6 (December U
1949), 73-75.
Russian Student Fund. Russians with American college training. New York; Russian Stu-
dent Fund, 1944.
Ryerson, K. A. “Inside and outside our gates/’ College and University 33 (Summer 1958),
415-426. _ iu-
Sabharwal, P. Little Bandung: A report on Asian-Afrlcan Students Conference. Ne’V Delhi,
India: University Books, 1956.
Sabrosky, L. K, An evaluation of the international farm youth exchange project, 1952,
Washington, D.C.: USDA, Federal Extension Service, 1954.
. Evaluation of the 1953 international farm youth exchange project. Washington,
D.C.- USDA, Federal Extension Service, 1956.
evaluation of the special Indian section of the international farm youth ex-
change project in Pickaway County, OhiOi in 1953. Washington, D.C.. USDA, Federal
Extension Service, 1954.
"School exchange visits." International Bureau of Education Bulletin 23, no. 4 (1949),
171 = 171.
"School journey." Times Educational Supplement, no. 2419 (September 29, 1961), p. 387.
Scott, F. D. "Cultural interchange in Scandinavia.” HE News Builetin 26 (Januafy 1951),
13-14.
Selby, H. A., and Woods, C. M. Foreign student study. Stanford, Calif,: Stanford Uni-
versity, 1964.
"Selective service and the foreign student/’ HE News Bulletin 24 (October l94S)x 19.
Selitiz. C. Comparison of findings of studies of foreign students in France and the V.S.
New York: Research Center for Human Relations, New York University, 1962.
Sergent, E, " Eiudianls et mfedecins etrangers en France/ * Revue des Deux M ondes 26 (April
15, 1935), 814=828.
Shamblin, W. A„ and Cotner, T. E. "Student exchanges under the Buenos Aires Conven-
tion." Higher Education 3 (February 1, 1947), 6-9.
Shank, D. J. “Exchange students under Catholic auspices.” NCEA Proceedings, 1950, pp.
189-193.
"Student exchanges." Educational Record 21 (April 1956), 111 = 114.
"Students show the way." HE News Bulletin 24 (December 1948), 3.
Sharp, W. T. C. "School boy coalition." Times Educational Supplement, no. 1797 (October
7, 1949), p. 684.
Sheng, L. S. “Life in a Chinese university." HE News Bulletin 36 (February 1961), 20-26.
Sheridan. P. “Operation friendship." Ohio Schaois 42 (May 1 964), 22-23.
Shih, L. "Foreign students in Peking." Evergreen, April 1964.
Shimazu, K. J. "Tell us about America." .4 meWca 94 vOctoberS, 1955), 41-43.
Shimbori, M. "International eKChang^ of schoiars."' Educational Record 4\ (October I960),
312-318.
Simerville, C. L* A glossary of education terminology for the consideration of the academic
records of foreign students. Corvallis, Ore.: Oregon State College, 1960.
Home visits abroad. Corvallis, Ore,: Oregon State University, 1961.
and Ziegler, L., eds. “Report of the 1961 workshop on Asian cultures and educa-
tional exchange." NAFSA Publications, General Series, no. 6, June 196L
Sims, A. O. "Research on foreign students, ora sufficiency of mysteries/’ Paper presented
at panel on Research and Evaluation in Foreign Student Admissions, held in Denver,
Colorado, April 1967. Denver, Colo.: AACRAO, 1967.
Singh, A. K. Indian students in Britain. London: Asia Publishing House, 1 963.
107
Skard, A. G, "Postwar student exchange with overrun countries." HE News Bulletin 20
(May 1945), 12-14.
"Skopje students in Britain." Times Educational Supplement, no, 2524 (October 4, 1963),
p. 445.
Sloan, R, C. "Educational exchanges with Africa -= fallacies of generalization.” HE News
Bulletin 25 (November 1 949), 23-26.
Slotemaker de Bruine, N, A, C, "Cultura! exchange with the Netherlands." HE News Bul-
letin 21 (February 1952), 6“7.
Smith, A. H, "Oxford and the foreign student" /4/4C Bulletin 35 (December 1949), 570-
576.
Smith, L. "Smiths and Slrikanya."/4m^rfc£i« Me xwy, December 1960, pp. 58-63.
Smith, M. B. "Evaluation of exchange of persons.” International Social Science Bulletin
7, no. 1 (1955), 387-397.
— "A program of research on student exchange." HE News Bulletin 29 (May 1954),
2 - 6 .
— - - "Research in field of international education." in Handbook on mternational study.
New York: ME, 1955.
Smith, R, L. "NBBS: magic letters in student travet” HE News Bulletin 27 (November
1951), 13-15.
Snyder, L. N. "Why do they leave?”./«i/r/z£// of H ig her Education 11(1 940), 26-32.
Social Surveys. African students in Britain^ unstructured interviews. London: Social
Surveys, 1963.
Sondermann, F. A. "Summer crossroads: An experimenl in international understanding.”
HE News Bulletin 34 (May 1959), 16-19.
Soth, L. K. "Exchanges in perspective.” HE News Bulletin 31 (November 1955), 2-5.
"Soviet-American culture exchanges: A review since 1917." HE News Bulletin 32 (Octo-
ber 1956), 16-22.
Soviet and Eastern European Exchanges Staff. Exchanges with the Soviet Union and East‘
em Europe. Washington, D.C.i USDS, 1965.
Report on exchanges with Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, 1964.
"Soviet students arrive.” Times Educaiional Supplement, no. 1974 (February 27, 1953),
p, 186,
Spieseke, A. W., ed. "Foreign educational experience, its values and implications.” Middle
Slates Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Proceedings, 1951, pp. 40-64.
Springer, G. "The foreign graduate student.” A paper for a colloquium of graduate deans,
held at Wingspread, Wise., March 1 967.
A report on the Ful brig ht= Hays Exchange Program Seminar. New York: I IE, 1 969.
Stanley, L. "Visitors abroad can build good mutual understanding.” Journal of Home Eco=
nomics 42 (October 1950), 658.
“Statistics on international educational exchange." 1 1 E N ews Bulletin 35 (September 1959),
24=26.
"Statistics on international educational exchange.” HE News Bulletin 36 (October I960),
30-32.
"Statistics on student and faculty exehaage." School and Society 89 (November 4, 1961),
365.
Stebbins, G. B., cd, Ediicational and cultural exchange with Asian countries. Washington,
D.CjNAFSA, 1967.
Stern, S. "Student exchange.” School and Society 78 (August 8, 1953), 38=40.
Stem, T. N. " Educational exchange for French- African administrators.” School and Soci-
ety 95 (March 4, 1967), 150-152.
Stewart, G. "Africans in Russia.” New Statesman 69 (May 7, 1 965), 716,
108
Stewart, M. A. ""Foreign students — graduate versus imderyraduaie/' HE News BiiUetin 23
(June 1948), 35-37.
Stoltz, M. K, “Experinient In international friendship.” Education 68 (November 1947),
Strain, W. H. "‘Problems of educational exchange with English-speaking countries of West
and East Africa.” College and V niversity 4 1 (Winter 1 966), 1 45= 161.
StrublCi T. ‘"France sans passport,” MademniseHef February 1 957, p, 166.
""Student employment abroad.” International Labour Review 66 (August 1952), 142-153,
“Student exchange aided by church.” Christian Century 68 (March 14, 1951), 324.
“Student exchanges,” School and Society 68 (October 16, 1948), 261=262,
""Student exchanges between France and England.” School and Society 28 (August 11,
1928), 167.
""Student voyage.” New York Times Mugadne, August 20, 1961, pp. 16- 17,
“Students abroad next year.” Engineering 182 (November 9, 1956), 607.
“Students behind the curtain." Times Educational Supplemcnti no. 2542 (February 7,
1964) , pp. 294-295,
""Students-eye views.” HE News Bulletin 26 (March 1951), 28—30.
“Students from f^r America 94 (December 17, 1955), 318.
‘"Students from Germany." Times Educational Supplement, no. 1722 (May I, I948),p. 25 1.
“Students from India in foreign universities.” School and Society 42 (July 20, 1935), 84.
“Students in London,” School and Society 48 (October 22, 1938), 535=536.
"Students on the red carpet.” Economist 179 (June 16, 1956), 1074-1075.
“Students rebuild Sakiet school.” Times Educational Supplementi no. 2313 (September 18,
1959), p. 284.
“Students settled down well.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2597 (February 26,
1965) , p. 604.
"‘Study of foreign H igher Education 1 1 (March 1955), 102.
Suchkov, B. 1., and Remennikov, B. M. Soxfiet colleges* international ties. (Translation by
Soviet Information Bureau, Moscow.) Moscow; Soviet Information Bureau, I960,
“Summer in the U.S.A.: Bumming with a purpose — ambassadors for friendship.” Mademoi-
selle, February 1965, pp. 132-133.
“Summer programs for foreign students.” HE News Bulletin 32 (March 1 957), 32-35.
“Summer schools for South Americans.” Education for Victory I (June 1 942), 16.
“Summer seminar leaders discuss 1949 plans." UE News Bulletin 24 (February 1949), 28=
30.
Swedish Institute. Studying in Sweden: hints and suggestions for foreign students. Stock-
holm: Swedish Institute, 1963.
Swiss National Tourist Office. Swiss universities — a short guide. New York: Swiss National
Tourist Office, 1963.
""Swiss workers study in Sweden, Denmark.” United Nations Bulletin 15 (August 15,
1953), 142.
TafF, P. C. “Grassroot ambassadors.” Educational Leadership 9 (December 1951), 163-
166.
Tajfel, H., and Dawson, J. L., eds. Disappointed guests. Essays by African, Asian, and .
West Indian students. London* Oxford University Press, 1965. j
Takhar, A. S. “Visa fora world of friends.” June 1959, pp. 10=14.
T'ao, E, L, “Americans and Chinese residents in America.” Missionary Review of the
World 41 (November 1924), 905=908. i
Taylor, F.J. "We come as learners," July 1959,pp. 182=184. j
Taylor, H. ""Social meaning of the exchange of worker-students.” Journal of Educational
Sociology IS (February 1952), 322-327,
“Student = a key man in Asia.” //£ News Bulleiin 36 (October I960), 4=10. |
178-181
109
Teenstra, C, P. H. “Europe's holiday exchange." Rotarian, September 1955, pp. 1S-2L
Tetkowski. C. T. “College semester in Siena.” School Arts 62 (December 1962), 9-12.
“The non-Wesiern world in higher education.” of the American Academy of Polit-
ical and Social Science, ( 1 964), 356.
“They come and they go." Saturday Review, August 19, 1961, p. 41,
“This happened to me while I was an iniernational farm youth exchangee." Country Gen-
tleman 1 23 (March 1953), 168-169,
Thomas, D. “East wind, West wind: Chinese students in Cardiff.” Encounter, July 1967,
pp. 56-59,
Thomas, F. C., and Sheel, A, “They planned to travel.” Education 36 (April 1948), 217-
218,
Thomas, F, G, “Service to the stranger within a college gate.” World Association for Adult
Education Bulletin 24 (February 1941), 1 3-20.
Thompson, E. M. Other lands, other peoples, Washington, D.C.: Committee on Iniernaiiom
al Relations, NEA, l96l.
Thomson, C. A. “Education links the Americas.” AAC Bulletin 26 (May 1940), 217-221.
“Three ports of entry.^^ AA VW Journal 45 (January 1 952), 89-94.
Tinker, C. B. “College men play hands across the sea,” Independent 1 15 (December 26,
1925), 731-732.
Torres, L. “Joint venture in a foreign student program: Cambodian participant training pro=
gram for National School of Arts and Crafts,” yo//rna/ of Industrial Arts Educaiion 23
(May 1964), 29.
“Towards Anglo-Saxon-Chinese understanding," Times Educational Supplement, no. 1354
(April 12, 1941), p, 167,
“Travel for educational purposes." New Era 28 (March 1 947), 66-67.
Trefonides, S. “Images of India.” Overseas 1 (September 1961), 20-23,
Trevelyan, M. “Overseas students in London.” Spectator 161 (September 2, 1938), 371.
Trlandis, H. C., Davis, E. E., and Takesawa, S, I. “Some determinants of social distance
among American, German, and Ja,.^anese students,” JoMrna/ of Personality and Social
Psychology 2 ( 1 965), 540-55 1 ,
Troup, G. “International student vacation camps and their peaceful possibilities.” Educa^
tional Survey 2 (September 193 1), 59-62,
Unesco, Handbook of international exchanges, Paris: Unesco, biennial-
- Study abroad^ international handbook^ fellowships, scholarships, educational ex^
change. Paris: Unesco, biennial,
Travel abroad —frontier formalities. Geneva: Unesco and International Union of
Official Travel Organi^tions, annual.
“Unique program of exchange between universities,” School and Society 11 (March 28,
1953), 204.
“United States and Iraq sign educational exchange agreement” USDS Bulletin 25 (August
27. 1951), 336.
“United States and Peru sign thrcc-ycar student exchange accord.” New York Times, May
5. 1956, p, 3.
United States Congress, Committee on Government Operations. Government programs in
in inierriaiional education — a survey and handbook, Washingcon, D.C.: House of
Representatives Report No, 27 1 2, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, 1 959,
USDS, African programs of U,S, organizations: A selective directory. (ER-53.) Washing-
ton, D,C.; USDS, Bureau of Intelligence and Research, External Research Division,
1961.
African students at Soviet universities, Washington, D.C.: USDS, Bureau of In-
telligence and Research. External Research Staff, 1964.
AID and U.S. voluntary agencies., .the growing partnership, Washington. D.C.:
USDS, AID, 1963.
no
Alliance for Progress: An American partnership. Washington, D C ’ USDS AID
1963.
. Counseling and guidance for the foreign stud'^nt. (Publication no. 2097.) Washing-
ton, D.C.: USDS, 1944.
- International educational exchange program, J 948- J 958. (Publication no. 6647.)
Washington, D,C.! USDS, International Educational Exchange Service, 1958,
Report on exchanges with jlte Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, 1964.
■ Semiannual reports on educational exchange activities. Washington, D.C.: USDS,
July 1 , 1 948-June 30, 1961,
= survey of the Oepartment of State exchange of persons program in Austria; con^
ducted from Junc^August, 1953. Vienna: Markt und Meinungforschungs Institut,
March 1955.
Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs.^ beacon
of hope^the exchang^^ \f persons program. Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1963.
Advisory Commission on International Educatiorml and Cultural Affairs. The effec-
tiveness of educational and cultural exchange program of the U.S. Department of State.
Washington, D.C.: USDS, Marcli 1963.
__ — , Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs.^ sequel to
a beacon of hope the exchange of persons program. Washington, D.C,: USDS, 1964.
Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs. Inter-
national educational and cultural exchange. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1967.
^ — » Agency for International Development. A street: Benefits accruing from
the international training programs of AID. Washington, D.C.: USDS and AID, 1963.
^ Board of Foreign Scholarships. Exchange scholars: A new dimension in inter-
national understanding. Washington, D.C.: USDS, October 1965.
=, Board of Foreign Scholarships. Experiment in international understanding: A re-
port with a close-up of the U.S. educational exchange program with Italy. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, October 1963.
— Board of Foreign Scholarships. Teacher and scholar abroad: First-person reports
of the U,S, exchange program. Washington, D.C.: USDS, September! 964.
— - — » Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, Summaries of evaluation sttidles of the
educational and cultural exchange program. Washington, D.C.r USDS, 1967.
, Bureau of European Affairs,.^ summary report on the United States exchanges pro^
gram with the Soviet Union. Washington, D,C.: USDS, 1964,
, Bureau of intelligence and Research. Highlights of 1963 developments in educa^
tional and cultural exchange between free world and Communist countries. Washing-
ton, D.C.: USDS, April 1964.
* Bureau of Public Agencies of the U.S. government and related international
organimtions engaged in international cultural cooperation and technical exchaiige.
Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1957.
, Office of Research and Analysis for the Soviet Bloc, Educational and cultural ex^
ckangees between Communis; countries and the free world in 1963. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, November 1964.
U.S, government student programs for occupied territories. HE News Bulletin 26 (October
1950), 18-19.
U.S. High Commission for Germany, Historical Division, The exchange of persons pro^
gram in West Germany. Bonn: U.S, High Commission for Germany, 1951.
, Office of Public Affairs. Dissemination record of exchangee categories for signifi-
cant areas of American life, Bonn: U.S. High Ct^mmission for Germany, June 1954.
, Office of Public Affairs, West German receptivity and reactions to the exchange of
persons program. Bonn: U,S. High Commission for Germany, August 1952.
ill
U.S- National Student Association. Guidebook on student travel in AmerlccL New York:
U.S. National Student Association, 1 966.
Studetit government and foreign student progratWfiing. Philadelphitu Pa„ U.S.
Nutional Student Association, 1962.
Vacation opportunities for foreign students. New York: U.S. National Student
Association, 1963,
"‘United States school rivals Europe’s” Science News Letter 1\ (June 22, 1957), 395.
United States Senate. U.S. informational media guaranty program. Hearings before the
Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate, 90th Congress, 1st Session, to amend
the U.S. information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948. Washington, D.C.: U.S,
Senate, 1967.
“United States-Soviet students exchange program up for study.” Science 130 (October 23,
l'959), 1100.
University of Chicago. “Important studenFexchange program,” Social Service Review 22
(March 1948), 94=96.
University of Hawaii, EasFWest Center. East-West Center team visit to Asia. Honolulu,
Hawaii: University of Hawaii, i960.
University of Michigan, International Center, Locid studies, information for foreign stu-
dents. Ann Arbor, Mich,: University ol Michigan, n.d.
University of Minnesota, Center for International Relations and Area Studies. International
student exchanges. Proceedings of a symposium held at the University of Minnesota as
part of the Minnesota State Centennial Celebration, April 1958, Minneapolis, Minn.:
University ofMinnnsota, 1958,
University of the Panjab, Social Sciences Research Centre, Foreign training for Pakistanis.
Lahore, West Pakistan : U niversity of the Panjab. 1 962.
university of Vienna, Austrian Foreign Students’ Service, hijm'mat ion for foreign students
atAnstrian universities. Vienna: University of Vienna, 1966.
Austrian Foreign Students’ Service. Study: A guide to Austrian tiniversiiies and
academies for foreign students. Vienna: University of Vienna, 1965.
Universiiy of Wisconsin. Internatiomd .studies and programs. Madison, Wis.; University of
Wisconsin, 1964.
“Unofficial ambassndors from the Orient.” Missionary Review of the World 55 (June 1932),
328-
Useem, J., Useem, R., and Donoghue, J. “Men in the middle of the third culture: The roles
of American and non-Westerti peoples in cross-cultural ."^^ministration. Human
Organization 22 (1963), 169--I79,
“Using foreign students and exchange teachers,” Montana Education 32 (December 1955),
Van Kersbergen, L. “Foreign mission at home,” Commonweal 58 (April 10, 1953), 14-17.
Verger-Pratoucy, A, “L’Association des boursiirs et boursieres Frunco-Americains, AAC
Bulletin 22 (December 1936), 640-644.
Viederman, S. “Academic exchange, a narrow bridge.” Bulletin of ihe Atomic Scientists 28
(February 1962), 17-21.
“Visiting scholars from Asia.” School €ind Society 85 (September 28, 1 9.57), 258,
The Waldenwoods seminar: The utilization of research in programs for foreign students.
Research Series, no. 2, New York: N AFSA, 1961.
Walker, C. “Crumbs from the table — Malayan boy in a British school.” Times Educational
5 npp/eme«/, no. 2392, (January 13, 1961), p. 53.
Walker, K., ed. “Trainees get together— Washington Seminar on trends in Latin America.
Americas I (July 1949), 36=37.
“Word with Gloria Quiroga,”/4me/-/cn^ 7 (May 1955), 27,
Wallace, C. E. “Extended field trips.” of Secondary Education 40 (March 1965),
I 13-1 15,
112
Wallu-e, J. A. "Education goes to sea.” Educational Outlook 3 I (January 1 957), 78-84.
Walsh, J. E. "Overseas logic/’ Catholic World 129 (September 1929), 115.
Walton, B. Foreign student r esearch and Its imprications. Paper prepared for the Office of
Extei.ml Research, USDS(ER Scc^3 1327). Washington, D.C.- USDS. March 1967.
"The wandering scholar." The Economist 169 (December 19, 1 953), 879,
Ward, P. A. "The international exchange of students as a projeef to promote international
understanding." Ma.ster’s thesis, Stanford University, Slanforu, Calif, 1947.
Ward, W. B. Building stronger support for international programs. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell
University, 1966.
— "Strengthening home-based support for international programs,^ international
Educational, and Caltiiral Exchange, Winter 1968, pp. 36-43.
Warmbrunn, W. *Ob.servatlon of education and international exchange in Asia," NAFSA
Studies and Papers, Professional Grant Reports, no. 4, June 1961, pp. 6-S.
Watkins, A. Consider an exchange visit. ’ A gricniture Education Magazine 33 (March
1961). 21 I.
Watres, H. "Educationa! one world in Paris," Christian Science Monitor Weekly Maga-
zine Section, January 29. 1 949, p, 4,
"We rub elbows with foreign students in our communitias,” NEA Journal 42 (February
1953), 94=95.
Weaver, W, F, "Italy and I." U E News Bulletin 29 (December 1953). 25=26,
Webbink, J. African students at Soviet universities. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Uni-
versity Press, 1964.
Weber, H. “United Nations youth at WHS," Baltimore Bulletin of Education 27 (Decem-
ber 1949), 16-21.
Weinhold, B. “As Africa .speaks to us," Pennsylvania School Journal 110 (November
1961), .\j0-\0\.
Weinstein, B. G, Training programs in France for AJricaic civil servants. Boston, Mass.:
Boston University Development Research Center, 1964,
Weislogef W-, and Street, M, L, "Foreign study through both ends of the telescope." HE
News Bulletin 21 (January 1952), 25=27.
Wells, H. B., chairman. The U,S. Office of Education: A new international dimension.
New York: EWA, 1964.
Wesley, E. B. American studies in British universities." Comparative Education Review 5
(February 1 962), 1 82- 1 88.
“Western interstate compact procedure for student exchange program." Higher Education
I 2 (May 1956), 155.
Western Personnel Institute. International Education, Pasadena, Calif.: Western Personnel
Institute, 1962.
Westfall, J. “See Naples and live!" HE News Bidletln 30 (February 1955), 46-49.
Westwood, R. W., ed, "Traveling scholar in Europe.” Nature 173 (March 20, 1954), 528-
529.
Wheeler, J. "Bowdoin plan." //E News Btdletin 23 (March 1 948), 30-3 1 .
White, H. C. Student exchange and the human element." HE News Bulletin 30 (March
1955), 2-4.
"Unesco’s exchange of persons," HE News Bulletin 24 (April 1949), 5=7,
White, W. B. "A student travel plan to promote international good will," Master’s thesis,
Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., 1947.
White, W. E. "Foreign students^an opportunity." Readers Digest, September 1951, pp.
113=116.
■ "Home was never like this!” January 1952, pp. 16=19.
"WiIburchampionsChine.se students." Trans-Pacific 12 (November 2 1 , 1925), 12.
Wilhelm, M, "Borrowed families — Mexican professor promotes international student ex=
change." 8 (November 1 956), 23-25.
113
Wilkinson, B, W, “Some economic aspects of education in Canada." Doctoral dissertation,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass., 1964.
Williarns, F. N. “Making the most of our foreign students." The Clearing House 40 (March
1966), 428.
Williams, H, H. Foreign study for Syrians: A guide to a long range program, Ne\ York:
ME, 1953.
Syrians studying abroad: A comparison of factors Influencing the number of
Syrians studying in the United States and other countries. New York: HE, October
1952.
Williamson, R. C. “University students In a world of change; A Colombian sample.” Re-
printed from Sociology and Social Research 48, no. 4, 1964. Los Angeles, Calif.:
University of Southern California, 1964.
Wilson, E. C. “Evaluating the exchange experience." UE News Bulletin 31 (October
1955) , 12-15.
and Bonilla, F. “Evaluating exchange of persons programs." Public Opinion Quar-
terly 5 1 (Spring 1935), 469-479.
Wilson, F. “FFA exchanges good-will." Agriculture Education Magazine 28 (January
1956) , 164.
Wilson, H. “Students explain America.” Christian Science Monitor Weekly Magazine
Section, September 24, 1 949, p. 5.
Wilson, H. B. “Using cultural differences in developing understanding — A rizona-Sonora
(Mexico) project in education." Childhood Education 42 (October 1965), 89-9 1.
Wilson, H. E. American college Ife as education in world outlook. Washington, D.C.; ACE,
1956.
Wilson, J. D- “Africa’s needs for U.S, ediication." HE News Bulletin 29 (March 1954),
44-46.
Withinglon, R. “Missionaries in reverse.” C/P Bulletin 28 (June 1942), 352-357.
Witman, 8. L. “Cooperation for international education.” In International education: past ^
present, problems and prospects. Washington, D.C.; USGPO, I966,pp. 485=490.
Woellner, R. C. “1 Tactical programs toward international understanding.” School Review
56 (February 1948), 63-64.
Wofford, H., Jr. “How foreign students > e it." The New Republic 125 (October 29,
1951), 20-21.
Wofford, K- V. The workshop way with foreign students. A report of a Turkish project in
rural education at the College of Education, University of Florida. Gainesville, Fla.:
University of Florida Press, 1954.
Wojcicki, A. “Can the international educational agencies help adult education in war-
ravaged ExiTOpcV' Journal of Edv.cational Sociology 20 (September 1946), 45=48.
Wolfston, P. S. “ASF internaiional exchange A merican-Scandmavian Review
48 (December 1 960), 343-348.
Wong, F. “Chinese i»i London.” China WeeUy Review 56 (March 14, 1931), 50.
Woodhams, G. “American field service assesses each pupil’s international responsibility."
Journal of Secondary Education 37 (March 1 962), • 84- 1 87.
Woodruff, C. P, “Max and Gabriel la, ambassadors of good will.” Education Digest 16
(September 1950), 52-54.
Wrinkle, W. L, An analysis and evaluation of the Afghanistan^United States cooperative
program in education with recommendations for future program development, Kabul:
U.S. Operations Mission, 1956.
Wuerfel, V. “Cross-cultural academic experience of Chanian students in the United States,
1959=60." Doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1962.
Wykes, J. International exchange of television programs for schools^ legal and economic
problems. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Cooperation of the Council of Europe,
1966.
114
Y en, W. W. ‘‘Chinese student's view,"' Overland Monthly 57 (Muy 191 1 ), 496-499.
Yon, J. F, “Better understanding through a student exchange program," School ActlvitieA
32 (October I960), 50.
Young, A. A, “Chinese students shift to Europe in preference to the United States," C/i/«£r
Weekly Review 66 (November 1 1, 1933), 441,
— “International exchanges of teachers and scholars," Year Book of Bducation,
1964, pp. 294=307.
Young, B. "Portland's part in student exchange." 37 (May 1954), 217=218,
Young. I, “Duties of a Chinese student," Outlook 95 (May 21 , 1910), 125-128.
“Young Indians in Britain," Times Educational Supplement, no. 1377 (September 20
1941),p,446.
"Young Indians in England," Times Educational Supplement^ no. 1359 (May 17, 1941),
p. 228.
Young, K. G, "Strengthening international friendships through tapes and slides," >4 hc/io-
visual Instruction 6 (October 1961), 388=38^>,
Young, R. L, "Study abroad and national purpose m the Middle East," Doctoral disserta-
tion, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif,, 1965.
Young, T, S, “Some advice for Chinese students going abroad to obtain an education,"
China Weekly Review 78 (September 5, 1936), 20,
“Young visitors." The Economist 197 (October 1, I960), 48,
“Your world is international," 5even/een, September 1962, pp. 108-109,
Zalewska-Trafiszowa, H, Educational opportunities for foreigners in Poland, Warsaw,
Poland: Polonia ^ iblishing House, 1963.
Foreign students in Poland. Warsaw, Poland: Polonia Publishing House, 1962.
Zalinger, A. D. "A comparative study of British. American, and Nigerian-trained Nigerian
graduates." Doctoral dissertation, Boston University, Boston, Mass., 1962.
M, IMMIGRATION POLICIES
“Admission of foreign students to the United States," School and Society 17 (March 24
1923), 322.
“Admission of foreign students under the Immigration Act," School and Society 18 (De-
cembers, 1 923), 670.
Bridgers, . . A, Miscellaneous governmenl regulations affecting foreign students, Wash-
ington, D.C.: N AFSA, 1 967.
Caquelin, H. J. “Exchange or immigration = the phony controversy." NAFSA Newsletter
17, no. I (1965), 2.
Coulter, E, B, "Visas for students from foreign countries," Higher Education 4 (February
15, 1948), 141.
Devaney, A. C, “Immigration regulations governing ‘eign students in the United States,"
Higher Education 7 (February 1 , 1 95 1 ), 1 2 1 = 1 24.
Duggan, S, “Foreign students and teachers and immigration rules." HE News Bulletin 6
(April K^3I),2=3.
"Higher education and immigration." HE News hulletln 8 (October I 932), 2=3.
“Registration of foreign students in the United States."' AA UP Bulletin 16 (October
1 930), 428-431,
Gilbert, H. N, "Visa regulations and the international exchange of students." Bulletin of
the Atomic Scientists 1 1 (December 1955), 371=373.
Griffin, A. S. “Admission of foreign students into the United States." Higher Education 1
(January I, 1946), 1-3,
Hall, G, “New immigration rulings." HE News Bulletin 23 (November 1 947), 30-33.
Henderson, G. “Foreign students: Exchange or immigration?” Foreign Service Journal 42,
nos. 36-37 (April 1965), 49.
1 1 E. Committee on Fducntional Interchange Po]\cy, The foreign student — exchangee or im-
migrant? York^lE, May 1958.
“Immigrant revision for foreign studcvit^/' HE News Bulletin 9 (November 1933), 7,
“Immigrants in London schools.” Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2143 (June 15,
I956),p. 820.
“Immigration and Naturalization Service. Aliens and nationality,” Federal Register 247
(December 1952), I 146^^-! 1593,
“Immigration bill condemned." Times Educcitional Supplement ^ no. 2435 (January 19,
1962), p. 9L
Kerr, D. C. “Hearing on immigration problems.” HE News Bulletin 24 (December 1948),
17-18.
Kline, J. D. “Immigration and the L2Q^a second look,” HE News Bulletin 31 (January
1956), 17-21.
Lindegren, A, M, “Evaluation of foreign student credentials by U.S. Office of Education.”
Higher Education 3 (May I, 1947), 1-2.
Maner, W. W. “More on exchange or immigration,” NAFSA Newsletter 16, no, 8 (I 965), 8,
Mitchell, R. C. Foreign students and the immigrant laws of the United States. New York:
HE, 1930.
Mott, C, G, “Analysis of MeCarran Act.” HE News Bulletin 28 (February 1953), 48-56.
- The /mmigruiion Act of 1952: An analysis of provisions affecting foreign students
and other educational personnel. New York: NAFSA, 1953,
Robertson, D. A, “New immigration law and the colleges.” Educational Record 5 (October
1924), 230-236.
Salisbury, E. ^ “Our immigration and naturalization service.” AACR Journal 17 (July
1942), 516*525.
Scully, T. J. Laws relating to aliens in international exchange, Los Angeles, Calif,: UnL
versity of California at Los Angeles, 1965,
Stewart, E, “Attitude of the Department of Labor toward admission of Chinese industrial
student^.'' Monthly Labor Review I I (December 1920), 131 I-iJl7.
N. INTERNATIONAL AND OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES OF U.S. UNIVERSITIES
(See also Section J, U,S, Nationals Abroad)
Abrams, L, and Arnold, D. B. “The American college and international education.’’ In
New Dimensions in Higher Education, no. 27. Washington, D.C.: USD HEW, April
1967.
Adams, R., and Cumberland, C. U.S. university cooperation in Latin America: A study
based on st ' ^cted programs in BohVn, Chile, Mexico, and Peru. East Lansing, Mich,:
Institute of Research on Overseas Programs, Michigan State University, i960.
Adams, W-, and Jaffe, A, “Government, the universities, and International affairs: A crisis
in identity, higher education in the public International service," A collection of papers
of ACE Seminar, Department of State, March 1967.
African programs of U.S. organizations: A selective directory. (ER-53.) Washington, D.C.:
USDS, Bureau of Intelligence and Research, External Research Division, 1965,
ACE. Joint university evaluation of overseas program. Washington, D.C.: ACE, October
1964.
. Studies In universities and world affairs. Washington, D.C.: ACE, n.d.
lei
116
Bidweli, P. W. Undergraduate education in foreign affairs. New York: Columbia Uni-
versity Press, King's Crown Press, 1962.
Bjork, R, E. ‘'The changing roles of American universities in internationa! relations: A
study of certain perceptions of universities’ international activities and the impacts of
such activities on universities’ participation in international relations.” Disseruitivn
Abstracts 22 ( 196 I), 622-623.
Blaisdell, T. C., Jr. “World affairs on a college campus/’ UE News Bulletin 29 (April
1954), 20=23.
Bode n man, P, S. “American cooperation with higher education abroad: A .survey of current
programs.” U50E Bulletitn no. 8, 1957, pp. 207-21 I,
Bragdon, H. D. “.R esponsibility of higher education for helping redevelop international
under itanding/’ Educational Record 37 (January 1956), 65-66.
Brickman, W. W. Introduction to the history of international relations in higher education.
New York: School of Education, New York University, 1960, p. 45.
Bronfenbrenner, M. Academic etwourUer: The Amer ican university in Japan and Kor’ea,
Glencoe, 1!!.: The Free Press, 1961,
Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. The college and university in inter-
national affairs. New York: Carnegie Foundation for th ^ Advancement of Teaching,
i960.
Churchill, R., John, P., Gardner, E, C., and Cobb, J., Jr. Research and evaluation^
Antioch education abroad. Yellow Springs, Ohio: Antioch College, 196 F
Colligan, F. J., et al. The college, the university and the foreign student. New York: Com-
mittee on Foreign Studencs in American Colleges and Universities, 1963.
Conant, J. B. “Goals of the university in the free world.” USDS Bullet in 33 (November 2 1 ,
1955), 837-842.
Cordier, A. W. “Service of American education to the developing countries.” Social Edu^
29 (March 1965), 1 37-14 L
Crawford, F. G. “Universities, foundation for international understanding.” HE News
Bulletin 28 (November 1952), 4-6.
Donovan, G. F. American colleges and universities in selected overseas Asian institutions
of higher education. Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America, 1965.
Ducret, B., and Zaman, R., eds. The university today ^its role and place in society. Geneva,
Swiizerland; World University Service, 1 960.
EWA. Coordinating international programs and ac tivities at U S, cnileges and universities:
a directory. New York: EWA, 1966,
— I he university community and overseas research — guidelines for the future. New
York: EWA, March 1967.
— The university looks abroad. New York: Walker, 1965.
Euwema, B. U ndergraduates overseas: A look at U.S. programs. New York: IIR, 1966.
Evans, L. H. “United States educational activities overseas." Overseas 3 (November
1963), 10-13.
Ford FoundatitMi, University and World Affairs. New York: Ford Foundation, 1960.
— Committee on CoUege and World Affairs. Th college ami world affairs. New York:
Ford Foundation, 1964,
Freeman, S. A. Undergraduate study abroad: U.S, coUege^sponsored programs. New
York: HE, 1964.
Gale, E. M, “Century and more of international educa lun at the University of Michigan.”
HE News Bulletin 22 (November 1 946), 6*8.
Gardner, J. W. AID and the univ or shies. A report to the administrator of the Agency for
International Development. New York: EWA, 1964,
Gould, S. B. “The university’s stake in educational travel.” In American student abroad,
1956-57, New York: CST, 1958, pp. 5^7.
117
Griffith, A., ed. The role of American higher education in relation to developing areas.
Washington, D.C.: ACE, 1961.
Harcleroad, F, International education in the developing state colleges and universities,
Washington, D.C,: Association of State Colleges and Universities, 1966.
Hardee, M. D. "The university meets the chrdienge of international education.” Speech
given at NAFSA annual conference, held in Minneapolis, Minn,, April 28, !964. New
York: NAFSA, 1964,
Hart, H. C. Campus India: An appraisal of American college programs in India. East
Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University Press, 1961.
Houle, C, O,, and Nelson, C. A. The university, the citizen, and world affairs. Washington,
D.C.: ACE, 1956,
Humphrey, R. A., ed. Universities and development assistance abroad, Washington, D,C,:
ACE, .967.
Hunnicutt, C, W,, ed, Americans emerging role in overseas education. Syracuse, N.Y.:
Syracuse University Press, 1962,
Hutchins, F. S. "American college and Unesco.”/4>4C Bulletin 34 (March 1 948), 75-77.
"Institute extends program.” Higher Education 19 (July 1963), 24.
HE. Undergraduate study abroad ^ V S, coflege-sponsored programs. New York: HE,
1964,
Undergraduate study ahroad^U.S, college- sponsored programs. 2nd ed. New
York: HE, 1966.
Jones, A, J. "University of Pennsylvania educalk nal field courses in Brazil,” Educational
Outloo,^ i 4 (January 1940), 64-70.
Johnstone, W. C., Jr. "Point Four and the colleges,” HE News Bulletin 25 (May 1950),
9-12.
Kai:.h, A. I. "New York University overseas v^Qvk%hops.'' Journal of Educational Sociology
24(1951), 292=301,
Kirk, G. The study of international relations in American colleges and universities. New
York: Council on Foreign Relations, 1947.
"Learning and lederhosen-= Stanford University’s overseas branch.” Time, January 1 9,
1959, p. 62.
Legters, L, H, The National Defense Education Act and Latin American studies, Austin,
Tex,: Institute of Latin American Studies, University of Texas, 1965.
Mac Kay, V. “Intercultural education: A historical narrative and the role of Indiana Uni-
versity.” Doctoral dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind,, 1954.
McClelland, C- A. College teaching of international relations: Problems of organization
and collaboration. New York: Carnegie Corporation of New York, 1962.
Melady, T. P, "Catholic colleges and the emerging new nations,” NCEA Bulletin 59, no, I
(1962), 160-165.
Michigan State University. International programs of American universities— an inventory
andanatysis. East Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University, 1966.
Morehouse, W. The international dimensions of education in New York State, Albany,
N.Y.s University of the State of New York, State Education Department, 1963.
Morrill, J. L. The university and world affairs. New York: EWA, 1 960.
Nostrand, H. L,, and Brown, F, J,, eds. The role of colleges and universities in international
understanding. Washington, D.C.: ACE* 1949.
Oak, V. V. "American universities and the Orient,” School and Society 25 (April 16*
1927), 461=462.
Oldt E. A. "Antioch education abroad: The first decade.” Internationa^ Educational
and Cultural E.xchange, Winter 1968* pp. 20-26.
Evaluative studies of Antioch education abroad. Yellow springs* Ohio: Antioch
College, 1965.
xzi
118
Patton, G. R., and Moore, J. B. “Amci?can campus in Europe/" Liberal Education 46
(December I960), 442=450.
Pierson, H- H., ed. University Cooperation and Asian development. Proceedings of a con-
ference sponscied by the Asia Foundation. San Francisco, Calif.: Asia Foundation,
1967.
Sanders, I. T. The professional school and world affairs. New York: EWA, 1967.
Sharp, P. F. "International commitments of the American college/’ Liberal Education 50
(October 1964), 321-327.
'Site of the American university center in Paris/’ School and Tociety 34 (August 15,
1931 ), 220 .
Swift, R. World affairs and the college carricidunu Washington, D.C.: AC E, 1 959.
Terwilliger, I. M. “California college in China.” HE News Bulletin 1 (February 1 932), 6-7.
“Twenty-six campuses and the federal government — higher education’s involvement in
world affairs.” Educational Record 44 (April 1 963), 1 3 3- 1 34.
USDS. AID— financed university contracts. Washington, D.C.: Agency for International
Development, USDS, AID, n.d.
^ Bureau oi Intelligence and Research. Area study programs in American universi-
ties. Washington, D.C.i USDS, 1959.
Externa! Research Language and area study programs in American uni-
ver.sities. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1964.
USIA. American colleges and universities in Italy, 1967. Washington, D.C.: USDS,
USIA, 1966.
University of Hawaii. Iniernaiional programs of American universities. East Lansing,
Mich.: Michigan State University Pre.ss. 1965.
Wagley, C. Area research and training: A conference report on the siudy of world areas.
(Pamphlet No. 6.) New York: SSRC, 1 948.
Weidner, E. W. The world role of universities. New York: McGraw-Hil!, 1 962.
6t al. The international programs of American universities: An inventory and analy-
sis. East Lansing, Mich.: Institute of Research on Overseas Programs. Michigan State
University, 1958.
Wilson, H. E- Universities and world affairs. New York: Carnegie Endowment for Inter-
national Peace, 1951.
and Brown, F. J. American universities in world affairs— a general report. Washing-
ton, D.C.: ACE, 1963,
- — -♦ and Wilson, F, H, Anierican higher education and world affairs. Washington, D.C.:
ACE, 1963,
Young, H. B. “Relations of the Cliilstian college to national and international life.” Christian
Scholar 37 ( 1 954), 264=269.
124
I
119
IL EDUCATIONAL CURRICULUM
A. ENGLlSsH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
Adams, D. A. '‘Materials and techniques in teaching English as a second language/" Modern
Language Journal 4\ (December 1957), 376-3S3.
Baldwin, H. M. “English phonetics for foreign students/" English Journal 16 {October
1927), 632-641.
Brown, O, H, "*We taught them English kindly/’ Jo/ir/w/ of the National Education Assu^
ciation 46 (September 1957), 399,
Chi, C\ “A comparative .study of English proficiency of Chinese students with students
from other countries/* In International Student Studies Series, no, 18. Lawrence,
Kan.: University of Kansas, 1966.
Commonwealth Education Liaison Committee, Report of the Comtnonwealih conference
on the teaching of English as a second language. Entebbe, Uganda: Government
Printer, 1961.
Elkins, C, L, “To catch a tiger— Ful bright English tutor program.” Overseas 2 (March
1963), 6-9,
Emmons, NL L, OrienUition and English instruction for students from other lands. Pro-
gram of the Washington orientation center for foreign students and trainees at Wilson
Teachers College. Washington, D.C.: USOE, 1950.
“English for foreigners; across five continents.” Times Educationat Supplement, no. 2354
(July I. I960), p. 7.
“English language and orientation programs for foreign students and trainees, summer
1949/’ H E News Bulletin 24 (May 1949), 22-23.
Haggerty, W. J. “English isn’t necessary,” Oversei s 2 (November 1962), 18-19.
Howell, A, C. “Foreign student and requirements in English for the college degree/’
Higher Education I (June I, 1945), l-^B.
HE. English iangtiage and orientation programs ui the United States. New York: HE,
1969,
Jorge. J. “English and nothing but — Latin American students/* 10 (September
1958), 35-36.
Joseph, G. J. "Pronunciation errors in English of Latin-American Adult Educa-
tion Bulletin 9 (June 1945), 146-149.
Kitchin, A. T., and French, V, “Living and learning in English/’ Teachers College Record
48 (February 194'?), 328-334.
Lara, E. V. “The effect of previous study of English on /re academic performance of forty
foreign students at the University of Kansas.” In International Student Studies Series,
no. 17. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1966.
Major, J. C. “Foreign students and their knowledge of English.” School and Society 60
(October 14, 1944), 251-253,
Marquardt, W, F. “Can foreign student selection be based on aptitude for learning English?”
HE News Bulletin 36 (April 1961), 2-8.
Maxwell, A. “A comparison of TOEFL and UCB/EFL tests.” Master’s thesis. University
of Califorcfa at Berkeley, 1965.
Morgan, R., Jr., ed. Proceedings of the Conference on Teaching English Abroad, Wash-
ington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics, 1959.
Murphy, E. M. “Classroom in Peking — teaching English to Chinese students.” Travel 50
(April 1928), 11-15.
National Council of Teachers of English, Committee on National Interest. The national
121
interest and the teaching of English as a second language. Champaign, IIK: National
Council of Teachers of English, 1961.
Nilsen, D. L. F. “EFL as part of a regional orientation center," Language Learning 15, nos.
3 and 4 (I960), 129^131.
Rand el, W, ‘'English as a disci pi ine.“ College English 1 9 (May 1958), 359-36 I .
Rocca, M. X. “Some thoughts of TOEFL/' NAFSA Newsletter 15 (1964), 8-9.
Schueler, H- “English for foreign students." Journal of Higher Education 20 (1949), 309-
316,
Shaw, A. I. “English for students from non- English-speaking lands/’ Teachers College
Record 39 (October 1937), 51-54.
Shivananda, D. S. “A comparative study of English proficiency of Indian studentr. at the
University of Kansas with that of the students coming from other countries vvhose
mother tongue is not English,” In International Student Studies Series, no. 18.
Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1966.
Th lessen, A. D. “Streamlined English." Bulletin of the Fan American Union 80 (April
1946), 209-212.
V an Syoc, B,, ed. Linguistics and the teaching of English as a foreign language, Ann Arbor,
Mich.: Language Learning, June 1958.
Walpole, H. R. ”Iiow much English must a foreign student know?” School Review 55
(April 1947), 228-232.
B, LINGUISTICS AND OTHER LANGUAGES
Amner, F. D, “Some aspects of nationalism in modern foreign language teaching/’ Modern
Language Journal 20 (April 1936), 407-410.
Anderson, H. R., and Healy, P. E. “Humanities abroad." English Journal 55 (May 1966),
585-587.
Booth, W. C. “Dawn, delight, dew, dove.” College English 15 (December 1953), 171-176.
Caleb, O. FSLP: A participant point of Weiv, 1960^61 , New York: National Student Asso=
elation, 1961.
Center for Applied Linguistics, Second language learning as a factor in national develop-
ment in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Washington, D.C,: Center for Applied Lin-
guistics, 1961.
Dannerbeck, F. J. “An analysis of the eflfect of an interview technique based on foreign
language student self-concepts as the technique affects achievement and interest in
beginning Gervnan at Purdue University.” Doctoral dissertation, Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind., 1965.
Dawson, R. V. “Mocern languages in schools.*^ Journal of Education (London) 79 (October
1947), 545.
Duggan, L. “Foreign students as assistants in modern foreign language departments.”
Hispania 31 (May 1948), 2 1 6-2 1 7,
Eaton, E. M. “Language and the experiment in international living,” Modern Language
Journal (November 1957), 330-331.
Edgerton, W, B, “Eight-million square miles of Russian language laboratory." HE News
Bulletin 36 (March 1961), 20-2 L
f .Tguson, C. A., director. English overseas^ Washington, D.C.; Center for Applied Lin-
guistics of the Modern Language Association of America, 1961.
Friedman, M, M, “The use of the Cloze procedure for improving the reading comprehension
of foreign students at the University of Florida.” Doctoral (Ed,D.) dissertation. Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla,, n.d.
122
Gannon. F. B., Oppenheim, D-, and Wohlhueter, J. F. A validity study of a Spanish kuu
guage scholastic aptuudc test in U.S. colleges and uniyersities. Research paper pre=
pared at Educational Testing Service for College Entrance Examimition Boaid, Fet>
ruary 1966. Princeton. N.J.: ETS, 1966.
“German language diploma for foreigners/' International Bureau of Education Bulletin, 36,
no. 2 (1962), 75.
Gokak, V. K. English In India> Hyderabad, India: Ranganath Press, 1961.
Gorbrecht, E. A. “Method of leaching impromptu speaking to foreign students."’ Speech
Teacher 13 (November I964), 288-292.
Gray, U. S. The teaching of reading and wriiing: An international survey. Paris: Unesco,
1956.
Grayshon, M. C. “Intensive writing and overseas .students." English Language Teacher 19
(January 1965), 79-91.
Gregory-Panopoulo.s, J. F. “An experimental application of ‘Cloze" procedure as a diag=
nostic test of listening comprehension among foreign students^"’ Doctoral dissertation,
Univers' ^f Southern California, Los Angeles, Cal if., 1966.
Grouse, L. H. "Matter of language — difficulties of the overseas student/" Times Educa-
tiontd Supplement, no. 2553 (April 24, 1964), p. 1083,
Gumperz, J. J. “Linguistic and social interaction in two communities,"" In J. J. Gumperz,
and D. H. Hymes, eds.. The ethnography of communication. Washington, D.C.:
American Anthropological Association, 1964, pp, 137-153.
Hall, E. T. The silent language. New York: Doubleday, 1959,
Hymes, D. H. “Models of the interaction oflanguage and social miWngf Journal of Social
Issues 23 (1967), 8-28.
, ed. Language In culture and society. New York: Harper, 1964.
Jones, R. A., Kaplun, R, B,, and Michael, W. B. “The predictive validity of a modified
battery of tests in language skills for foreign students at an American university.""
Educational and Psychological Measurement 24 (1964), 961-~965.
Jones, R. A., and Michael, W, B. “The validity of a battery of tests in crmmunication skiils
tor foreign students attending an American university/" Educat tuned and Psycho^
logical Measurement 2 1 , no, 2 ( 1 96 1 ), 493-496.
Kolers, P. A. “Interlingual word associations.’’ Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior 2 (1963), 291-300.
Lado, R. Linguistics across cultures. Ann Arbor, Mich,: Llnlver.sity of Michigan Press,
1961,
“Language and politics,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2221 (December 13, 1957),
p. 1577.
Littrell, R. T-, Opstad, P, E., and Hiira, T. The effectiveness of native language achievement
tests in predicting relative academic success. Long Beach, Calif.: California State
College at Long Beach, 1966.
Macnamara, J. “The effects of instruction in a weaker language,” Journal of Social Issues
23, no. 2(1967), 121 = 135.
“Making foreign languages come alive.” School Management 10 (December 1966), 104-
105.
Manual, H. T. “The construction of interlanguage tests.” National Council on Measure^
men t— Eighteenth Yearbook, 1961, pp. 1 0 1 - 1 05.
Meyer, S. L„ and Cullen, A. J. “Spanish-speaking college in Noith America: A prospectus
of a unique venture in inter-American education.” Liberal Education 49 (May 1963),
218-225.
Michael. W. B., and Jones, R. A. “Linguistic factors in several tests and criterion meas-
ures pertaining to communication skills.” Educational and Psychological Measure-
me/i/21,no.4(l96l), 1011-1014.
123
Miron, M. S. “A cross-linguistic investigation of phonetic symbolism.” Jounuii of Ab-
normal ami Social Psychology 62 (1961), 623-630.
Nicoll, A. “English studies for Americans in British universities.” BuUetin 44 (May
1958), 301-305.
Payne, D. A., and Vaughn* H, A, “Forecasting Italian language proficiency of culturally
immersed students.” Modern Langaaye Journal 51 (January 1967), 3-6.
Pci, M. The story of language. Philadelphia, Pa*: Lippincoit, 1949.
Roemmele* J. A. “Language laboratory as an aid in oral tests overseas.” English Language
Teacher 21 (October 1966), 50-55.
Schwab. W. “Language and related problems of foreigii students.” /4/4C Bulletin 42 (May
1956), 310-315.
Sinauer, E. M. “Teaching foreign students, in French.” Overseas 3 (December 1963), 12-
15.
Smith, C. L. “Learning French abroad,” independent Education 2 (February 1929), 27.
Soffleti, J. P. “Bilingualism and bieulturalism,” Journal of Educational Psychology 46,
(1955).
“Solving language troubles — Welsh experiment.” Times Educational Supplement, no.
2576 (October 2, 1964), p, 527.
Sommer, J. “New students, new language.” Minnesota Journal of Education 31 (1950),
1 3 - 1 4 .
Spencer, R. E. “Foreign language questionnaire results — Russian.” Office of Instructional
Resources, Research Report, no. 242. Urbana, III,: Office of Instructional Resources,
University of Illinois, (October 1966).
Takefuta, Y., and Black, J. W. “Perception of foreign accent in Japanese- English by Ameri-
can, Rriiish, and Japanese listeners.” Speech Monographs 33 (August )966), 372-376.
Thompson, N. B. "Yes, learning another language is easy.” Pennsylvania School Journal
105 (February 1957), 242.
Unesco. /47>/Cf/« langnages and English in education. Educational Studies and Documents,
no. 2. Paris, 1953.
“University of Chicago's summer seminar in Europe.” School and Society 67 (March 27,
1948), 236.
Van Dusen, J. “Canadians learn German the right way.” Canadian Geographical Journal
69 (August 1964), 56-59.
Van Syoc, B,, ed. Linguistics and the teaching of English as a foreigti language. Ann
Arbor, Mich.: Language Learning (June 1958).
Wall work, J. F. “Language needs in post-school-certificate education.” English Language
Teacher 22 (October 1967), 29-33.
Wang, S. L. “Demonstmtion of the language difficulty Involved in comparing racial groups
by means of verbal intelligence tests.” Journal of Applied Psycliology 10 (March
1926), 102-106.
C, COURSES OF STUDY
Abrams, I. Selected programs in Europe for foreign students. Yellow Springs, Ohio:
Antioch College, 1962.
Adams, D. K. “British honors program in American studies. 'T/ic Superior Student 4 (March
1962), 9.
Akhun, I. I. “Turkish engineering students studying in the United Stales.” Doctoral (Ed.D.)
dissertation. University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo„ 1961.
Aldrich, J. C, “Workshop in American studies.” Social Education 22 (May 1958), 242-244.
Alwi, S. “Living room education.” HE News BuUeiin 30 (March 1955), 51-52.
American Institute for Research. A pilot study of participant training in the United States,
Washington, D.C.! American Institute for Research, June 1963.
Americim Psychological Association. International opportunities for advanced training
and research in psychology. Report of La Napoule Planning Conference, held in
Chateau de la Napoule, France, July 23-August 1, 1962. Washington, D.C.: American
Psychological Association, 1963.
“American studies courses abroad.'* Higher Educatiun IS (June 1962), 21.
American studies Inventory and survey. College Park, Md.: University of Maryland,
(December 1 957).
American University, Bureau of Social Science 'R%%ei\vQh. Social science pcrspeclivcs on
training for developments, Washington, D.C.: American University, 1965.
Anderson, H, R., and Healy, P. E. ''Humanities abroad.’" English Journal 55 (May 1966),
585-587.
Annual summary of foreign agricultural training as of June 30, J964, Washington, D.C.:
USD A, International Agnculturai Development Service, n.d.
Ashly, E. Technology and the academics— an essay on universities and the scientific
revolution. London- Macmillan, 1958.
A AC, Commission on International Understanding. Non-western studies in the liberal arts
college. Washington, D.C.; A AC, 1964.
Austrian Commiltee for International Educational Exchange. Summer courses In Austria,
Vienna, Austria: Austrian Committee for International Educational Exchange, annual.
Bailey, J. H. “Non-Western studies in the small liberal arts college: An experiment at
Earlham and Antioch."" Liberal Education 67 (October 1961), 405’-41 L
Barry, W. “All-American air team — inter= American aviation training program. Flying 34
(Fehriiary 1944), 24-25.
Barsky, A. J. “Deep and enduring mark — training of a foreign surgical special ist,” Over-
seas 2 (May 1963), 2-5,
Beebe, E. V. "'Foreign students in Teachers College."" New York State Education 37
(April 1950), 497-499.
Beck, R. H. “Professional training in education of foreign students in the United Slates,’"
Journal of Teacher Education 13 (June-December 1962). 140-149, 302-318, 402-
408.
Bennett, W. C,Area studies in American universities. New York: SSRC, 1951.
Berg, S. O. “University training in agricultural economics for foreign students.”
of Farm Economics 41 (1959), 1373=1384.
Bigelow, K. W. ""Africa, teacher education, and the United States; the fourth Charles W.
Hunt lecture.” American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education Yearbook
16(1963), 102-1 12.
Bigge, A, E. “American education for Middle Eastern students.” HE News Bulletin 34
(March 1959), I8--22.
Bjork, R. E, "‘Engineering education in an international perspective,” Journal of Engi-
neering Education 50, no. 9 (I960), 683-690,
Bolinger, D. L. About those exchanges: Educational terms, curriculum and degrees in
Latin America.” Journal of Higher Education 13 (1942), 438=440.
“Brazil and the United States cooperate in industrial Bulletin of the Pan Amerb
can Union 80 (October 1946), 596.
British Information Services. Short courses and summer schools in Britahu 1967, New
York; British Information Services, 1967.
Caldwell, R. “Students from other lands learn about home economics at Oklahoma A&M.”
Practical Home Economics 32 (October 1953), 16.
Camovsky, L, “The foreign student In the accredited library m\\Qo\ 3" Journal of Education
for Librarianship 1, no. 2 (1960), 94=107.
125
Chambers, M. !Vi. “Michigan seminar for foreign university administrators.’’ School and
Society 89 (Febmary II, 1961). 57.
’’Chinese institute arranges technical traiiiing for Chinese students in the U,S,” China
Weekly Review 91 (January 6, 1940), 208,
“Chinese nurses at Columbia.’’ IndcpeiHlcnt Woman 35 (May 1956), 21,
Clements, F. E., and GoIIin, A, E, Evaluation of the Technical Training Program in United
States foreign aid, Washington, D.C,: AID, 1964.
Cohen, H. “American studies and American literature,” College English 24 (April 1963),
550=554,
Cole, F, International relations in institutions of higher education in the South. Washington,
D,C.: ACE, 1958.
Colligan, F. J. Programs of intemat tonal cooperation and technical exchange of agencies
of the United States government and related international organizations. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, 1957.
“Columbia University’s foreign Library School students conference report.” Lihra/y
Journal 84 (February L 1959), 382=384,
“Concepts of anthropology and their application to iniernatlonal education.” NAFSA
Newsletter Supplement. Report of the Fifteenth Annual Conference on the Cultural
Dimensions of International Education. New York: N A FSA 24, no. 9 ( 1 963), 2=3,
“Cooperative educational agreement, Panama=United States.” Bulletin of the Pan American
Union 81 (February 1947), 109.
Corner, T. E. “Teacher education and U.S. training programs with African countries.”
American Assvciatlon of Colleges for Teacher Education Yearbook, 1962, pp 78=83.
Crane, R. E. L, “International teacher development program.” Higher Education 19
(.lanuary 1963), 7=8.
Cullen, A. J. “Elbert Coveil College; A new kind of Spanish language and inter- .American
area center,” Hispania 47 (December 1964), 788=794.
Cunliffe, M. “American studies — Manchester’s plans.” Times Educational Supplement,
no. 2446 (April 6, 1962), p. 689,
De Barry, W. T. “Asian studies for undergraduates.” In International education: past,
present, problems and prospects. Washington, D.C.: USGPO, 1966, pp. J55-I6L
Dennis, W. H. “Training for Chinese graduate students of education,” HE News Bulletin
19 (May 1944), 6-7.
Diehl, H. $., Crosly, E. L., and Kaet^el, P. K, “Alien physicians training in hospitals in the
United Journal of American Medical Association, (September 1954).
Dressel, C. A. “The development of African studies in, the United States.” /47>7cf?;f Studies
Bulletin 9, no. 3 ( 1 966), 66=73.
Duggan, L, “Foreign students as assistants in modern tbreign language departments.”
Hispania 3 1 (May 1948), 216-217.
“We have something besides technology to offer.” HE News Bulletin 22 (De-
cember 1946), 3-4.
Easter, E. C. “Adapting American education to the needs of engineering students from East
Africa.” of Engineering Education 50 (May i960), 743-746.
Ebel, R. L. “Measurement applications in teacher education; A review of relevant re-
search.” JoMrmi/ o/ reacAer 17, no, I, 1966.
“Education export: FEA urges 1 end-1 ease in plan to train foreign engineers in preparation
for post-war construction at home.” Business Week, April 15, 1944, pp. 113-114.
EWA, The professional school and world affairs. New York: EWA, 1967,
Educational Council for Foreign Medical Graduates, Educational Council for foreign
medical graduates information booklet. Philadelphia, Pa.: Educational Council for
Foreign Medical Graduates, 1967,
January 1965 information for applicants --Educational Council for Foreign
126
Medical G raduates. Evanston, III.: Educational Coiincil for Foreign Medical (Jrad-
uates, 1965.
' Excess of niedical School and Society 35 (January 23, 1932), 125.
Fayerweather, J., and Johnson, A, E, ‘'Business courses for foreign students.” Overseas
3 (October 1963), 23-24.
“Fellowship appointments for Latin American librarians and students in social work.”
HE News Bulletin 17 (February 1942), 10- IF
Field, G. R. ” Political Involvement and political orientations of Turkish law students.”
Doctoral dissertation. University of Oregon, Eugene, Ore., 1964.
.Filler, L. “American studies abroad.” School and Society 85 (September 14, 1957), 244-
247.
“Foreign students of education at Teachers College.” School and Society 26 (October 8,
1927), 452-453.
“Foreign trainees, an important legal opinion,” Library Journal 83 (September 15, 1958),
2374.
“Future of foreign scientist program undecided.” 129 (June 5, 1959), 1535.
“German interns on exchange.” Sw/ vey 88 (March 1952), 135.
Gilbert, M. “Voyage agricole — four young Frenchmen study U.S. farming methods.”
New York Tifties Magazine, November 22, 1953, p. 39.
Gilbert, W. R. >4 study of the mterchange of teachers:* programs on the locah national and
international level, with emphasis on Seattle, Washington. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Uni-
versity of Michigan Microfilms, 1955.
Gjelsne.$s, R, H,, et al. “Foreign students in library schools.” Library Associa-
tion Biiiletin 42 (June 1948), 268-270.
Gobrecht, R, A. “Method of teaching impromptu speaking to foreign students.” Speech
Teacher 13 (November 1964), 288-292.
Green, O. M. “Chinese engineering students In England.” Great Britain and the East 48
(June 17, 1937), 877.
Grissom, J. W. “Technical assistance training programs in education.'' School and Society
81 (January 8, 1955), 1-4.
“Guide to Asian studies in undergraduate education.” Newsletter (Association for Asian
Studies) 10, no. 1, 1964.
Halberstani, J. L. Cultural and personality factors affecting the adequacy oj" the graduate
j: medical /r«//i/;ig of foreign physicians in the U.S. Washington, D.C.: USDHEW, 1 965.
f- and Dacso, M, M, ”A cross=cultural evaluation of graduate training in physical
I medicine and rehabilitation by foreign and U.S, residents.” Archives of Physical
f Medicine and Rehabilitation 47, no. 9 (1966), 621-633.
i Facts andfictif in the cross-cultural evaluation of graduate medical training in
physical medicine i rehabilitation by U.S. and foreign residents. New York: IlE
f and New York University Medical Center, 1965.
. Foreign and U.S. residents in a university- affiliated teaching hospital — invesiiga-
• tion of U.S. graduate medical education. New York: Institute of Physical Medicine
and Rehabilitation, New York University Hospital, 1964,
Hall, R. B. Area studies: With special reference to their implications for research in the
social sciences. New York: SSRC, 1947.
Hamilton, S. “Grass-roots help for Europe: agriculturai students.” Christian Century 65
(April 28, 1948), 382-383.
Harper, N. “Asian students and Asian studies in Australia.” Pacific Affairs 31 (March
I 958), 54-64.
Headrick, R. L., and Jaffe, R. H. “AIESEC: International student exchange in business.”
HE News Bulletin 35 (November 1959), 40-43.
Higbee, H. D. “Foreign student programs analyzed.” Michigan Educational Journal 39
(December 1961), 308,
127
**Hibh’.’/ay engineers finish year's training in United Stales roadbuilding methods/’ Bulletin
of the Pun American Union 8) (September 1947), 517.
Hirsch, F. E. “Library st hooi opportunities open to foreign librarians.” Lihraiy Journal 84
(April 15, 1959), 1201 = 1203.
Hoffmann, R. ”Wine- tasting jobs and others not so dull — intc^rnationul AIESEC congress.”
Mademoiselle^ February 1964, pp. 112-113.
Holtzclaw, K. ”Chinsook and Chungli study home economics." Journal of Home Eco-
nomics 41 (May 1949), 237-238.
H or ness, S. A. Prelimimuy survey courses^ American history. Baton Rouge, La.: Inter-
.national Student Adviser, Louisiana State University, 1965.
Hsu, M. A study oj’ Chinese students enrolled in accredited schools of library science in
the United States. Los Angeles, CaliL: Immaculate Heart College, 1 96 L
"Industrial education in Thailand." Industrial Arts and Vocational Eduraflon 44 (Sep-
tember 1955), 217,
I IE. Graduate study in the United States, New York: IIL, 1967.
The land-grant college and state university in the United Smtes. New York: ME,
I960.
Teaciier preparation institutions in the United States. New York: ME, 1962,
The two-year college in the United States. New York: ME, 1967.
— , Committee on Educational Interchange Policy. United States medical training for
foreign students and physieians. New York: ME, July 1957.
International Cooperation Administration. Report of progress in teacher educaiion. Wash-
ington, DC.: International Cooperation Administration, I960-
“International exchange of trainees.” International Labour Review 75 (March 1957),
230=245.
“International institute of Teachers College." School and Society 17 (March 10, 1923),
277-280.
“ International movement of trainees — an aspect of vocational training." International
Labour Review 60 (August 1949), 145-154.
Johnson, W., chairman. American studies abroad. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Advisory Com-
mittee on Education and Cultural Affairs, 1963.
Justice, H. K., and Wischeidt, J., Jr. "Pan-American exchanges in engineering, science, and
agriculture.” Jow/virt/ of English Education 5 1 (February 1961), 445-450.
Kaul, J, N. "Dissertations in the social sciences by Indian doctoral scholars, 1933-1953."
Doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1955.
Kelman, H. C. “The effects of participation in a foreign specialists seminaron images of the
host country and the professional field." Journal of Applied Behavioral Science I,
no. 2 (1965), 155=166.
“The reactions of participants in a foreign specialists seminar to their American
experience, of Social Issues 1 9, no. 3 ( 1 963), 6 1- ! 14.
King, J. A., Jr. "Student from abroad at the Harvard Law School." IIE News Bulletin
33 (October 1957), 18=23.
Kiopf, G. J. “Education fora profession." Overseas 2 (December 1962), I8-22,
Knorr, K. Foreign intelligence and social sciences. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University
Press, 1964,
"Latin American farm leaders train in United States," Higher Education !9 (July 1963),
25.
Lawler, V. “Music education in the Americas.” Education 69 (March 1949), 391=395.
Leuallan, E. E. “Individual programs for foreign pharmacists.” Overseas 3 (September
1963), 3-7.
Little, G. T. Program of non-Western studies In Vermont. Post-doctoml study. University
of Vermont, Burlington, Vt., 1964,
128
Long, iVL L. “Foreign graduate students in ectmomies,” American llcononiic Review 56
(September 1966), 848*855.
Loschiaro, M. M. “Exchange student liked freedom in art.“ School Arts 60 LJanuary 1961),
14 .
Masefield, G, B. “Commonwealth studies in British universities — science,’- Universities
Quarterly, 1 2 (August 1958), 41 4*4 1 9,
“Medicnl education for roreign scholars In the medical sciences,” Report of a conference
held at the University of Wisconsin, at Madison, Wisconsin, June 24-26, 1957. Pub-
lished as Part 11 of the Journal of Medical Education, March, 1958.
Morehouse, W, “Asian studies in undergraduate education,” of General Education
11 (1958), 125.
- — - , ed. Asian siudles In liberal arts colleges. Washington, D.C,: AAC, 1961,
. Foreign area studies and the college library. New York: State Education Depart-
ment, State University of New York, 1965,
Moyer, J. T. “The teaching of Japanese culture to foreign students in Japan.” Doctoral
dissertation, American School, Tokyo, 1967.
Murase, K. “International students in education for social work: An assessmer,, by inter-
national graduates of schools of social work in North America,” Social Service Review
35 (June 1961), 171*183.
National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, Engineering for the develop-
ing countries. Washington, D.C,: National Academy of Sciences, I96L
National Office of French Universities and Schools. Courses for foreigners in France
offered hy French universities, Si4 miner, 1966. Paris: National Office of French Uni-
versities and Schools, 1966.
Neff, K. L. Education and the development of human technology. (OE-3 003 8) Washing-
ton, D.C.: USOEand USGPO, 1962.
O’Hara, B,, chairman. African students and study programs in the United States. Wash-
ington, D.C.: U-S. House of Representatives, 1965.
“Parinership for progress: International technical co-operation.” Annals of the A inerican
Academy of PotiUcal and Social Science, 1959, 323.
Patterson, J. C. “Intev-American cooperation in the study of public administration.” Bulle-
tin of the Pan American Union 73 (December 1939), 708-71 I.
Payne, D. V. “Holiday courses.” of Education (London) 62 (June 1930), 458.
Phelps, F, “Summer of science.” 12 ('‘lovember 1961), 16-21.
Pierson, H, H. “Foreign students and pre-medical courses.” HE News Bulletin 26 (Feb-
ruary 1951), 15-16.
Price, D. J. S, Little science, big science. New York: Columbia University Press, 1963.
Pritchard, E. M. F. “Hospital programs for foreign nurses,” HE News Bulletin 34 (May
1959), 29-35.
“Proposed training of foreign engineers in the United States.” Science 99 (April
14, 1944), 293.
Quigley, T. E. Foreign seminarians in the U3. Washington, D.C.: National Catholic WeS-
faie Conference, 1964.
“Radioisotope irafnisig for foreign School and Society %\ (June 11, 1955), 189.
Ramsey, B. “Student teacher speaks,” Virginia Journal of Education 52 (September 1958),
22-24.
Randel, W. “Case for American studies'. An appeal for recognition and support,*'* Journal
of Higher Education 30 (February 1959), 73*76,
Peed, H, A, “Intercultural or non-Westem studies in general education.” In General
education: current id ms and concerns, ed. J. G. Price. Washington, D.C.: NEA, 1964,
P- 7.
Rivers, W, F, “Program in step: Technical assistance in a new form.” Far Eastern Survey
28 (January 1959), 12-16,
129
Rusk, H. A. Cultural and personality factors affecting the adequacy of the graduate medh
cal training of foreign physicians in the U,S. Washington, DX\: USDHEW, 1965.
Sanders, I. T,, ed. "'The professional education of students from other landa.” Interpro-
fessional Conference sponsored by the Association of Schools of Public Health and
the Council on Social '^’'^ork Education at Osgood Hill Conference Center, Boston
University, (October 1961).
Sayre, J. M. “Improving uiirul comprehension of foreign students.” Speech Teacher 15,
no, 3 (1965), 217 -219.
An investigation of the types of special courses being offercKi to foreign students
in the continental U nited States ^ Oxford, Ohio: Miami University, 1962.
Schtnidt, J. P. “Discussion — post graduate instruction for the foreign student.” Jo«r/i£// of
Farm Economics 5 (i959), 1395-1398.
Schube/t, D, G, “Reading problems of foreign students.” Junior Colicge Journal 29 (March
1959), 399-400,
Schwartz, W. L. “Japanese government students in America,” School and Society 10
(1919), 202-204.
“Science students at Moscow University,” Bulletin of Atomic Scientists 23 (April 1967),
37^40,
Scott, J. D. Educating Asian students for busmess careers, Ann Arbor, Mich.: Graduate
School of Burliness Administration, University of Michigan, i960.
Shank, D, J, “Exchange education in engineering." Journal of English Editcatkm 50
(January 1960), 328-329.
Shoemaker, L, M. “Opportunities for science study abroad.” Education 56 (March 1936),
418-420.
Siegel, B. T. Foreign student research project, Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University, 1964.
Slive, S., and Doyle, F. “Art history and aerial mapping,” IIE News Bulletin 27 (April
1952), 27-29.
Spaeth, C. B. survey of Asian studies, A report prepared for the Ford Foundation In 195 i
by a committee under the direction of C. B. Spaeth. New York: Ford Foundation, 1 95 U
Speakman, C. E-, JT. “Harvard’s role in internationai exchange in management training.”
IIE News Bulletin 35 (November 1959), 12-16.
“Study of ar*. in Fiorence.” Times Educational Supplementf no 1850 (October 13, 1950),
p. 784,
Swift, R. World affairs and the college curriculum, Washington, D.C.: ACE, 1959.
Swiss National Tourist Office. Holiday courses and canips in Swiizerhifid. New York:
Swiss National Tourist Office, 1966.
Unesco. Opportunities for students to obtain technical experience abroad. Paris: Unesco,
1964.
USDS, Bureau of Educational and Cultural A^divs, International teacher development pro‘
gram, 1960^1961 : Annual report to U,S. Department of State. Washington, D.C,:
USDS, 1962.
, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, international teacher development pro^
gram, 1961-^1962: Annual report to the U.S. Depariiuent of State, Washingion, D.C.:
USDS, 1963.
Bureau of Intelligence and Research. .4 rer/ study programs in American universities,
Washington, D.C-: USDS, 1959,
“United States expands program for scientific training.” USDS Bulletin 38 (April 7, 1958),
563,
University of Pittsburgh, Graduate School of Public and International Affairs. Profe,%sional
education for economic and social development. Pittsburgh, Pa,: University of Pitts-
burgh, n.d.
Wakeland, H. L. “Attrition and trends in foreign student engineering education at the
130
University of Illinois.'* Paper presented at American Society for Engineering Educa-
tion's Annual Meeting, at University of Maine, June 1964.
Walker, R. H. American studies in the United States. Baton Rouge, La.; Louisiana State
University -Press, 1958.
Warner, A. J. "Foreign student at library school.'" Lihraty Journal 83 (November 15,
1958), 3211-3213,
Wegman, M. E. “Deficiencies in our training of foreign public health students.”
Journal of Public Health and the Nation's Health 44 (June 1 954), 780-783.
Wiggins, W, S, "Problems in medical exchange programs.” Background paper for pro-
fessional workshop: Medicine and Health, Second National Conference on Exchange
of Persons, (December 5-7, 1956) New York, 1956.
Winston, E. B. "Foreign students in remedial reading.*’ Journal of Reading 9 (January
1966), 170-178,
— - "Women from Chile, Peru, and Brazil study UniU J States labor methods,” Bulle-
tin of the Pan American Union 80 (October 1946), 580-58 1.
Wybourn, M, “Clothing and textile education for college students from other lands.”
Journal of Home Economies 5 1 (June 1959), 418-421.
131
Ill, GENERAL WORKS ON INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIONAL
AND CULTURAL EXCHANGE
y
I
i
I
Acki, H. "The eftect of American ideas upon Japanese higher education.” Doctoral disser*
tation, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., 1957.
Adams, D., and Adams, J. “education and social development.” Review of Educational Re^
search 38, no. 3 ( 1 968), 243-263,
Adams, W., and Garraty, J. A. Is the world our campus? East Lansing, Mich.: Michigan
State University Press, i960.
Albee, L. ^Education as an implement of U,S. foreign policy.” Doctoral dissertation, Yale
University, New Haven, Conn., 1948.
Allan, H, R, Open door to learning. Urbana, III.: University of Illinois Press, 1963,
Alien, R. B. '‘That immortal garland,” HE News BuUetin 26 (May 1951), 3-4.
“American influences abroad ,” Review 22, no. 2 (1962), entire issue.
American Institute for Research. Psychological research related to social and economic
mnovatlons abroad. Washington, D.C.: American Institute for Research, 1967.
American University, Bureau of Social Science Research. Cemus of ififiuence. (lEVE. 6.)
Washington, D.C.: American University, April 1953.
“American youth taking ijtock,” Phi Deita Kappan 28 (May 1947), 371-376.
Apeland, N. World youth and the Com/nunists. London: Phoenix House, 1958.
“Artists in glass.” //£ News Bulletin 28 (March 1953), 18-20.
Babbidge, H, D-, Ir. “Peace, understanding, and education." NCEA Bulletin 62 (August
1965), 29-35.
“Bad lesson.” Survey 68 (October 15, 1932), 497.
Barghoorn, F. C. The Soviet cultural offensive, Princeton, N,J.: Princeton University
Press, I960.
Barker, J. E. “ Impressions of France, 1 946.” French Review 20 (February 1 947), 284-29 1 .
Barnett, H. G. Innovations^ the basis of cultural change. New York: McGraw=HilI, 1933,
Barr, E, S. “Local leadership for Israel,” IIE News BuUetin 31 (May 1956), 40-43.
Barrett, E, W. “Enlightening the enlighteners.” HE News Bulletin 24 (April 1949), 3-4,
Barstow, R, W. “Building the ecumenical future,” Christian Century 67 (November 22,
1950), 1388-1389.
Bauer, R. C. International education in emerging areas. San German, Puerto Rico: Inter-
American University Press, 1963.
Banmgartel, H. “Psychology and v/orld afTairs." In International Student Studies Series,
no, 21. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1967.
Beer, K. E., ed. The U.S.A. answers questions. New York: Manhattan Publishers, and U,S.
and World Publications, n.d.
Behmelt, B. “Food for thought.” Midland Schooh 63 (April 1949), 8-9.
Belcher, M. “Best of both worlds.” Times Educational Supplement t no, 2608, (May 14.
1 965), Sup, 13.
Benezet, L. T. “Call for a booster shot.” Educational Record 42 (April 1961), 126-129.
“Better understanding is predominant.” School Activities 28 (October 1956), 7 1 .
Biggar, J. H. “Visites intcrprovinciale.s.” 29 (May 1941), 803-805.
Billington, D. T, “Belgium and concrete.” HE News Bulletin 29 (December |953)i 20-24.
Bird, J. “TheyTe learning about America,” Saturday Evening Post, November 26, 1 955,
p. 27.
Blaisdeli, A. C. “New crisis in cultural relations,” IIE News Bulletin 23 (January 1948),
3=9,
133
Blum, R., ed. Cultural c^ffairs and foreign relations, Englewood Cliffs, N, J,: Prenliee-Hall,
1963.
“Bodge makes restitution.” Times Educational Supplements no, 2417 (Septeniber 15, 1961),
p, 292,
Bolter, A. “From Vienna^ Ein Blick in die Weil.” HE News Bulletin 28 (November 1952),
l8-?9.
“Bowdoin plan.” Higher Education 8 (Februaiy 15, 1952), 140^141.
Bowles, F. “American responsibilitias in intarnatlonni education.” Educational Record
45 no. 1 (1964), 19-26.
Bowman, J. “United States — open spaces and open homes.” Overseas I (March 1962),
35^39.
Boyd, R. W. “Four weeks in the limelight.” Wisconsin Journal of Education 84 (April
1952), 7-9.
Boyd, W. “New committee with a great task.” M issionary Review of the World 46 (Sep=
tember 1923), 74F 744.
“Boys from over the pond.” Times Educational Supplements no. 2234 (March N, 1958),
p. 397.
Braisted, P. J. “To meet a need of war-torn countries.” AAC Bulletin 30 (May 1944), 355-^
360.
Brataas, M. G. “SPAN, Minnesota’s approach to world government and international
relations.” School and Society 66 (September 20, 1947), 221=222.
Brembeck, C. S. Perception of education as a change agent in developing countries. East
Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University Press, 1963.
Brlckell, H. “Dollars and understanding.” HE News Bulletin 24 (November 1943), 3-4.
“Bridge between nations.” HE News Bulletin 31 (February 1956), 40=43.
Britton, P. E. “Professional education as an international experience.’' Journal of Healiht
Physical Education^ Recreation 38 (February 1967), 61.
Brooke, A. “Platitudes or progress.” India Brief ng (Asia Society), no. 9 ( 1 966).
Brown, 1. C. Understanding other cultures. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1961.
Brownell, A. “Latin^American memoir.” Overseas 1 (February 1962), 6-10.
Brugger, A. T., and Atkinson, B, H. “Cherchez les differences,” Jouruu/ of Higher Educa-
tion T7 (1956), 297-300.
Brzezlnski, Z., ed. Africa and the Communist world. Palo Alto, Calif.: Stanford University
Press, 1953.
Buchanan, W., and Cantril, H. How nations see each other. Urbana, III.: University of
Illinois Press, 1953.
Bullard, D. A. Education for international responsihiiities. New York: HE, 1 957.
Bunker, J. W. M. “Challenge to American educators." School and Society 64 (July 20,
1946), 33=34.
Bunker, R,, and Adair, J. The first look at strangers. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers Uni-
versity Press, 1959.
Burns, H. W., ed. Education and the development of nations. Syracuse, N.Y.: Center for
Development Education, All-University School of Education, Syracuse University,
1963.
Butts, R. F. American education in international development. New York; Harper, 1963.
» “Civilization as historical process: Meeting ground for comparative and inter-
national education.” Comparative Education 3 (June 1967), 155-i68.
Caldwell, O. J. “Education provides a new approach to diplomacy.” Nation* s Schools 53
(February 1954), 43-47.
^ “International understanding.” Nation* s School 53 (April 1954), 77-80.
Cambel, A. B. “On educating others.” AAUP Bulletin 42 (September 1956). 490-494.
Cambien, S. “Reflections on the U.S.A.” HE News Bulletin 28 (October !952), 21-22.
134
Carnegie Corporation. The place of education and human resource development in foreign
assistance. New York' Carnegie Corporation^^ 1962.
Cass^ J. “While school keeps.” Saturday ^evieiv, July 20, 1963, p. 54.
Cerych, L, Problems of aid to education in developing countries. New York: Praeger, 1965.
Champlin, C. D. “Changing world,” Educational Forum 11 (January 1947), 205=211,
Chang, S. W. “Until the next fluorescent spring — autobiography .” and the Americas
19 (February 1929), 113.
Chcny, C. P, Chine se=American cultural relations. New Yorki China InstitUle In Am erica
and American Association of Teachers of Chinese Language and Culture, 1965,
Cherrington, B, M, “Ten years after- Ten years of intercultural relations.” A AC Bulletin
34 (1948), 500=522,
Christie, J. “Alumni relations division,” HE News Bulletin 28 (June 1 953), 15-19.
“Christmas that turns outward.” Christian Century 69 (December 10, 1952), 1427.
Cbristophersen, E. “Expanding role of education in relation to international affairs.” North
Central Association Quarterly 23 (January 1949), 237=242.
Cicioni, M. “Year of seven new words.” Seventeen, October 1 965, pp. 1 26- 1 27,
Clark, D. “Bill Sudduth’s rewarding hobby.'' American Mercury, May 1954, pp. 103-109.
Clark, J. B. “At liberty for a weekend.” Rotarian, January 1955, p. 40,
Cleveland, H. “Current issues in higher education, 1958." Journal of the Association for
Higher Education, NEA, 1958.
Cohen, J. M. “Christopher Columbus is dead,” Spectator 209 (December 28, 1962), 983,
Cole, A, C, “HE takes to the road.” HE News Bulletin 26 (February 195 1), 26-27.
Colligan, F. J. Twenty years after— two decades of government^sponsored cultural rela-
tions. USDS Publication 6689. Washington, D.C.: USOi^O, 1958.
Commager, II, S, “If only we wouldn’t talk so much!” The Reporter, August 8, 1957, p. 52.
Coombs, P. H. Fourth dimension of foreign policy -= educational and cultural affairs. New
York: Council on Foreign Relations, 1964,
■ and Bigelow, K. W. Education and foreign aid, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Uni-
versity Press, 1965-
Coughlm, R. J. “Cross-cultural patterns in Southeast Asia.” HE News Bulletin 29 (De-
cember 1953), 1 1=14.
Council on Higher Education in the American Republics, .4gr/cK//wre and the University.
New York: Council on Higher Education in the American Republics, 1965.
The arts and the university. New York: Council on Higher Education in the Ameri=
can Republics, 1964.
Demography and the university. New York: Council on Higher Education In the
American Republics, 1969,
Educational technology and the university. New York: Council on Higher Educa-
tion in the American Republics, 1969.
Cbx, A. M., and Mathiasen, K., III. United Nations Institute for Training and Research:
Proposals for programt budget and organization. Washington, D,C.: Brookings In-
stitution, December 1964-
Cox, H. The secular city. New York: Macmillan, 1965.
“Criticisms from the colonies.” Times Educational Supplernentf no. 2093 (July 1, 1955),
p, 723,
Crockett, S. “Experimental way toward international responsibility.” yowr/io/ of Secondary
Education 37 (March 1962), 188-190.
Curie, A. Educational strategy for developing societies. New York: Random House, 1963.
Current forces affecting education internationally. A conference report on the Role of
American Education In the International Scene, held in Stockton, Calif., October
1965, 15-16. Bloomington, Ind,: Phi Delta Kappa, 1966.
Davis, J, M, “Some trends in international educational exchange.” Comparative Educa-
tion Review 8 (June 1964), 48-57.
135
■ ‘‘Washington friendship tour.” HE News Bulletin 24 (June 1949), 1 5-- 16,
Dawes, N. H. An adventure in international understanding. New York: Asia Publishers,
1961.
Deitch, J. “Better than a million words.” Christian Science Monitor Weekly Magazine
Section, November 6, 1948i p. 3
Dennis, L. H., ed. “Two letters.” American Vocational Journal 24 (October 1949), 12.
“Department of State programs.” Higher Education 1 (January 1, 1951), 103.
Dctzer, K. W. “Christmas adventure.” Rotarian, December 1955, p. 23.
Deutsch, M. E. “Open door.” Vital Speeches 21 (November 1, 1954), 8 12-8 14-
Deutsch, S. “International aspects of higher education and exchange.” Conducted under
grants from Ford Foundation, Cleveland Foundation, and U.S. Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, 1966,
“Developing international minds.” Survey Graphic 48 (July !5, 1922), 525.
Dobinson, C. H, “Leaven for Europe.” Journal of Education, (London) 73 (June 1941),
2,30.
Drake, (Sister) C., “Mugo’s defense.” The Nation 175 (December 27, 1952), 616.
- “Terror that walks by day.” The Nation 175 (November 29, 1952), 490-492.
Dremuk. R,, and Gomez, H. “Is Abdul Mbaya being short-changed?” Personnet Journal
43, no. S (1964), 449-452.
Dubois, C. “Some notions on learning intercultural understanding," Education and Anthro-
pology, Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1955,
Dudley, R. “Queueing fan writes.” HE News Bulletin 27 (May 1952), 24“26.
Duggan, L. “Extracurricular education.” HE News Bulletin 22 (March 1947), 3-4.
■ “Sense of urgency.” HE New>s Bulletin 24 (October 1948), 3-4.
Duggan, S. “American activities in international education.” Political Quarterly 15 (Oc»
tober 1944), 317-329.
“American influence in world education.” Teachers College Record 24 (May
1923), 204-207.
- - - “Century of cultural influence.” HE News Bulletin 8 (May 1933), 3=5.
- “Foreign influences upon American education.” HE News Bulletin 6 (May 1931),
2=3.
“Dutch- Belgian cultural agreement.” International Bureau of Education Bulletin 20, no. 2
(1946), 51.
EWA. Education for international responsibility: The crisis in funding, A public policy
statement from the Board of Trustees of Education and World Affairs. Washington,
D.C,: EWA, July 1967.
Education and World Affairs: Report on program, 1963‘^1964. New York: EWA,
1965.
- Intercultural education— an information service of Education and World Affairs,
New York: EWA, September 1965,
“Education for internationalism.” Independent and W eekly ^ Review 99 (July 5, 1919),
11 = 12 .
“Education of young China.” Independent 87 (July 10, 1916), 46.
“Educational activities of the British Council In the United Kingdom.” Journal of Educa-
tion, (London) 81 (January 1949), 14.
“Educational lend-Iease.” School and Society 59 (May 6, 1944), 326.
Eells, W. C. “International book-of-the-month club.” HE News Bulletin 3 I (January 1956),
22=24.
Eflmenco, N, M, “American impact upon Middle East leadership.” Political Science
Quarterly 69 (June 1954), 202=218.
Elliott, W. Y. Educational training for developing areas, Cambridge, Mass,: Harvard Uni-
versity Press, 1965.
136
Esman, M. J* Needed ^an education and research base to support Anierica’s expanded
commitments overseas. Pittsburgh, Pa,i University of Pittsburgh Press, 1961.
Evans, R. “Passengers on the same planet.” Rotarianf October 1959, pp. 8-9.
Everett, S., Everett, A., and Christian, O., eds. Education fora world society ^promising
practices today. New York: Harper, 195L
“Everything moves so fast — Tibetans In England,’’ Times Educational Supplement^ no.
2632 (October 29, 1965), p. 902.
“Extra class experiences.” National Society for Study of Education Yearbook 3 (1957),
126-142.
Fabricant, N. “Intolerance in Vienna,” The Nation 133 (October 21, 1931), 442-444.
Ferber, E. “School that smiles.” v4/wer/ca« Education I (September 1965), 8-10,
Fisher, D, F. C, “Other side of the medal.” HE News Bulletin 25 (March 1950), 3-5,
Fisher, E. J. “Present challenge to increase intercultural activity," AACR Journal 20
(October 1944), 11-23.
Fisher, H, A, L, “Hands across the waters.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1253
(May 6, 1939), p. 165.
Fisher, H, H, “The fourth element of international relations.” In To Strengthen World
Freedom. New York: HE, 1951.
Flack, M. J. Clearinghouses of information on international educational activities. New
York: ACE, 1958,
Sources of information on international educational activities. Washington, D.C.:
ACE, 1958.
“For peace.” School Life 39 (December 1956), 3.
“For students— ^an experiment in international living,” Sunset, March 1 954, p, 6.
Force, R. W., and Force, M. “Keys to cultural understanding.” Science 133 (1961), 1202-
1206,
Ford Foundation. Context the world. New York: Ford Foundation, n,d,
Frankel, C. The era of educational and cultural relations. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1966.
, The neglected aspect of foreign affairs. Washington, D.C.: The Brookings In-
stitution, 1966.
Fraser, F, E, “International and comparative education.” Review of Educational Re-
search 37 (1967), 57-73.
Fraser, S. E., ed. Government policy and international education. New York: Wiley, 1965.
Fraser, S. E-, and Brukmer, W, A documentary history of international education. Chicago:
Foresman, 1966.
Friedman, D, “Being young, here and there." HE News Bulletin 28 (May 1953), 29-33.
Friedrich Ebert Foundation, The Soviet Block and the developing countries. Bonn, West
Germany: Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 1962,
Fulbright, J. W. “Open doors* not Iron curtains.” New York Times Magazine, August 5,
1951, p, 18,
“Further education." Times Educational Supplement, no. 1943 (July 25, 1952)j p. 636,
Gaede, W. R, “Some observations on the improvement of international-educational con-
tacts.” School and Society, 66 (December 27, 1947), 484-487.
Galatti, S. “In view,” Overseas 3 (November 1963), 23-25.
Gallaher, E, L. “A bas ready-made Blogans,-- HE News Bulletin 27 (January 1952), 35-36.
Garthe, E. L. “Rich resources for us." New York State Education 40 (October 1952), 19-
21 .
Gatheru, R. M. Child of two worlds— a Kikuyu's story. New York: Praeger, 1964.
Gatzke, M. L. “Report from Germany.” HE News Bulletin 28 (June 1953), 44-45.
Geis, G. “Disillusioned laugh at international education,” Education 68 (September 1947),
20-23.
Gell, J. “Be prepared!” HE News Bulletin 30 (February 1955)* 40-42.
137
Givens, W. E. “Education and lasting peace.” Kentucky School Journal 3 ! (February
1953), 9-14.
Gluckman, G. “Operation — Rome.” Classical Journal 60 (April 1965), 311=312.
Gombar, W. “International interview/- English Journal 38 (March 1949), 153-154.
Goodenough, W. H. Cooperation in change. New York; Russell Sage Foundation, 1963.
Gould, E. W. “They fly for freedom.” Christian Science Monitor Weekly Magazine Scc^
lion, August 4, 1945, p. 6.
“Grand tours.” Times Educational Supplemenu no. 1944 (August I, 1952), p. 653.
Gray, R. S. “Experiment in education.” Texas Outlook 31 (May 1947), 18-19.
Greenbie, M. L. “Why they shock the world,” Parents Magazine 5 (June 1930), 28-30.
Grew, J. C. “Japan's international university.” HE News Bulletin 25 (March 1950), 8=9.
Grocnen, J. “Far-reaching experiment.” HE Neyvs Bulletin 27 (April 1952), 34-37.
Gross, C. B. “Saburo's native land.” Readers Digest^ February 1963, pp, 107=109.
Grosvenor, G. M., and Neave, C. “Helping Holland rebuild her land,” National Ceo^
graphic Magazine 106 (September 1954), 365=413.
Hacket, J, “A .study of the educational theater tours sponsored by the President’s special
international program for cultural presentations, 1957-1960.” Doctoral dissertation,
Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich., 1963.
Hailey, F. “Japan’s guide to us.” New York Times Magazine, September 9, 1956, p. 64.
Haines, C. G. “United States policy In Europe, 1948-1960.” ScHool of Advanced !nter=
national Studies Review Spring 1961.
Hall, E. T. The hidden dimension. New York: Doubleday, 1966.
Hall, G. L, “Educational eooperation with Paraguay.” Journal of Teacher Education 5
(September 1954), 203-204.
Hanna, P. R. “Conventional and unconventional education for newly developed countries.”
\u Americans emerging role in overseas education, ed. C, Hunnicutt. .Symeuse, N.Y.:
Syracuse University, 1962, pp, 21-39,
Harbison, F,, and Meyers, C. A. Education, manpower and economic growth. New York;
McGraw-Hill, 1964.
Hart, C. J-, and Jellnek, D. C, “It’s international education or else.” Education 68 (May
1948), 560-566.
Hauch, C, C,, chairman. Foreign understanding and interpretations of United States edu-
cation, Report on a conference held at the U.S. Office of Education, Washington, D,C.:
USDHEW, 1960,
Heckstall-Smith, H. W. “Practice in straight thinking.” New Era 20 (January 1939), 14—17.
“Hello, real America!” Rotarian, September 1949, 40-41.
“Hemispheral misunderstanding.” School and Society 67 (January 3 1 , 1 948)^ 72.
“Here to learn.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2344, (April 22, i960), pp. 795-799.
“Historical framework of international student interchange.” International, Educational,
and Cultural Exchange, Winter 1968, pp. 27-35.
Ho, P. T. “China house.” Review 29 (April 1933), 359-360.
Hodgkin, T. “Black students speak.” Spectator 195 (July 15, 1955), 88.
Hodgkinsons^ H. L. Education in social and cultural perspectives. Englewood Cliffs, N.J,:
Prentice-Hall, 1962,
Holbrook, O. “Conference with professional societies and government agencies.” HE News
Buileiin 22 (April 1947), 16=19.
Holland, K. “HE since 191 9.” HE News Bulletin 29 (April 1954), 3-11.
A report to the President of the United States. New York: HE, 1961.
“Some implications of peace.” HE News Bulletin 29 (October 1953), 2=3,
Hollister, J. S. “No time for cynicism.” HE News Bulletin 25 (October 1949), 3=4.
Holmes, A. M. “Magnolias and bratwurst.” Clearing House 26 (May 1952), 530-532.
Hoi singer, J. C. “Living and learning experience in El Salvador.” School Activities 37
(April 1966), 4-7.
138
‘riome from home — world friendship.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 1897 (Septem-
ber 7, 1951), p. 698.
“Hoosier recipe, ‘The Scratchpad Man.”’ Rotarian, June 1954, pp. 39-40.
Hope, L., Jr, Observations an education in the Caribbean area. New York: NAFS A, 1 967.
Housel, L. K. “Making new friends with paper designs.” School Arts 55 (February 1956)
38. ,
Howard, M. “Point Four program In miniatui Independent Ionian 32 (July 1953), 243.
Hubbard, R. “Operation successful.” UE News Bulletin 25 (January 1950), 5-7.
Huffman, L. R, “Meaningful Christmas at Pleasant Valley School, Rockingham County.”
Virginia Journal of Education 60 (December 1966), 33.
Hughes, E. J., ed. Education in world perspective. New York: Harper, 1962.
Hulac, C. R. “Other side of the coin.” HE News Bulletin 31 (May 1956), 6-10.
Humphrey, R. A., ed. Toward a foreign policy for higher education. Washington DC *
ACE, I960,
Hurrey, C, D. “Appeal to American college officers.” Bulletin l£ (May 1932), 175.
Hyde, I. H. “Before women were human AAUW Journal 31 (June J93S), 226-236.
Hymer, E. W. “Laboratory for peace finds a formula.” Independent Woman 29 (July 1950)
194-196. ,
“Indiscriminate subsidy: Minister answers his critics.” Times Educational Supplement,
no. 2702 (March 3, 1967), p. 708.
HE- Blueprint for understanding. New York: HE, 1949.
— Education for one world. New York: 1 1 E, annually 1 949- 1 954,
— “In view— Elizabeth Ingraham.” Overseas 3 (February 1964), 24-25,
Ope.n doors: report on International exchange. New York: HE, annual.
, Research in programs for foreign students a report. New York: HE, 1969.
. The world at your door. New York: HE, 1952,
“International education.” Nature J 12 (August 11, 1923), 220~221.
“International looking glass.” HE News Bulletin 28 (March 1953), 47=48.
“international relations,” BuHetin 19 (March 1933), 201-202,
international understanding.” National Association of Student Couneds Yearbook 1961
pp. 58-68.
“International understanding program panel.” National Association of Student Councils
YertrbooE 1962, pp. 43-54.
Isaacs* H- R, Emergent Americans. A report on "Crossroads Africa.^' New York- John
Day, 1961.
Jacks, M. L, “Peace and the school.” 16 (May 1935 ), 123 - 124 .
Jacobs, C. “Janesville, home for a week-end.” Rotarian, March 1956, pp, 42-43. ■
Johnson, E. L. “Exporting American education.” Teachers College Journal 33 (Januarv
1962), 83^84.
Johnson, G. W. “Youth will be served.” New Republic 145 (November 27, 1961), 15.
Johnson, L, P, “President’s message on international education.” in International educa-
tion: past, present, problems, and prospects. Washington, D.C.; USGPO, 1966, pp
16=23. » KH
Johnson, M. H, “St. Olaf’s band in Norway.” Music Journal 24 (December 1966), 28-29.
Johnson, W. “Coalition of the free,” HE News Bulletin 30 (February 1955), 5-7.
Johnston^ M. C. “Adelante, caminante,” School Life 29 (October 1946), 11 = 12.
Johnston, R. W. “Song, not a sword,” School Musician Director and Teacher 38 (May
1967), 72-74.
Johnstone, R. M. “What America means to me- Reply.” Magazine, December
1949, p. 9.
Jones, S. H. “Tale of two cities-with a Latin flavor.” Social Studies 43 (December
1952), 332-334.
Joseph, F, M,, ed. As others see us: the through foreign eyes. Princeton, N. J.: Prince-
ton University Press, 1959,
Katz, S, ’‘Present, but not voting, in Argentina.” HE News Bulletin 27 (June 1952), 13-16.
Kayira, L. / will try. New York^ Doubleday, 1965.
Kelly, F. J. “Diploma mills.” UE News Bulletin 25 (February 1950), 15.
Kelman, H. C. Changing roles of youth in developing nations. Paper for Interageney tie-
search Conference on International Education. Washington, D.C.: USDS, May 1964.
Kennedy, J. F. “Welcome.” Overseas I (September 1961), 5.
Kennedy, R. F. “Free trade in ideas; excerpts from address.” Saturday Review, February
16, 1963, pp. 43-44.
Keppler, C. H., Jr, “What, no U.S, Ministry of Education.” HE News Bulletin 27 (De-
cember 1951), 28*29,
Key, D. M. “Role of our governmeiit in internatlona! education exchange,” USDS Bulletin
32 (March 7, 1955), 381-385.
Kilmer, E. R. “Word with Ernsi Brea.” Americas 1 (March 1955), 27.
Kinkead, K. T. “Reporter at large.” The New Yorker, May 23, 1964, pp. 51-
Kinnett, I. H. “And as the Southerners see it.” Phi Delta Kcfpan 34 (February 1953),
181-182.
Kitchen, R- W., Jr. “Continuing obligation.” College and University 40 (Summer 1965),
396=401.
Klinger, M. R. B. “President’s message.” NAFSA Newsletter 16, no. 6 (1965), 2-3.
Kluherz, K. “Will remember Dorcas.” Rotarian, October 1959, p. 29.
Korbmacher, F. “First names make a difference.” Nev>^ York State Education 38 (October
1950), 18-19.
Krans, H. S. “Notes from the continental division of the American University Union.”
HE News Bulletin 6 (February 1931), 9-10.
Krech, D., Crutchfield, R. S-, and Ballachcy, E. L. Individual in society. New York: Me*
Graw-Hill, 1962.
Krone, M. T. “Touches of sweet harmony.” Music Educators J ournal 53 (December 1966),
56-57.
Larsen, R. E., and Davis, J. Report of the U.S. Advisoiy Commission on International
Educational and Cultural Affairs on the East-West Center. Washington, D.C.: U.S.
Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, March 1964.
“Latin American relations in a world of crisis.” HE News Bulletin 23 (May 1948), 7=10,
Laves, W. H. Toward a national effort in international educational and cultural affairs.
Report prepared at the request of the U.S, Advisory Commission on Educational
Exchange. Washington, D.C.: USDS. Advisory Commission on Educational Ex-
change, 1961.
and Thomson, C. A. Cultural relations and U,S, foreign policy: A new dimension in
foreign relations— education, science, art, technical skills. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana
University Press, 1963.
Lawson, E. D. “Why not U.N. regionai universities?” Journal of Higher Education 36
(November 1965), 449-452.
League of Nations, International Institute of Intellectual Cooperation. University
changes in Europe, Paris: League of Nations, 1928.
Lee, D, “The cultural curtain.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social
Science 323 (1959), 121=128,
Lee, M., and McMurray, R. The cultural approach: Another way in international relations.
Chapel Hill, N.C,: University of North Carolina Press, 1947.
Lepawsky, A„ and Lepawsky, R. “Enskilling pQOplQ.^' International Development Review
3, no. 3 (1961).
“Let us move forward,” Journal of Home Economics 39 (November 1947), 588=590.
140
Letter from America/’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 2703 (March 10, 1967) p
797.
Lewis, F. “Polish puppet show in Prague/’ The Reporter, March 7, 1957, pp, 34-36.
Lewis, G. T, “Something for peace,” New York State Education 35 (April 1 948), 540-543.
Lewis, S, “Belgium, Brittany, and bicycles/’ UE News Bulletin 27 (May 1952), 27*30.
Lindsay, K. “Challenge to allied education/’ Fortnightly 159 (June 1943), 361-369.
Lipset, S- M, The politicdl behavior of university students in developing nations/’ Paper
prepared for the Unesco Conference on students and university education in Latin
America, held in Bogota, Colombia, July 13-19, 1964.
— ’ “Research problems On youth and education in developing countries/’ Report on
an Interagency Research Conference on Liternational Education, held at Howard
University, Washington, D.C., May 25, 1964.
Lloyd, D. J. The private mind of the American, University Park, Pa.: Penn State Peace
Corps Project, 1962.
Lockwood, E. H, “Interpreting Christianity to China.” Missionary Review of the World
47 (November 1924), 908=910.
Lord, E. Psychological aspects of living and working abroad and their management by
some V,S, government agencies, Washington, D.C.: USDS, Agency for International
Development, Office of Participant Training, 1961.
Luke, K. D. “U.3. influence on East African education.” Overseas 3 (October 1963), 4-9.
Mac Murray, R., and Lee, M. The cultural approach: Another way in international relations.
Chapel Hill, N.C-: University of North Carolina Press, 1957.
Madden, L “Delta Gamma, a project on international education.” HE News Bulletin 23
(February 1948), 25-26.
Maddox, J. C_f,, and Tolley, H. R. Case studies of training through technical cooperation.
Washington, D.C.: National Planning Association, 1957.
Magafan, E, “Into the past, and back again.” HE News Bulletin 28 (April 1953), 17-21.
Makins, R. M. “Education and world affairs.” AAC Bulietin 41 (March 1955), 10-19.
Malayan method.’’ Times Educational Supplement, no. 2257 (August 22, 1958), p. 1459.
Masland, J. W. Educational development in Africa: The role of the United States assistance.
New York: EWA, 1967.
Massachusetts institute of Technology, Center for International Studies. Research in
international communication: An advisory report of the planning committee, Cam-
bridge, Mass.: Massachusetts institute of Technology, 1953.
Mauck, W. Inter^American cooperation in education, Washington, D.C.: Institute of Inter-
American Affairs, n.d.
Mauco, G. “Les Strangers dans les etablissements scoiaires francais.” Revue universitaire,
42, no. I (1933), 131-137.
Mboya, T. “African higher education-a challenge to America.” Atlantic, July 1961 pp
23-26.
McCain, J. A. The expansion of educational opportunity in Europe — measures taken to
democratize Journal of Highet Education 3 I, no. 2 (I960), 75=81.
McClelland, D. C. The achieving society, Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1951.
McMullen, R. J. “China speaks to Americans.” Christian Education 28 (March 1945)
184-189.
McMurray, R., and Lee, M. J he cultural approach: Another way in international relations.
Chapel Hill, N.C.: Univf*rsity of North Carolina Press, (947.
McNaspy. C. J. ‘^Power house for Africa-Claver House, London.” America 106 (De-
cember 9, 1961 ), 356.
Mead, J. F. “As Germans see us.” CoUieFs, August 5, 1955, pp: 22-25.
Mead, M., ed. Cultural patterns and technical change, Paris: Unesco, 1955.
--- and Metraux, R. Study of culture at a distance. Chicago, Id.: University of Chicago
Press, 1953.
141
Meeth, L, R, “Breaking racial barriers/’ Journal of Higher Education 37 (March 1966),
137-143.
Mehdevi, M, “Demonstration.*’ The New Yorker^ August 1 1, 1956, pp, 67-74.
Mehta, V. “Donkey in a world of holies,” Atlantic, July 1957, pp. 24-30.
“In search of sight.” August 1957, pp. 45-54,
Meng, P. C, “Chinese students in need/’ HE News Bulletin 25 (November 1949), 17-18,
Metraux, G. S. “Cross=coltural education through the ages.” In international Education: A
documentary history. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia
University, I960, pp. 124-137,
Michie, A. A. Diversity and interdependence through international education. New York:
EWA, 1967,
Miller, W. M, “So much, in ?o short a time.” HE News Bulletin 27 (February 1952), 27=28,
“Minnesota’s SPAN,” HE News Bulletin 23 (June 1948), 46-47.
“Mission fields on the campu*^/’ /4menca 80 (January 15, 1949), 396,
“Mission opportunity on our doorstep.” Christian Century 19 (October 3, 1962), 1 186.
Mitchell, M. “Our Tony — Antonangelo Pinna.” Saturday Evening Post, July 7, 1 956, p. 50
Moldt, C. “Out=of=schoo! experiences.” Childhood Education 33 (May 1957), 401-404.
Moore, F. G., and Abshagen, I. K. M. “World at our doorstep.” Minnesota Journal of
Education 3 \ (January 1951), 13-14.
Moore, K- “impressions of an American university. ’’T/mcj Educational Supplement, no.
2450 (May 4, 1962), pp. 878-879,
Morphet, E. L. “Our world neighbors compare educational values.” School Executive 7b
(October 1956), 19-20.
Morpurgo, J, E. “Blueprint for war me.norials.” IIE News Bulletin 21 (May 1946), 9-11.
■^Moscow school children to act as guides,” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2705
(March 24, 1967), p. 980-
“ Moscow’s third world.” Educational Supplement, no. 2612 (June 11, 1965), p,
1835.
Mott, S. G. “What the summer holds.” HE News Bulletin 27 April 1952), 11-14.
Mueller-Stofen, W. “At home on Wall Street.” HE News BuP^tin 33 (October 1957),
24=26.
Murase, K. “Cross-cultural education — some implications for social work.” Social Service
Review 33 (March 1959), 43=54.
Murphy, F. D. “Letter to Congress.” HE News Bulletin 30 (June 1 955), 6=7.
Murray, E. “Human inlercommunicalion as a unified area for research.” Journal of Com-
munication 2 (1952), 33-43.
Nagori, P. F. “The effectiveness of university people to people in the Big Eight Conference
schools.” In International Student Studies Series, no, 16. Lawrence, Kan.: University
of Kansas, 1965.
Nason, J. W., chairman. The college and world affairs. New York: EWA, (Feburary 1964).
NAFSA. International educational exchange in the next decade. Report of the Tenth
Annual Conference of the National Association for Foreign Student Affairs at the
University of Michigan, April 27-30, 1958. New York: NAFSA, 1958.
Report of conference on annual meeting of NAFSA. Held at Boston, Mass,, April
26-30, 1954. New York: NAFSA, 1954.
Report of conference on international educational exchanges and annual meeting
of NAFSA. He!/ at San Francisco, Calif., April 27-May 2, 1953. New York: NAFSA,
1953. - . ; r
Report of Seventh Annual Conference of International Educational Exchanges of
NAFSA. Held at St. Louis, Mo., April 25-29, 1955. New York: NAFSA, 1955.
. Report of Ninth Annual Conference on International Educational Exchanges of
NAFSA. Held at Albuquerque, N.M., April 28-May 1, 1957. New York: NAFSA,
1957.
142
— . ^Report of T.velfth Annual Cor\ffirence. Held at Denver, Cold., April 19-7.2, 1960.
New York: NAFSA, I960.
Neff*, K. L. National development through social progress^ the role of education. (OE-
10027) Washington, D.C.: U BOBand USGPO, 1963.
“Neue wege’* Spectator 161 (November 23, 1938), 902,
Neumeyer, E- S, ‘‘Problems of cosn''Opolitan clubs.” Sociology and Social Research 16
(July 1932), 562=574,
Newly, J, “Work of the I.A.E.S.T.E.” International Labour Review 68 (July 1953), 65-75-
“New-type university for developing countries,” Times Educational Supplement, no, 2367
(September 30, 19o0), p, 386.
Nicolson, H. “Marginal comment.” Spectator 189 (August 15, 1952), 214.
“No deserted village.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2083 (April 22, 1955), p. 367.
“No more ivory towers?” The Economist 207 (April 6, 1963), 43.
“Nouveaux, immonses — new horizons.” Times Educational Supplement, no. 2449 (.April
27, 1962), p, 837,
“Now it can be told.” Ametican-Scandlnavlan Review 12 (February 1924), 99-107.
Oberg, K. Traditional cultures. (In consultation in the BraziUUnited States Cooperative
Health Pro, am, 1955). New York: Harper, 1962.
0‘Brien, R. W. College Nisei. Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1949.
“Old, old debts.” School and Society 63 (February 1946), 130.
Oliver, R. T. “Culture and communlcatioi.',, a major challenge in internatinnal relations.”
yital Speeches 29, no, 23 (1963), 721=724,
“Orage en Sorbonne.” Les Annales Politiques et Litteraires 81 (September 30, 1923),
353=354,
Palmier, L, H, “Western communities in Southeast Asia.” Yale Review 47, no. 3 (1958),
405=416,
Pan American Airways. New horizons in education. (Pan American Airways’ guide to
schools and universities abroad). New York: Simon & Schuster, 1966.
Parseghian, N. “New role of I IE’s Paris office.” HE News Bulletin 25 (March 1950), 13-14.
Patton, R. D, “Educational one world,” Journal of Higher Education 33 (April 1962),
219-221.
Perkins, W. A. “Mission for world understanding.” I nternationalJournal of Religious Edu-
cation 37 (October I960), 8-9.
Perrin, N. “Fat of the land,” New Statesman 55 (March 22, 1958), 372.
Peyser, E, R, “Spiritual freight of Miss Yau Tsit Law.” World Outlook 3 (July 1917), 15,
Pigman, H. A. “So this is America,” Rotarian, May 1957, pp. 24=26>
“Presentation of English culture.” Times Educational Supplement, no, 1405 (April 4, 1942),
160.
Princeton University, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Opinions
Beiges. Vol. II. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University, 1951-
Summary and Conclusion, Volume ///. Princeton, N,J,: Princeton University,
195!
“Program of education for ex-enemy natioimls.” School and Society 69 (May 14, 1949),
348 - 3 ^^ 9 .
Punke, H. H. “Education and leadership by Western democracies.” Social Studies 54
(January 1963), 17=21.
Putman, I. J., Jr, “Eyes on the Middle East.” College and Univershy 32 (Spring 1957),
324-335,
Rapport, V, A, “To do a better job.” Liberal Education 47 (December 1961), 510=514,
“Recent medical rulings.” HE News Bulletin 8 (February 1933), 8=10.
“Rediscovery of America.” HE News BuHetin 25 (March 1950), 33-34.
Reed, A. C- “Good neighbors start young.” Arizona Highways, April 1954, pp. 2-7.
Ripley, H. “Special ship project.” HE News Bulletin 23 (November 1947), 23=24.
143
Robertson, D. A. “International relations. ' Educationat Record 6 (January 1925), 13=19,
Rosenhaupt, H, “The new children's crusade,” Columbia University Forum, Spring 1960,
pp. 15-21.
Rothwell, A, B. “Union of hearts and hands, “ Phi Delta~Kappan 34 (February 1953),
i79=18!.
Saiyidain, K. G., and Talbot, P. “Indian-American relations — cultural relations,” Far
Eastern Survey 19 (January 25, 1950), 16-19.
Sakas, J. “The role of United States Commissioner of Education in the field of international
education, 1867-1906.” Doctoral (Ed.D,) dissertation, George Peabody College for
Teachers, Nashville, Tenn,, 1966,
Salve, U, “Spotless heart and two soiled hands.” Overseas I (October 1961), 9-1 1.
Samuels, G. “Can German youth teach its elders?” New York Times Magazine, July 22,
1951, pp, 18-19.
. “House of brotherhood,” New York Times Magazine, May 1, I960, np. 30-31.
Sanders, D. P., and Barth, P. S. “Edu ation and economic development.” Review of Educa^
iional Research 38, no. 3 ( 1 968), 2 1 3-23 1 .
S^>:.nett, M. T, “Great enterprise.” College and U niversity 32 (Summer 1 957), 432-439.
“Wo rid- wide exchange of information on education.” Comparative Education
Review 10 (October 1966), 508=510,
Scanlon, D. C, “Pioneers of international education, 18.17-1914,” Teachers College Rc‘
cord 60, no, 4 (1959), 209-219.
, ed. Inti rnational education — a documentary history. New York: Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 1960. v
Schetter. H, M. “World is the classroom.” School and Society 67 (April 24, 1948), 318-320.
Schmoker, J. B. "Random notes on NAFSA regional conferences,” I IE News Bulletin
27 (April 1952), 40-4 ^
Schramm, W„ Coombs, P. H,, K ihnett, F., and Lyle, J. The new media: Memo to educa-
tional planners. Paris: Unesco and Institute of International Education Planning, 1967,
Schmeder, D. “Choir that vowed to return.” The School Musician Director and Teacher
‘Si (May 1966), 70=71.
Schwantes, R. S- Japanese and Americans: A century of cultural relations. New York:
Harper, 1955.
The scientific and academic world, Stifterverband fuer die Deutsche Wissenschafl, Essen-
Bredeney, 1962. (Distributed in the U,S. by the National Science Foundation, Wash-
ington, D.C.)
Scott, F. D. “Academic Vikings.”* A merican^Scandinavian Review 47, no. I (1959), 54=60.
Scott, K, F, “Pooling knowledge for world amity,” Independeni Woman, February 1951.
Seager, A. “Drinking contest,” Esquire^ December 1961, p, 127,
Seeger, C, L,, Jr, “Notes on music in the Americas.” Bulletin of the Pan American Union
79 (September 1945), 521=525.
Seymour, R. “British Council.” HE News Bulletin 25 (March 1950), 10=12,
Shank, D. J. “Need for balance.” HE News Bulletin 25 (February 1950), 3=4.
Shearer, J, C, “Intra- and international movements of high level human resources.” Draft
paper, Institute for Research on Human Resources, Pennsylvania Slate University,
University Park, Pa,, December 1965.
Shuman, F. H.A harvest of plenty, India: University of Illinois Office of AID Projects, 1964.
Shuster, G, N. “Imprint of America.” HE News Bulletin 27 (April 1952), 3-5.
“Wider horizons.” HE News Bulletin 24 (June 1949), 3.
Siegel, D. “Discovering the rest of the world.” Parents* Magazine and Better Homemaking,
December 1961, pp. 50=52,
Simerville, C, L., and Zcigler, L., eds. Preliminary report on the workshop on Asian cul-
tures and educational exchange, Stanford University, June 19-30, 1961. Palo Alto,
Calif.: Stanford University and NAFSA, 1961.
144
“Six men named John Doe/’ Cosmopolitan, December 1956, pp, 74-79,
Skala^ J. L. “Operation world friendship.” NASSP Bulletin 39 (March 1955),
Skard, S. Atnerican studies in Europe, their history, and present organizcition. Two volumes.
Phi!adelphla, Pa,: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1958.
Slosson, P. “Case for bluffing.” independent and Weekly Review 104 (October 16, 1920),
8.5-86.
Smith, B. L. ! ndonesian-A nierican cooperation in higher education. East Lansing, Mich,:
^institute cf Research on Overseas Program, Michigan State University, I960.
Smith, M, B, “The future of international exchange programs.” Teachers College Record,
59, no. 5 (1956), 288.
Smith, R. P., Jr. “American dream comes true.” French Review 28 (December 1954),
166-168.
Smith, S. E. “Universal republic of learning,” 40 (July 1959), 177-182.
“Smiths and S'mkany'A'' A nierican Mercury, December I960, pp. 58-63.
Snow, C. P. The two cultures^ and a second look. New York: Cambridge University Press,
1964.
Snyder, H. E. “Educational and cultural relations vvith the occupied cou n tries,” >4^4 C Bm/-
letin 35 (March 1949), 74^81.
“Voluntapy exchanges with the occupied areas, why and how?” Educational and
Psychological Measurement 9, no. 3 (1949), 640-645.
When people speak to people. Washington, D.C^: ACE, 1953.
Snyder, R. “Internalional week-end,” International Journal of Religious Education I 1
(March 1935), 8=9,
Spaght, M. E. Bright key. New York: Appleton, 1965.
Spaulding, S. “People speak to peop\e.*' Amhjeas 4 (August 1952), 16=19,
. “Research on content, methods, and techniques in education for development.”
Review of Educational Research 38, no. 3 (1968), 277-293.
, Singleton, J,, and Watson, P. “The context of international development of edu-
cation.” Review of Educational Reseawh 38, no. 3 (1968), 201=212.
Speakman, C, E., Jr, International exchange in education. New York: Center for Applied
Research in Education, 1966.
Special community issue. HE News Bulletin 28 (March 1953), 6.
“Speeding inter-Amencan solidarity,” School and Society 54 (September 27, 1 94 1), 240.
Springer, G. P. “Four- week mixed program.” Annals of American Academy of Political
and Social Science 335 (May 1961), 33-37.
Sproul, K. “Demonstrating the American way of life,” HE News Bulletin 25 (December
1949), 23-24.
Stankpole, S. H. Commonwealth program, 19! 1-1961 . New York: Carnegie Corporation,
1963.
Stanford University. Stanford international development education center. Stanford, CaliL:
Stanford University, n.d,
— , Center for Comparative Education, Educational strategists; Educational planning
for developing nations; a program at Stanford University. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford
University, 1963.
Starr, L. M, “Experiment in international journalism,” HE News Bulletin 33 (September
1957), 3-5.
Starr, M. ^People must speak to people.” Education 72 (June 1952), 657-663.
Stebbins, G. B., ed. Educational and cultural e.K hange with Asian countries. Washington,
D.C.: NAFSA, 1967,
Steele, J, “Report from Germany,” HE News Bulletin 28 (November 1952), 22=26.
Stewart, M. A. “International educational exchange = opportunities and responsibilities.”
Conference on international educational exchanges, report of the conference, 1953,
pp. 5-10.
145
Stoddard, G, D. “Recent trends in American higher education.’’ HE News Bulletin 32
(October 1956), 6-8.
“University services.*’ Educational P,ecord 33 (October 1952), 553-=555,
Stoker, S. The schools and international understanding. Chapel Hill, N.C.: Umversiiv
of Nortli Carolina Press, 1933.
Stone, D. C- “Some research and action needs in international educational exchange.”
Educational Record 39, no. 4 (1958), 374-382.
Strain, W. H. “Some doubts about educational exchange.” College and University 42,
(Winter 1967), 141-146-
Slreil, C. Freedom*s frontier ^Atlantic union now. New York: Harper, 1961.
Slrozier, R. M. “Growing program of educational exchange.” I IE News Bulletin 25, (April
1950), 6-9.
“Student conclave formally opened.” Trans-Pacific 22 (July 19, 1934), 12.
“Student exchange program grows.” Chicago SchoolJournal 45 (January 1964), 189—190-
Study of manpo\, '^r needSi educational capabilities and overseas study. (Separate reports
on Ethiopia, Guinea, Kenya, Liberia, Nigeria, Sudan, Tanziinia. Tunisia, and Uganda).
New York: EWA, 1965.
Subcommittee on International Education. Youth and leadership in the developing nations.
Report on a conference sponsored by the Subcommittee on International Education,
Foreign Area Research Coordination Group. Washington, D.O.: USDS, (May 1967).
“Summary of ECAC Conference on International relations.” Journal of Engineering Edu^
cation 45 (May 1955), 6S9-699.
“Swallows have flown.” Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2369 (October 14, 1960),
p, 474.
“Swings of a Russian barometer.” Times Educational Supplement t no. 2667 (July 1, I960),
p. 24.
Tandberg, O. G.“l was that Swede.” October 1957,pp. 14-16.
Taylor, H. Conference on world education. Washington, D.C.: American Association of
Colleges for Teacher Education, NEA, 1967.
Taylor, H. E. “Little United Nations.” Safety Education 41 (September 1961), 3-5.
Taylor, T. “How can you thank 3,000 sailors?” ColltePs, December 25, 1953, p. 88.
“They’ll never be the same.” Rotarian, November 1955, p. 52.
Thomas, D. "Thin red line in a literary setting." Times Educational Supplement^ no. 2699
(February 10, 1967), p. 437.
Thurber, C. Personnel for infernational development. University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania
State University, 1962.
“Towards international understanding,” Spectator 144 (January 4, 1930), 9-10,
Tucci, N. “Mussolini was right.” IIE News Bulletin 34 (February 1959), 21 =^^5.
Turner, J. “Diploma diplomacy.” Science 133 (May 19, 1961), 1557.
“Two voices are there.” School and Society 66 (July 12, 1947), 21.
Tyler, R. W., and Mills, A. L. Report on cooperative education. New York: Thomas Alva
Edison Foundation, 1961.
Tyre, C. A, “Practical Pan Americanism.” Modern Language Journal 26 (February 1942),
113=115.
Ukpaby, E. N. “American education: A critical analysis of its possible implications for
Nigerian education.” Doctoral dissertation, Bradley University, Peoria, III., 1956.
UN. Adventure in developments United Nations Technical Aid Program to the World’s
LesS’Developed Nations. New York: UN, 1962,
Science and technology for development. Report of United Nations Conference
on Application of Science and Technology for the Benefit of Less Developed Areas,
held in Geneva, Switzeriand, 1963. New York: UN, 1963.
Unesco. “Africa and the United States = images and realities.” Eighth National Conference
of U.S. National Commission for Unesco, held in Boston, Mass., October 22-26, 1961.
146
“Comments on the project** Compiled by Jean Steetzel, Professor, University of
Paris. Unesco/SS/COM/4. Paris, February 28, 1964.
. “Cross-cultural education and educational travet” International Social Science
Bulletin 8, no. 4 (1956), 577=660,
Formal programs of international cooperation between university institutions.
Paris: Unesco, 1960.
, International Exchange Service. International relations In education. Paris: Unesco,
1964.
United States Congress, Committee on Government Operations, Government programs
in international education (a survey and liandbook). Washington, D.C.: House Report
No. 2712, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, 1959.
United States Congress, House of Representatives. Report on the operations of the De-
partment of State. Washington, D.C.: House Document No. 410, 82nd Congre.ss,
2nd Session, and USGPO, 1952.
The U.S. ideological effort— government agencies and programs. Washington,
D.C.: United States Congress* January 1964.
USDHEW, Office of Education. /4 survey of AID educational cooperation with developing
countries. Washington* D.C.: USDHEW* May 1966.
USDS. African programs of U.S. organizations: A selective directory. (ER-53.) Washing-
ton, D.C.: Bureau of Intelligence and Research, USDS, Externa! Research Division,
1965.
Educational and cultural diplomacy — 1962. International Infonnation and Cultural
Series, no. 85, USDS Publication no, 7612. Washington, D.C.: December 1963.
Educational and cultural diplomacy t 1963. Washington* D.C.: USDS* 1964,
Educational and cultural diplomacy t 1964. Washington, D,C,: USDS, 1965.
Educational and cultural exchange program^ July i* 1960-June 30, 1961 ^annual
report to Congress. USDS Publication no. 7390. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1962.
International educational exchange program, 1948^1958. International Education-
al Exchange Service, Publication no. 6647, Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1958.
A report on the strategic importance of Western Europe. Washington, D.C.:
USGPO, 1964.
The second annual report to the Congress from the United States Advisory Com=
mission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs. Washington, D.C.: USDS,
August 1964.
Swords into plowshares. USDS Publication, no. 6344, Washington, D.C.: USDS,
1956.
Trading ideas with the worlds international educational and technical exchange.
Washington, D.C.: USDS, March 1949.
Two way street— international and technical exchange in the fiscal year 1950.
Washington, D.C.; USDS, June 1950.
, Agency for International Development. Contract program in research and analysis:
Objectives, organizations, program scope, proposal submission. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, April 1964.
, Agency for International Development. Operations of the participant training
program of AID. Washington* D,C,: USDS, 1966.
, Agency for International Development. Report on participant training. Report No,
W-141. Washington, D.C.: USDS.
, Agency for International Development. Training for development: AID participant
training for social and economic development of cooperating countries. Washington,
D.C.: USDS, 1963.
, Agency for International Development. Training for leadership and service. Pro-
ceedings of the National Conference on the Intemational Training Programs of AID,
June 25-26. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1962.
147
, ’ Board of Foreign Scholarships. Iniernational educational exchange-the opening
decadey, 1946-66. Washington, D,C.: USDS, 1966.
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs. International educational, cultural, and
related activities for African cimntries south of Sahara, Washington, D.C,; USDS,
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, Some U.S, governmental agencies en-
gaged tn iniernational activities, Washington, D.C.: USDS, November 1963.
U.S. Educational Commission in Japan. Ten years of educational exchange: Th^ Fulbri&ht
pmgram in Japan, 1951^1961, Tokyo: U.S. Educational Commission in Japan, 1961
U.S. Educational Commission in United Kingdom. The second five years: A report on the
Fulhright programme in the United Kingdom and dependent territories, 1954-1959
London: U.S. Educational Commission in United Kingdom, I960.
U.S. House of Representatives. Committee on Education and Labor. International edu^
cation: past, present, problems and prospects. Selected readings to supplement H.R.
14643; prepared by the Task Force on International Education, House Committee on
Education and Labor. Washington, D.C.: U.S. House of Representatives, 1966.
United States National Student Association. International campus programming. Pre-
pared for the sixteenth National Student Congress, Indiana University, 1963 (Auc 18-
29). Philadelphia, Pa.: USNSA, 1963.
Universal uncle, British council job.” Times Educational Supplement, no 1942 (Julv 18
1952), p. 615. ’
Valko,^L. “What do we expect from America?" HE News Bulletin 1 (February 1932),
Vandiver, F. E. “Not larger than life.” Overseas 1 (November 1962), I I-I2.
Van Nienwehuijye, C. A, Cross-cultural studies. The Hague; Mouton, 1963, pp. 38-85
Vardon, E. "Florentine frescoes^and butchers.” HE News Bulletin 28 (October 1952),
23^24. ‘
Verlag Hochschuldienst. Deutsche, ■ Hochschulfiihrer. Bonn: Veriag Hochschuldienst
annual.
Vogt, K. “What do we expect from America.” HE News Bulletin 1 (November 1931) 6-8
Waldman, A. “Information please.” HE News Biilletln 27 (December 1951), 38-39.’
205 world understanding.” Progressive Education 21 (May 1950),
Watson, Ci B. “Fraternity of understanding.” Overseas 2 {April 1963), 10-13.
Weiler, H. N, “Education and political development.” Review of Educational Research 38
no. 3 (1968), 231-243, ’
Weiss, A. H, “Institute de verano en Espaha.” Hispania 46 (May 1963), 258-260,
Wells, H. B. “Well begun, but there’s much to be done.” (October 1959), pp. 10-13.
Wells, R. H. “Young leaders in the making.” Rotarktn, February 1 947, pp, 30-32.
Wells. W. G. “Sergeant Jordan and the endless chain.” Readers Digest, May 1955, pp.
57—60.
“What they are doing.” TIE News Bulletin 28 (June 1953), 30-38,
What the year has meant to me,-' AAUW Journal 39 (June 1946), 215-220.
White, H. C. “Unesco’s exchange of persons.” HE News Bulletin 24 (April 1949), 5^7.
Wiggin, G. A. “What should be communicated?” School and Society 11 (June 20 1953)
385-390.
Wilcox, N. J, “A survey of educational travel courses offered from 1946 through 1951.”
Doctoral dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y„ 1953.
Wilder, P. S„ ed. “Overcoming barriers to educational and cultural communication,” Re-
port of the seventeenth annual NAFSA Conference, held in Philadelphia. Pa , Aoril
27-May I. 1965. '
Wilson, G. B. “With God’s help and sisu.” National Parent-Teacher 41 (May 1953), 8-1 L
148
%;■
.V
■^:-
Wilson, H. E. “Education, foreign policy, and International relations/* Cultural affairs and
foreign relations, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hail, 1963.
“World migration of students/’ Review of Reviews 64 (July 1921), 92.
Yannay, Y. "Technical cooperation between Israel and the developing world/’ Interna-
tional Development Review 6, no, 3 (1964), lO-^IS.
Yeghiayan, P, "Spirit of scientific research, America’s greatest contribution to modern
education/’ HE News Bulletin 29 (June 1954), 37-38.
Young, A. A. "Is America’s influence anti-Christian?” Missionary Review of the Wortd 57
(June 1934), 269-270,
Zook, G. F. "Higher education." Harvard Educational Review 20, no. 3 (1950), 176-182.
149
IV. CROSS-CULTURAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL
STUDIES RELEVANT TO EDUCATIONAL EXCHANGE
Bacon, M. M., Rood, E. A., and Washburn, M. F. "A study of affective contrast.
Journal of Psychology 25, (1914), 290-293.
Benson, A. G., Miller, R. E., and Eerden, J, V. Comparative Saudi Arabian group study.
East Lansing, Mich.^ Center for International Programs, Michigan State University,
1 966.
Bloom, B. L. “Ecologic factors in the WA IS picture completion test.’ Vo«rna/o/Co«.yM////tj?
Psychology 23 (1959), 375.
Bressler, M., and Lambert, R. D. “The sensitive area complex; A contribution to the theory
of guide culture contract.” American Journal of Sociology 60 (1955), 583-592.
Cardall, C., and Coffman, W. B. A method for comparing the performance of different
groups on the items in a test. (RB=64-6L) Princeton, N.J,: ETSi 1964.
Cattell, R. B. “Classical and standard score LQ. standardization of the I,P.A.T. culture-
free intelligence, scale Journal of Consulting Psychology 15 (1951), 154-159,
■ culture-free intelligence iest, scale one.^' Journal of Educational Psychology
31 (1940), 16I-I79.
“A note on Dr. Sloan^s evidence regarding the value of culture-free intelligence
tests.” American Journal of Mental Deficiency 59 ( 1 963), 504-506.
_, Feingold* N., and Sarason, S. B. “A culture-free intelligence test, scale two.” jo«r-
tuil of Educational Psychology 3 2 ( 1 94 1 ), 8 I = 1 00. ’
— Pichot, P., and Rennes, P. “Constance interculturelle des facteurs de personalite
mesure par le test 16 P.F. — Comparaison franco-americaine.” Revue de psychologie
appliquee 2, no. 3 (1961), 1 65- 196.
Chathaparampilj J, “Social psychological correlates of blood pressure variations.” Master’s
thesis, Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich., 1967.
Coehlo, G. V. Aeeulturative learning: A study of reference groups.” Doctoral dissertation.
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., 1956.
Coffman, W, E. Principles of development of tests for the culturally different, Pmceedings
of the Invitational Conference of 1964 on Testing Problems. Princeton, N J ■ ETS
1965. ■ ^
Coladarci, A. P. “The measurement of authoritarianism in Japanese education.” Califor-
nia Journal of Educational Research \ 0, no. 3 ( 1 959), 1 37- 1 4 1 ,
Connor, D. M. The cross-cultural diffusion of a social movement.” Master's thesis, St.
Francis Xavier University, 1962,
Cross-cultural studies in the Arab Mid-East and United States — studies of young adults.”
Journal of Social Issues 15, no. 3 (1959), 1-5.
Das, R. S. “Analysis of components of reasoning in non-verbal tests and the structure of
reasoning in a bilingual population,” Archiv ftir die gesamte Psychologie 1 I5 no 3
(1963), 217-229.
Du Bois, C. “Research In cross-culfural education.” IlENews Bulletin 28 (June 1953), 5-8.
Duggan, J. M. A critical appraisal of the national testing program.” Paper prepared for the
Berlin International Workshop on Testing, May 1967,
Graham, W. R., and Orr, D. B. Development of a listening comprehension test to identify
college potential among the disadvantaged. Washington, D.C.: American Institutes
for Research, July 1966.
Guilford, J. P., Merrifleld, P. R., Christensen, P. R., and Frick, J. W. An investigation of
symbolic factors of cognition and convergent production. Psychological Laboratory
Report, no. 23. Los Angeles, Calif,: University of Southern California, I960.
151
Gulluhorn. J. T., and Gullahorn, J. E. “An extension of the U^curve hypothesis.’' Journal
of Social Issues 19, no. 3 (1963), 33-47.
Gunderson, W. “Effects of milieu on the scholar and his work/’ Paper prepared for the
annual'meeting of the Association for Asian Studies, Washington, March 1964.
Herbst, J, The German historical school in American scholarship: A study in transfer of
culture. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1965.
Lambert, R. D-, and Bressler, M. “The sensitive area complex: A contribution to the theory
of guided culture contact.” Journal of Sociology 56 (1955), 583—592,
Lindzey, G. Projective techniques and cross-cultural research. New York: Appleton, 1961-
Lundstedt, A. “An introduction to some evolving problems in cross-cultural research.”
Journal of Social Issues 19, no. 3 (1963), 1-9.
Maelay, H,, and Ware, E, E. Cross-cultural use of the semantic differential. Urbana, 111,:
Institute of Communications Research, University of Illinois, I960, pp, 185-190.
Manuel, S. “Some Indian students’ perceptions of the role of the educated woman in Indian
society.” Master’s thesis, Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, Pa., 1964.
McCelland, D. C. “Motivational patterns in Southeast Asia with special reference to the
Chinese case.” Journal of Social Issues 19, no. I (1963), 6“20,
Mendelsohn, H., and Orenstein, F. “A survey of Fulbright Award recipients: Cross-cultur-
al education and its impacts.” Public t^pinion Quarterly 19 (1956), 401=407-
Michigan State University, Greek Fulbright research project: A study in cross-cultural
education. East Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State University, June 1956.
Montgomery, J. D, “Induced elite change: An examination of Western techniques of arti-
ficial revolution in the twentieth century.” Paper prepared for the annual meeting of
the American Political Science Association, held in St. Louis, Mo.. September 1961,
Moore, F. W., ed. Readings in cross-cultural methodology^ New Haven, Conn.: Yale, 196! .
Naidoo, J. C. The perception of significant persons by Indian and American males. Ur-
bana, 111.: University of Illinois, 1961.
Oyama, T., Tanaka, Y., and Chiba, Y. “Affective dimensions of colors— a cross-cultural
%ludy." Japanese Psychological Research 4, no. 2 (1962), 78“9 L
Perlmutter, H, “Some characteristics of the xenophilic personality.” yoHrm// of Psychology
38 (1954), 29U300.
Porter, R. D., ed. Selected studies in inter-cultural education. New York: NAFSA, 1962.
Prien, E. “Evaluation of the effects of intercultural education.” Paper, University of Akron,
AkroHj Ohio, n.d.
Radnitzky, G, A- “Some remarks on the Whorfian hypothesis.” Behavioral Science 6 ( 1 96 1),
153-157.
Schoenfeid, N. “An experimental study of some problems relating to stereotypes,” Ar-
chives of Psychology t 1942, 270.
Silkiner, D, S. “A crOSS=cultura! study of the measurement, determinants, and effects of
stereotype accuracy.” Master’s thesis. Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich,,
1962.
Smith, M. B. “Cross-cultumI education as a research Journal of Social Issues 12,
no. I (1956), 4-8,
. “A perspective for ftirther research on cross-cultural education.” of Social
Issues 12, no. 1 (1956), 56-68.
“Report on the work of the committee on cross-cultural education.” SSRC Items
12, no, 4 (December 1958), 40-42.
, ed. “Cross-cultural education and cultural change.” International Social Science
Bulletin 8, no. 4 (!956), 585-597,
Taba, H, Cultural attitudes and international understanding: An evaluation of an inter-
national study tour. Now York: llE, \953.
Taft, R, "A crosS“CuItural comparison of the MM PI.” Journal of Consulting Psychology
2\ (1957), 161 = 164,
152
Tanaka* Y. ‘^A cross-cultural study of national stereotypes held by American and Japanese
graduate students.” Japanese Psychological Research 4 (1962), 65-78.
Tandberg* O, G. was that Swede." Ro/arian (October 1957), 14-16.
Terhune, K. W. "Self and nation: The psychojogical nature of nationalism and patriotism,"
Doctoral dissertation, Princeton University, Princeton, N.J., 1962.
Texas A&M University. Social change: A sociology series on rural development cross=
cultural adjustment and motivation. College Station, Tex.: Texas A&M University
n.d.
=, Office of Foreign Programs. An exploratory program in orientation and in-service
training for inter^iiniversity contract personnel. College Station, Tex.: Texns A&M
University, n.d.
Tresselt, M. U. “The effect of experience of contrasted groups upon the formation of a new
scale of judgment. “Jowr/rn/ of Social Psychology 27 ( 1 94r’» 209-216.
Triandis, H. C, The creativity of culturally hetemgeneous groups, Urbana, III.: University
of Illinois, 1964.
— “Cultural influences upon cognitive processes.” In L. Berkowits, ed., /n
experimental social psychology. New York: Academic Press, 1964, pp, 1-48.
- T and Osgood, C. E. A comparative factorial analysis of semantic structures in
monolingual Greek and American colleae sttjdents.” Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology 51 (1958), 187-196.
Unesco. Studies on the role as culture carrier.^- of Eastern students who received their uni-
versity education in Western countries; reports from India and the United Arab Repub-
lic. New York: Unesco, August 1964.
Studies on the culture carriers ofjbrmcr students from India, Iran, and the United
Arab Republic who received their university education in the German Federal Repub-
lic, in the United Kingdom, and the United States, Paris: Unesco, 1964.
Useem, J., and Hill, R. The Western-educated man in India: A study of his social role and
influence. New York: Dryden Press, 1955,
Useem, J., and Useem, R. “Changes in the character and outlook of Western-educated
Indians.” HE News Bulletin 30 (October 1954), 4-14,
=^. Images of the United States and Britain held by foreign-educated Indians,”v4/i/;fl/.y
of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 295 (1954), 73-82.
— "The interfaces of a binational third culture: A study of the American community
in Ind’m,'' Journal of Social Issues 23, no. 1, (1961), 130-143.
Useem, R. “Interpersonal relationships between Indians and Americans in India." In^fp-
phcation of psychiatric insights to cross-cultural communication. Symposium No. 7,
New York: GroupTor the Advancement of Psychiatry, 1961, pp. 395-407.
Van Nienwehuiiye, C, A. Cross-cultural studies. The Hague, Netherlands: Mouton 1963
pp. 38-85,
Wallace, A. F. C. Culture and personality. New York: Random House, 1962.
Watson, J,, and Lippitt, R. “Cross-culture learning — A study among a group of German
leaders." HE News Bulletin 30 (June 1955), 2-5.
Whittington, H. G. Personality and learning.” In International Student Studies Series,
no. 1 I, Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas, 1964.
■’►w*
Ido
153
V. BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Bailey, M. Bibliography of articles ahoat foreign students in the United States. New York:
People to People, 1964.
Bray, B. The cross-cultural sojourner: A review of the research. East Lansing, Mich,: Michi-
gan State University, 1959.
Brickman, W. W. Bibliography of foreign student adnusslon and placement. New York’
CEEB, 1963,
Casey, M. International education and educational exchange^ a selected bibliography:
Washington, D.C.: U.S. National Student Association, 1966.
Cieslak, E, C. “Bibliography — selected and annotated. " Phi Delta Kappan (1954) 349=
356.
Cormack, M. Summary of research in cross-cultural education, Washington, D.C.: USDS,
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1962,
Cormack, M. L,An evaluation of research on educational exchange. New York: Brooklyn
College, 1962.
Cotner, T. E. International educational exchange: A selected bihUography Washington
D.C.: USOE, 1961.
— , and Grissom, J. W, Partial bibliography of materials related to international edU‘
cation, Washington, D.C.: USOE, Fadefal Security Agency, 1954.
Crabbs, R. F., and Holmquist, F. W. United States higher education and world affairs.
New York: Praeger, 1966.
Cussier, M. Review of completed studies on educational exchange, Washington, D.C.:
U.S. Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, 1962.
of selected studies affecting international educational and cultural affairs.
College P^^'.rk, Md.: University of Maryland, 1962.
Dedyer, S. Brain drain and brain gain: A bibliography oh migration of scientists^ engineers^
doctors, and students, Lund, Sweden: Research Policy Program, 1967.
Eells, W- C, American dissertations on foreign education, Washington, D.C.: Committee
on International Relations, NEA, 1959.
Jacobson, J, M. Analysis of four related research projects. San Francisco, Calif.: City
College of San Francisco, 1962.
“A study of three related research projects.’’ NAFSA Newsleiter 13, no. 8 (1962)
17.
Laska, V. Reference works on the evaluation of foreign education. New York; NAFSA
1959,
NAFSA and HE. Research in international education, Washington and New York: NAFSA,
and HE, annual.
NAF.SA, Research Committee. Research in progress survey report. New York: NAFSA
March I960,
Niehoff, A. H., and Anderson. J, C. “A selected bibliography of cross-cultural change pro=
Jects.” Alexandria, Va.: Human Resources Research Office, George Washington Uni-
versity, 1964.
O’Hannessian, S. Interim hihiiography on the teaching of English to speakers of other
languages, Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics, 1960.
Porter, R. D. Research studies in inter-cultural education, reviews and implications for
exchanges of persons. New York: NAFSA, 1961.
Rodnquez-Bascur. “Foreign students and InternationRl studies: A selected annotated biblio-
graphy,” Berkeley, Calif.: Professional Schools' Program of the Institute of Interna-
tional Studies, University of California, 1967.
155
Schmjdt, L. “Study abroad — a bibliography.” Comparativs Education Review 5, no. 2
(1961). 142-155.
Spitz, A- nd Weidner, E. W. Developtnent administration — annotated bibiiog'raphy. Hon-
olulu, Hawaii: University of Hawaii, East-West Center Press, 1963.
Tysse, A. “Foreign students and visitors in the U.S.: A bibliography of dissertations.”
Ann Arbor, Mich.: University of Michigan library, n.d.
USDS, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, inventory of recent pubiications and re-
search studies in the field of international and cultural affairs. Washington, D.C.:
USDS, October 1964.
- Bureau of Intelligence and Research. Cross-cultural education: A bibliography of
government-sponsored and private research on foreign students and trainees in the
U.S. and in other countrl€\s, 1946^1964, Washington, D.C.: USDS, April 1965=
University of the Saar, Research Center on the Role of Education in Social Change, inter-
national hihliography of research in the field of cross-cultural education. Saarbruken,
West Germany: University of the Saar, n.d.
Walton, B= J= Foreign student exchange In perspective. Washington, D.C.: USDS, 1968.
Warmbrunn, W. Research studies in inter-cultural education. New York: NAFSA, I960.
156
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11